Both of these Indian Ocean archipelagos are well-worth traveling quite literally halfway around the world. Each one conjures up romantic images of white sandy beaches, palm trees, and turquoise seas. Each one is on many honeymooners’ wish lists, and both are so beautiful, it hurts.

But, there are plenty of differences you should be aware of, ranging from natural settings, choices of things to do, and probably most importantly, if the islands are purely for honeymooners or whether Maldives and Seychelles are also good choices for solo travelers, long-since-coupled partners, or even families.

Having visited both a few times and loving each for different reasons, I have listed the all-important differences between these two dreamy locations.

1. Location

The Maldives Are Part Of Asia

The Republic of Maldives lies in the Indian Ocean, southwest of Sri Lanka, which in turn lies south of India, some 466 miles south of the mainland. The Maldives is made up of two lines of 26 atolls stretching across the equator. The capital of Malé lies in the south of the North Malé Atoll.

The Seychelles Are Part Of Africa

The Republic of Seychelles also lies in the Indian Ocean, but closer to the African continent, some 1,000 miles off the coast of Kenya. Made up of 115 islands, the main island, with the international airport and the capital of Victoria, is called Mahé, confusingly similar to the Maldivian capital.

2. Size And Getting Around

Maldives Has 1,190+ Islands

Flying into the Maldives international airport, you will already appreciate quite how many islands the country is made up of, with countless — over 1,190 — tiny, tiny islands dotted around the ocean. The islands are usually easily circumnavigated on foot within 20 minutes or so, with only the main island of Malé requiring any transportation. Most hotels and resorts in the Maldives are located on their own island, with no towns or other facilities available on the islands. Some have extended their islands, with extra sandbanks or outlying overwater villas, but the islands are small, and the only way to get around is by boat, seaplane, or helicopter. Most resorts offer regular shuttles to the main island.

Seychelles Has 115 Islands

With much fewer islands, but still an impressive amount, island hopping is just as important in Seychelles as in Maldives. Each of the islands is much larger, and they differ from each other in that there are some 40 granite islands lying around the Mahé, while the outer, 90-odd islands are made of coral. This is an important factor to consider because the granite islands are those with the famous, smooth boulders on the beaches. They feature waves that allow surfing, for example, while the coral islands have a house reef, no granite boulders, but are fabulous for scuba diving. Many private resorts offer transfers by small plane, seaplane, or helicopter, while other transit between islands is by private boats or ferries.

3. The Weather

Maldives Lies Across The Equator

Lying within the Tropics, there is little variation in temperatures between seasons, but there are two distinct seasons in the Maldives. The northeast monsoon blows between January and March, making up the dry season, while from mid-May through November, the southwest monsoon marks the wet season. That said, when it rains, it rarely stays rainy for long, but either way, the best time to visit is generally between the monsoons from March–November.

Seychelles Lies South Of The Equator

Like with the Maldives, there is little difference in temperature throughout the year, but here, again, you have two seasons, which differ significantly from those of the Maldives. The northwest monsoon, blowing between November and April, brings rain and humidity, making it feel a lot hotter. The southwest monsoon arrives between May and October and brings cool and dry weather. But “cool” is still a balmy 80-something-degrees Fahrenheit.

4. Things To Do

The Maldives’s Islands Are Very Similar

This is where the archipelagos differ the most: The Maldive Islands are all very similar, small, and utterly flat. Yes, there are gorgeous resorts and turquoise water that only screams out to be explored with a snorkel or breathing gear, but as such, the islands do not have very much to offer. All attractions are man-made, as are admittedly all water sports, but there is not much else. You can take day trips to other islands, such as the capital with its fish market (if you are not on one of the outer islands, in which case, that is quite a distance), or neighboring islands where villagers will set up a few stalls with souvenirs, but not much more.

Seychelles Has More Diverse Attractions

The Seychelles Islands are a diverse lot, with islands such as Mahé, having countless resorts, several communities apart from the capital, many different beaches, nature walks, botanical gardens and nature reserves, and a bird watcher’s paradise. There are all the water sports you can find, scuba diving is superb on the coralline as well as on the granite islands, and the capital of Victoria has a colorful market and lovely shops. If you are staying on Mahé, renting a car for a few days is a must-do.

5. The Romance Factor

Maldives Is Pure Couples Romance

This one is difficult because both island nations are breathtakingly beautiful. As I mentioned, just flying over the Maldives makes your heart soar; the tiny yellow islands surrounded by turquoise water are picture-postcard romantic. Every resort island has perfect palm trees, sand spits where private dinners can be set up, and little chapels for the perfect beach wedding. But it is the resorts that make this place so special. From private over-water villas to underwater restaurants, from world-class spas to luxury you can barely comprehend, all in front of a natural setting, it is hard to beat the Maldives when it comes to romance. But, bring the family, or restless souls that can only sit still on the beach or be entertained by sports for so long, and you’ll be pushed away. I know because I drove my mother completely crazy when I first visited in my late teens, despite daily scuba dives.

Seychelles Is For Young, Old(er), Family, And Couples

Backdrops of smooth granite boulders, cheeky coconuts shaped like a well-rounded backside, fraying palm trees, and private island resorts with beaches that have a ‘closed’ sign yet butler service — these are all on offer in Seychelles. The (granite) islands’ background is hilly, gardens are lush, and vistas are amazing. You can book yourself into some private island resorts that are the most luxurious in the world, and nearly every beach location has a wedding venue. Seychelles is luxury and romance pure. But this tiny nation also caters to everybody else. Come solo, stay within a limited budget, be adventurous, or bring the (grand) kids, and you will all be happy and occupied throughout your stay.

6. Eat, Drink, And Be Merry

Maldives Is Dominated By Resort Restaurants

There are some superb restaurants and bars in the Maldives, but you are pretty much limited to the island you’re staying on. If you splash out, you can have a choice of restaurants, from fine dining to bar cuisine, and eat seafood, burgers, and everything in between. Seafood, for obvious reasons, is the cuisine of choice here. If you are taking a trip to the main island, you have a choice of local, Indian, and other cheap and authentic restaurants, but you only get this variety on Malé.

Seychelles Has Many Local Eateries

Depending on where you are staying in Seychelles, you can have a similar problem. Choices are limited if you are staying on a private island, however great those choices may be. But stay on one of the larger islands, such as Mahé or Praslin, and you’ll have options. What I loved most about staying on Mahé was renting a car and stopping off at small traditional places and sampling the local cuisine while looking out over the beach. You’ll find pizza shacks, food stalls, fine dining in the hotels, beer gardens, and everything in between. On the larger islands, you can eat cheaply and try something different every day.

7. Sustainability Issues

Maldives Is Under Threat

The Maldives is the lowest-lying country in the world, with the highest spot being around 6 feet above sea level. With global warming and sea levels rising, NASA has anticipated that some 80 percent of the nation’s islands could be uninhabitable and underwater by 2050. The climate change also brings with it coral bleaching that threatens the reefs, while tourism has brought so much waste with it that the islanders are resorting to unsustainable methods to dispose of it. Many resorts are looking carefully at not only reducing the hotels’ and their guests’ footprints but actively playing a role in sustainable tourism. Please think carefully before you book.

Seychelles Is Hugely Biodiverse

While Seychelles’s coral islands face a similar threat of rising water and coral bleaching, the more mountainous granite islands are safer. The republic has long been aware of its incredible natural beauty and importance to the wildlife endemic that most parts of all islands are dedicated nature reserves and tourism is monitored closely. When on Mahé, visit the Biodiversity Centre to learn more.

Related Reading:

• 17 Quaint International Islands To Explore In 2023
• Everything You Need To Know Before Visiting The Amazing Seychelles
• 10 Amazing Experiences To Have In The Maldives

Arriving at Waterside at Royal Malewane — a fabulous safari lodge that’s recently opened in Thornybush Private Game Reserve bordering South Africa’s famous Kruger National Park — we were delighted to see several spiral-horned nyala antelopes wandering through camp, many with babies in tow, making themselves at home as they browsed on the indigenous flower beds and took sips from the suites’ private pools. Shaded by a grove of towering fever trees, and beside a broad waterhole where wildlife come to drink, the lodge is unfenced and game animals can, and do, pass through freely.

Waterside is an ultra-luxurious lodge, a spacious sanctuary, and one that has been meticulously planned and executed. It ensures maximum comfort, privacy, and a truly unforgettable safari experience. For anyone contemplating an African safari, this is a destination that should be right at the top of your wish list.

Why We Chose Waterside

We chose Thornybush Private Game Reserve, where Waterside is one of a dozen lodges, for our visit. Thornybush, renowned for its focus on conservation, stretches 29,000 acres and is home to such an abundance of wildlife. Here, you’re almost guaranteed to spot the Big Five (lion, leopard, elephant, rhino, and buffalo) on your visit — making it an ideal safari destination for experts and novices alike. It’s even been the setting for a number of wildlife documentaries.

The Lodge Itself

The exterior of this safari lodge is cleverly designed to blend into the surrounding scenery. Meanwhile, the interiors are colorful, contemporary, and full of carefully curated artworks and décor.

It’s Family Friendly

Waterside welcomes multigenerational families and accepts children of all ages. There’s an excellent kids’ program to keep the little ones entertained between game drives.

Pro Tip: While the kids are otherwise occupied, a visit to the lodge spa for a soothing wellness treatment is highly recommended for parents and grandparents.

Dining

Dining at Waterside is a memorable experience. The menu changes on a daily basis. Every meal is special — and made even more so by the exhaustive wine and cocktail list that includes an impressive range of craft gins, whiskies, and South African wines. Enjoy it all while the sunbirds flit in nearby aloes and the weaver birds chatter in the trees overhead.

Activities And Amenities

From twice-daily game drives to spa visits, world-class wine tastings to spending time in the gym or the yoga/meditation room, curling up with a book in the library to simply unwinding by the pool, Waterside offers endless opportunities to relax and reconnect. 

If you feel like venturing a little further afield, various other activities can be added to your itinerary, including helicopter flights over Blyde River Canyon, the world’s deepest green canyon; golf at Leopard Creek, Africa’s most exclusive bushveld golf course; or perhaps a visit to Moholoholo Wildlife Rehabilitation Centre for injured and abandoned wildlife.

Waterside’s Guides And Wildlife Encounters

The safari guides at Waterside are some of the most qualified, passionate, and experienced in Africa. The guiding team has over 300 years of African bush experience between them, and Waterside, combined with its sister lodge Royal Malewane, has three of only seven living Master Trackers in the world. The Waterside guides are also passionate about photography, and have the patience, dedication, and knowledge to anticipate the behavior and movements of the creatures you are hoping to photograph.

On a game drive, you’ll experience the thrill of encountering wildlife in its natural environment. Case in point: We were on a morning game drive at 8 a.m., and my husband and I were seated in the game drive vehicle. Our binoculars were trained on a herd of 200 or more buffaloes, all making their way down to the waterhole. Big and small, adult and calf, male and female, the herd approached the water. As they lowered their mouths to drink, something startled them and they raised their heads in alarm. A pack of 11 African wild dogs also approached the waterhole, hoping for a drink. The wild dogs were nervous about the buffalo and decided to detour around them. Reaching the other side of the waterhole, they spotted a group of six hyenas lying in the mud. Coming to a sudden halt, the wild dogs looked uncertainly at one another before slipping away into the bush. They were clearly planning to return to the waterhole only once the “crowds” had moved on!

Between the waterhole encounter, finding a pair of lions feasting on a zebra, a leopard stalking an impala in a dry river bed, and another pride of lions lying bloated and full around the carcass of a buffalo, we had incredible wildlife encounters here. Elephants were plentiful, both coming down to the lodge’s waterhole to drink and when we were out on drives. Tracking a pair of rhinos — mother and calf — on foot was another highlight of our visit. Colorful birds, towering giraffes, and a family of warthogs running through the grass with their long tails sticking up above the grass like antennae — the wildlife experiences here were fantastic.

Pro Tip: Alternatively, going on a guided walking safari will give you a detail-focused experience that gets you up close to creatures great and small.

Birding

If birding is your thing, and you’ve got a bird bucket list to work on, you’ve come to the right place. There are over 300 different bird species that call this place home.

Children will find this the perfect place to get an exciting introduction to nature. And for those interested in something extra spectacular, there is also the option of taking to the air and flying by helicopter over the reserve, looking down on the landscape and wildlife below.

More On Kruger National Park And The Greater Kruger

At 4.8 million acres (7,580 square miles), Kruger National Park in northeastern South Africa was the first national park established in South Africa and remains the country’s largest. It is the sixth largest of all of Africa’s game reserves. Originally founded as a nature reserve by Paul Kruger in 1898, it was enlarged in 1926 and made into a national park. In 1927, the park was opened to the public and an entry fee of one British pound was charged (the equivalent of around $100 today). Only a handful of cars visited the new park that year, but by 1935, around 26,000 people were passing through the gates annually. Today, the total number of visitors is around one million a year.

With a size roughly that of Israel or Wales, all of Africa’s iconic safari species — elephant, lion, leopard, cheetah, rhino, buffalo, giraffe, hippo, and zebra — can be found in Kruger. The park is home to over 12,000 elephants, 27,000 buffalo, 2,000 leopards, 2,800 lions, and around 2,500 rhinos. Kruger National Park offers a wildlife experience that ranks among the best in Africa.

Need To Know: The area known as the Greater Kruger comprises Kruger National Park and a cluster of private game reserves on the park’s borders. While the national park itself is perfect for self-drive safaris and budget package tours, the adjacent private reserves offer more exclusive safari experiences, with excellent trackers and guides and expertly guided game drives in open vehicles.

There are several private game reserves in the Greater Kruger area, the main ones being Balule, MalaMala, Sabi Sand, Manyeleti, Klaserie, Timbavati, and Thornybush. The fences between these reserves and the national park itself have been removed, forming one vast ecosystem and allowing for the free movement of wildlife. The area is home to the widest diversity of wildlife in South Africa, and some of the finest game viewing on the continent.

Why A Private Game Reserve?

You may be wondering, Why choose a private game reserve over the actual national park? Public parks tend to be more crowded, meaning you can well find yourself stuck behind a convoy of other vehicles out on safari. It can be frustrating and sometimes mean you miss out on some animal sightings. There are also strict times when you’re allowed to be out on the roads in public parks.

However, staying in one of the private game reserves that share an unfenced border with Kruger National Park gives you a more exclusive experience. Lodges in the private game reserves tend to be more luxurious, and because they are on private land, when you go out on drives, you can go “off-road” for a closer look at special wildlife sightings. With no set opening times, you can even head out after dark should the fancy take you. Private game reserves also limit the number of vehicles that can be at each sighting, meaning you’ll have an uninterrupted view.

Whatever your reason for planning a safari, Waterside is the perfect destination for couples and families who value memorable experiences and the opportunity to reconnect, relax, and spend time together. Fantastic wildlife sightings are right on your doorstep (quite literally at times!) and the guides are some of the best in Africa. Combine this with a great year-round climate, wonderful personalized service, gourmet food, and the beautifully stocked bar, and Waterside is the ideal African safari holiday destination, providing everything you need for a truly memorable safari.

For more on safaris and wildlife in Africa, consider

• 9 Key Tips For Your First Tanzanian Safari According To Experts
• Why This Luxurious New Safari Lodge Should Be On Your Bucket List
• Why This Great African Destination Is The Perfect Place For A Safari

Thanda Island, a remote, uninhabited teardrop of sand, in the Indian Ocean, off the east coast of Tanzania, is 20 acres of secluded paradise. One of the world’s most exclusive private island getaways, this is the perfect sanctuary to enjoy time with family.

Thanda was designed with families in mind. The owners wanted to create a paradise island where generations of families could come together, to reconnect and bond, away from the distractions and pressures of the outside world, and that’s exactly what we got to do during our recent stay…

Our Thanda Island Reunion Story

Zambia, in the heart of Africa, has been my home for more than 25 years. When COVID suddenly shut the world down nearly 3 years ago, my eldest son was training at the military academy in Australia, and my second son was studying at university in the UK. My family was scattered across the globe, and I had no idea when we would all be together again. Countries opened and closed borders like cuckoo clocks. Travel rules and regulations chopped and changed. No one knew, from one day to the next, what the situation really was. Could we travel? Should we stay home? What were the rules? We booked flights, only to have them canceled. We got our hopes up, just to have them dashed as lockdowns were extended.

But finally, here we were more than 2 years later, waiting at the airport in Zambia, ready to welcome our eldest son home for the holidays. Tears (mostly mine!) were flowing as he walked through the arrivals gate, and even my husband, usually stoic, turned away to surreptitiously wipe his eyes as we headed for the car and the drive home. Our youngest son, who had managed to return from England a few weeks earlier, was awaiting our return. A month together lay ahead of us, and I was determined to make it special.

Living in a landlocked country as we do, neighboring Tanzania and its warm ocean and sandy beaches were the destination of many a family holiday when our boys were growing up; it was perfect for swimming, sandcastle building, collecting shells, and more. I felt another Tanzanian beach holiday was just what my family needed, but given that my boys were now in their 20s and sandcastles and shells had perhaps lost some of their charm, I decided Thanda Private Island would be the perfect choice.

The Location

Tanzania is a vibrant and beautiful country, blessed with the winning combination of superb big game-viewing areas and stunning tropical beaches. Tanzania’s beaches, especially those on its islands, are spectacular. While Zanzibar is probably the most popular and well-known island in East Africa, tiny Thanda Island, just 100 miles to its south, remains virtually unknown.

The 20-acre Thanda Island sits 30 miles from Tanzania’s mainland. It’s set in the Shungi Mbili Island Marine Reserve — a marine protected area situated between the Tanzanian mainland and the Mafia Island archipelago — and opposite Africa’s largest game reserve, Selous. Thanda is only 1,148 feet wide and a bit over half a mile in circumference — it takes less than 15 minutes to walk around!

The shark fin-shaped triangle of sand is surrounded by coral reefs that protect it from stormy seas, and aside from your fellow guests and island staff, the only sign of human life is the occasional traditional fishing dhow on the horizon. This is Robinson Crusoe territory, but with all the luxury one could desire and Tanzania’s vibrant largest city, Dar es Salaam, just a 35-minute helicopter flight away.

Pro Tip: Thanda Island only rents on an “exclusive use” basis; guests have the entire island to themselves for the duration of their stay.

Accommodation

At the heart of the island is an elegant beach-house villa. More Hamptons or Cape Cod design than typical Tanzanian beach style, five double-bedroom suites all lead directly to the beach, and there’s an expansive living area with a private library, grand piano, wine collection, cigar humidor, and an indoor aquarium filled with tropical fish. Outdoors is a dining area with 180-degree views over the ocean and a glass infinity pool.

Further accommodation is available on the other side of the island, in two double-story thatched chalets built with local materials — perfect for members of your group who want a bit more seclusion.

Good To Know: All this comfort does not come at the cost of the environment — air-conditioning and fresh water are provided by power from the lodge’s own solar farm (the second largest in Tanzania).

Dining

Thanda Island cuisine is fresh and delicious: fish, prawns, freshly caught lobster and mangrove crab, beef, game, poultry, vegetarian dishes, seasonal vegetables, and tropical fruits. From the villa’s magnificent dining table to alfresco dining on the beach under a canopy of stars, enjoy wood-fired pizzas, sandbank picnics, breakfasts on the beach, and Swahili feasts dedicated to the flavors, spices, and aromas of Tanzania — if you can dream it, Thanda’s chefs can produce it!

The Beach

The beach at Thanda Island is everything you could desire. White sand stretches around the edges of the island, fringed by glittering water in shades of turquoise. This is a beach perfect for sunbathing or shell-collecting walks. At night, beach dinners or simply sitting around a crackling beach bonfire are a wonderful end to the day.

The Marine Reserve

Step off the shimmering sand and into the waters off Thanda Island and you’ll find yourself in Shungimbili Island Marine Reserve, the largest marine protected reserve in the Indian Ocean and the only private marine reserve along the entire East African coast. The marine reserve is filled with extraordinary marine biodiversity — coral reefs,, dugongs, dolphins, five species of sea turtles, and more.

Thanda employs an in-house marine biologist who documents local sightings, guides guests on dives and snorkeling expeditions, nurtures the Thanda Island reef restoration project, and works closely with NGO Sea Sense to protect the endangered sea turtles who nest on Thanda’s shores.

Whale Sharks

For me, the highlight of the waters around Thanda was the gentlest giant of the ocean, the whale shark. Swimming with whale sharks is one of the most amazing ocean experiences you can have. Being up close with these creatures, who can grow to an astonishing 40 feet (about the size of a school bus!), is an incredible part of the Thanda Island experience. Despite their name, whale sharks are harmless, feasting only on plankton (just like whales). Due to their gentle nature, you can actually swim right alongside them.

Pro Tip: Whale sharks, the largest fish in the world, are found just south of the island from October to March.

Water Sports

Being situated within a marine reserve makes Thanda Island perfectly located for water sports. The reefs around the island offer wonderful snorkeling, and the resident snorkeling guide can show you blue-spotted stingrays, trumpet fish, cornet fish, jewel damselfish, and countless other colorful tropical fish. If you don’t fancy or need a guide, you can simply don a mask and fins and dive into the water to take a look for yourself.

Scuba diving is another favorite activity. The waters around Thanda teem with unique marine life, including a diverse range of coral reefs and over 400 species of fish. If you aren’t a diver and want to learn, this can also be arranged at Mafia Island Diving on nearby Mafia Island. Dives are done from traditional Arab dhows in the Mafia Island Marine Park, which has some of the most spectacular diving off the East African Coast.

Depending on the season, guests can watch turtles nesting, and for those looking for something above the water, a boathouse full of equipment has everything you need for sailing, kayaking, and stand-up paddle boarding. Adrenaline junkies can try their hand at water skiing and tubing — a very patient boatman spent hours helping my youngest master wakeboarding. Deep-sea fishing is available too, and the island is outfitted with all the equipment you need, including a 28-foot reef runner cat to reel in tuna, kingfish, and more. For those who prefer a more sedate pace, a cruise on a traditional dhow is a good option.

Pro Tip: Children are welcome to fish — or learn how to — and the fishing season is from September to March, with sailfish from November to January.

Other Island Activities

I loved the white, gray, and black egrets that nest on the island. This is the perfect environment for them and they breed very successfully here, judging by noisy interactions between parents and hatchlings.

For the more sports-minded, there’s a full tennis court, volleyball court, yoga sessions, and a fully equipped gym.

Wellness and happiness sum up Thanda’s ethos, and the island’s beauty and massage specialists have created a full range of special massages, facials, and body treatments that will have you feeling rejuvenated and relaxed in no time at all — I visited the spa on a daily basis!

The Neighboring Islands

As wonderful as Thanda Island is, you may wish to explore some of the neighboring islands. A 30-minute boat ride away is Mafia Island with mangrove thickets, ancient baobabs, and the picturesque Chunguruma forest to explore, as well as hippos, flying foxes, and bush babies. You can visit a local fishing village and see how traditional dhow sailing boats are built. The islands of the Mafia Archipelago are also home to antiquities dating back to the 11^th century, and various ruins can be visited, including a beautiful, barrel-vaulted mosque from the 15^th century and a number of well-preserved buildings from the latter half of the 18^th century.

A little further afield is Dar es Salaam — a thriving harbor city on the mainland with a colorful mix of African, Arabic, Indian, British, and German architecture and culture — and where you can shop the markets for colorful African textiles and souvenirs. Alternatively, a visit to Zanzibar, the legendary spice island, is another option. The historical center, Stone Town, is a fascinating place to explore and a spice tour is a great activity to sign up for. For these excursions, a helicopter flight from the island can be arranged.

The minute we arrived at the railway station in Cape Town, we knew we were in for a treat. As our bags were whisked away and transferred to the wood-paneled, deluxe suite that was to be ours on the journey, we were ushered into the private lounge area and serenaded by a violinist as sparkling wine and canapés were offered.

Once all our fellow passengers were assembled and comfortably seated around the room, we were welcomed by Rohan Vos, the man who started the family-owned Rovos Rail in 1989, developing it into what it is today — one of the world’s best and most luxurious trains, The Pride of Africa.

With introductions done, we were ushered across the road to the waiting locomotive, where liveried staff were lined up to formally greet the 37 guests and direct them to their compartments. Stepping off the gray concrete platform and onto a red carpet, we knew this was going to be a trip to remember. With more than 30 staff on board — from chefs bartenders, and wait staff to security guards, housekeepers, train drivers, technicians, and a jovial train manager, Hennie, to oversee them all — this is a railway trip in a league of its own.

Old World Charm Of The Train

When it comes to travel, convenience and efficiency are usually priorities. Every once in a while, though, you crave something leisurely and luxurious, an old-world mode of exploration that allows you to take in the sights in a more indulgent way, and a trip on South Africa’s Rovos Rail gives you exactly that. As the train chugs out of the station, our journey begins.

Since its establishment in 1989, Rovos Rail has earned an international reputation as a truly world-class travel experience. The trains, which may be hauled by diesel or electric locomotives at various stages of the journey, carry a maximum of 72 passengers in 36 superbly appointed suites. For our 3-day journey from Cape Town to Pretoria, we had 17 coaches with 37 passengers aboard.

The beautifully restored carriages of Rovos Rail combine luxury travel with the chance to experience living history. Restaurant cars, observation carriages, and sleeping compartments are all restored originals from a bygone era of rail travel, with vintage wood-paneled coaches, soft velvet upholstery, and period fittings designed for pioneering travelers from a simpler, more elegant, era of African exploration.

Rovos Rail is known as one of the world’s most luxurious trains, offering world-class train travel experiences through the heart of Southern Africa, with destinations including Cape Town, Victoria Falls, Zambia, Angola, Namibia’s Etosha National Park, Zimbabwe’s Hwange National Park, and all the way to Tanzania’s Dar Es Salaam. Pride of place in the Rovos stable goes to the historic restored Capital Park Station and locomotive yard in Pretoria, which is the heart and headquarters of this private railway company.

For aficionados, the train consists of the locomotive, generator car, staff car, guest sleepers, a non-smoking lounge car that can accommodate 26 guests, two non-smoking dining cars, a smoking lounge car, and the observation car with plentiful space for 32 guests, complete with an open-air balcony at the end of the train. Maintaining the spirit of a bygone era, there is no Wi-Fi and no radios, newspapers, or television sets on board — reviving the art of conversation.

Five-Star Accommodations

The Pride of Africa offers so much more than mere rail transportation. Rovos Rail has a style all of its own. The rebuilt sleeper coaches, all with en suite bathrooms, combine original Edwardian features and fittings, with all the modern amenities you would expect from a 5-star stay — air-conditioning, hot showers, hair dryers, and a bar fridge filled with your choice of beverages, including such “survival necessities” as MCC (Méthode Cap Classique) Champagne. Befitting such a journey, you have a dedicated host/ess at your call and available at all times, as well as around-the-clock room service.

The spacious suites, some of the most spacious train suites in the world, each accommodate two people and offer passengers the opportunity to travel in privacy, comfort, and luxury. There are three styles guests can choose from (Royal, Deluxe, and Pullman), each with varying levels of luxury.

Royal Suite

The Royal Suites are named after colorful characters of South Africa’s Victorian era, including Cecil John Rhodes and Alfred Beit, and are definitely fit for royalty! Taking up a generous half a carriage (around 172 square feet), they come complete with their own private lounge, and feature an ensuite bathroom with shower and clawfoot Victorian bathtub. How often does one have the opportunity to have a soak in a full-sized bath on a train?

Deluxe Suite

The Deluxe Suite is also sizable at 118 square feet, with an en suite bathroom with shower and a small lounge area. It’s quite a decadent experience to be able to lie in bed and watch the passing scenery slide past your window without exerting any effort whatsoever!

Pullman Suite

The Pullman, at 76 square feet in size, is ideal for shorter trips. During the day, the suites have a comfortable sofa seat that is converted to double or twin beds in the evenings, and the en suite bathroom has a shower.

Pro Tip: In keeping with traditional train travel from yesteryear, there are no televisions or radios on board. As a courtesy to fellow travelers, the use of electronic devices, which may be irritating to others, is restricted to suites only.

Relaxing Lounges

There are three lounge areas and a dining area on the train. The lounges consist of a non-smoking lounge car, a smoking lounge, and the observation car. Deep sofas and wingback armchairs make for a comfortable ride in any of the lounges while you relax and watch the spectacular scenery roll past. The observation car at the tail end of the train was definitely one of my favorite spots. I loved the experience of being outside whilst the train was moving, looking back the way we had come, and I found the sight of the train tracks receding behind us mesmerizing.

Four-Course Dining Experiences, Plus Wine Pairings

Guests are summoned to dine by a mini-xylophone, and dressing for dinner is expected — men are required to dress in a jacket and tie and ladies in cocktail or evening dresses. This ceremonial “dressing for dinner” makes the whole experience feel special, and the food is certainly worth the effort. Four-course meals are served in the beautifully restored cherry-paneled, teakwood-pillared restaurant car with cut-crystal wine glasses, fine china, starched linen napkins, silver cutlery, and seamless service.

When catering for a full complement of guests within the limited space of a train kitchen car, achieving a standard that rivals that of fine restaurants is a challenge. There is an emphasis on fresh, local ingredients. Traditional dishes such as game meat are a specialty, and a selection of fine wines from some of South Africa’s most renowned estates complements the menu. Your tastebuds will be treated to a selection of South African delights that include Karoo lamb, bobotie, melktert, and Cape brandy pudding.

Considerable thought and meticulous planning go into devising the menus, and an enthusiastic team of chefs is responsible for overseeing the task of ensuring that all the guests enjoy the indulgence. I must say, a full stomach, wine, liqueur, and the soporific rhythm of the train definitely helps lull you to sleep when you retire to your compartment after dinner.

A full breakfast is served in the morning with a selection of cold meats, croissants, and preserves as well as dishes cooked to order, and lunch is another four-course meal — though a little lighter than dinner.

Pro Tip: While dressing for dinner is expected, during the day guests are encouraged to feel at home and the dress code is casual.

Routes Through Some Of Africa’s Greatest Destinations

In a series of train journeys ranging from 3 nights to a fortnight, Rovos Rail links some of Africa’s greatest destinations — from Cape Town at the tip of Africa to Dar es Salaam at the Indian Ocean in Tanzania, with scenery as diverse as Kruger National Park to the Victoria Falls, from the desert landscapes of Namibia to the stark beauty of the Karoo and the lush cane fields of KwaZulu-Natal.

We were traveling from Cape Town to Pretoria, a driving distance of 911 miles and normally just an overnight journey, but on Rovos Rail, it takes a leisurely 2.5 days of comfort, style, and elegance.

The journey took us through Cape Town and into the valleys and mountains of the Cape Winelands before crossing the mountain range and entering the vast semi-desert of the Karoo, famous for its lamb, which would make an appearance on the menu that night. En route, we disembarked at the tiny historic town of Matjiesfontein, an authentically preserved Victorian village on the fringe of the Karoo that was founded as a refreshment stop in 1890 and was a renowned Victorian health resort where those suffering from lung complaints found respite in the clear dry air. It was also a station for British troops during the Boer War (1899–1902). The town’s historic buildings, like the Lord Milner Hotel, have been restored to their former glory.

The next day’s destination was the diamond mining town of Kimberley, where miners in the 1800s excavated the largest man-made hole in the world, which descends a staggering 2,755 feet below the earth. We paid a visit to the Diamond Museum and learned about the heady days of the diamond rush, before visiting the “gift shop,” though sadly, my husband could not be enticed to open his wallet! Kimberly is also home to the colonial “Kimberly Club,” where Cecil Rhodes once dreamt of a railway line from Cape Town to Cairo, and all of Africa under British rule.

Leaving the Karoo behind, the tracks took us through the savannah-like Highveld before arriving the next morning in the city of Pretoria, the executive capital of South Africa, known for its stunning, purple-flowering jacaranda trees. Here, with a hiss and a screech, the locomotive — complete with suites, lounges, and dining cars — ground to a halt. We’d reached the end of the line, and our journey was done.

Pro Tip: The three-night Cape Town journey is a classic, but if you’re feeling more adventurous and have more nights to spare, perhaps opt for the 15-day “Trail of Two Oceans” itinerary, originating in Dar es Salaam, Tanzania, crossing Zambia, traversing a sliver of the Democratic Republic of Congo, and concluding in Lobito, Angola.

Rail is one of the most indulgent and comfortable ways to travel — with a spacious suite all to yourself, you can pass the days relaxing or mingling with fellow passengers while the beauty of Southern Africa’s scenic landscapes passes by the window.

This extravagant railway has been traveling throughout Africa for over 30 years and offers one of the world’s most luxurious train travel experiences, combining the golden age of rail travel with modern conveniences and giving you the chance to explore Africa in all the luxury of a bygone era. If you fancy stepping back into time, but in the utmost style, traveling across Africa’s vast plains with Rovos Rail is the journey for you.

I’m not suggesting that you should write off going on safari to South Africa, Kenya, or Tanzania, nor that you should erase the Egyptian pyramids or the Moroccan medinas from your bucket list. But there are many great countries on the African continent that don’t get the attention they deserve, and it is these unique gems that deserve a place on your bucket list.

Here are my suggestions for five unique African countries that should be on your radar.

1. Zambia

This magnificent African country sitting right in the heart of the African continent has been my adopted home for the last 30 years. Zambia is well off the beaten path when it comes to safaris and tourism. There are many people out there — members of my extended family included — who have no idea exactly where it is and would struggle to point Zambia out on a map. Indeed, somewhere around 50 percent of the visitors who set foot in the country, only come to visit the famous Victoria Falls — but there is so much more to discover here.

National Parks And Protected Game Reserves

Around 30 percent of Zambia is part of a national park or protected game reserve, and there’s an abundance of wildlife here. You definitely don’t have to worry about it being crowded — unlike elsewhere on the continent. Plan a sensational safari in South Luangwa or Kafue National Parks to see herds of elephants, packs of wild dogs, prides of lions, and much more. Go down the Zambezi River in a canoe in the Lower Zambezi National Park. Visit Victoria Falls, known locally as Mosi-oa-Tunya (The Smoke That Thunders) plunging a misty 590 feet into the narrow Batoka Gorge below.

See The Big Five And Victoria Falls

Zambia is named after the Zambezi River, the fourth biggest in Africa, and is a completely landlocked nation. The country is renowned for its copper and emeralds, as well as the famous Victoria Falls, which at 5,600 feet wide is double the height of Niagara Falls, and the largest curtain of falling water in the world. All of Africa’s Big Five (lion, leopard, elephant, rhino, and buffalo) can be found here, as well as an array of adventure activities, including white water rafting, canoeing, helicopter flights, and bungee jumping, just to name a few.

Zambia is also home to a couple of really special “orphanages.” Chimfunshi Wildlife Orphanage is a chimpanzee sanctuary home to around 130 adult and young chimps, and the Game Rangers International Elephant Orphanage rescues, rehabilitates, and releases orphaned elephant calves. Both are worth a visit if you have the opportunity.

2. Malawi

Malawi is often referred to as “The Warm Heart of Africa” because of the friendliness of its people. This sub-Saharan landlocked country is nestled between Zambia, Tanzania, and Mozambique.

Lake Malawi, a UNESCO World Heritage Site, is the second largest lake in Africa (the largest is Lake Tanganyika in neighboring Zambia). The lake is surrounded by sandy tropical beaches and boasts countless bays and islands. Its crystal clear waters are home to over 600 rare species of fish — making it perfect for snorkeling, boating, and scuba diving. But Malawi is more than its diverse natural landscapes. Travelers could spend weeks here exploring.

Here are some of the top places to visit in Malawi.

Lilongwe

Travelers often skip African cities for the wilderness, but Malawi’s capital has a number of activities and attractions to keep you occupied. Shoppers will love the many local markets. Alternatively, a hike up Nkhoma Mountain will earn you panoramic views over the city. A visit to the Lilongwe Wildlife Centre, the country’s only animal sanctuary, is a must.

Lake Malawi National Park

The tropical waters of Lake Malawi are teeming with colorful fish, sandy beaches, and rocky islands.

Majete Wildlife Reserve

This is a great place to spot the Big Five and at the same time support a conservation success story. Poachers and human encroachment had destroyed the wildlife in the park, but in 2003, the non-profit conservation group African Parks partnered with the Malawi Department of National Parks and Wildlife and reintroduced black rhinos, lions, giraffes, and more. Almost two decades later, flourishing wildlife brings visitors to the park.

The Shire Highlands

Visit southern Malawi where farmers grow tea and coffee. First cultivated here by the British in the 1900s, tea plants thrive in the elevation of the Shire Highlands thanks to its cooler climate. Tour Satemwa Tea and Coffee Estate and relax with a cup of earthy oolong or natural-processed arabica.

Mt. Mulanje

Fit and adventurous travelers can organize 4-day treks 9,824 feet up the slopes of Mt. Mulanje with local guides.

Liwonde National Park

Here you’ll find hippos and crocodiles in the Shire River, and elephants, zebras, kudus, leopards, and lions on the nearby plains.

3. Cape Verde

A stunning volcanic island chain, Cape Verde (also called Cabo Verde) comprises 10 islands and 5 islets 310 miles off the coast of West Africa, of which Sal and Boa Vista are the most known to tourists — predominantly for their beaches. Besides Sal and Boa Vista, there are eight other islands: Santiago, Fogo, São Vicente, Santo Antão, Maio, Brava, Luzia, and São Nicolau. Cape Verde is famous for its warm tropical climate, volcanic islands, wonderful musicians, and delicious cuisine. Americans may not have heard much about Cape Verde, but for many Europeans, the islands are a popular winter escape that’s relatively close to home.

The Cape Verde islands have no shortage of activities: driving tours of the sand dunes, hiking, water sports that include kite surfing and diving, and of course, lovely secluded white sand and black sand beaches. The Cape Verde islands are also rich in culture and festivals.

What Each Island Offers

Each of the islands has its own charm. Santo Antão is home to stunning nature, mountains, and lush vegetation, Fogo is known for its volcano, and São Vicente is the cultural heart of the archipelago. Maio, Brava, and São Nicolau are hardly visited and are great places to discover authentic Cape Verdean culture. Santa Luzia is uninhabited, and Santiago, the main island, has a bit of everything. Island hopping is a great way to experience the Republic of Cabo Verde.

Pro Tip: The islands are home to the third-largest population of nesting loggerhead turtles. Sal is one of the three islands where most of the turtles nest. From July to October, you can spot these creatures as they come on land to nest.

4. Senegal

The West African nation of Senegal, officially the Republic of Senegal, offers a unique blend of bustling urban markets, beautiful beaches, and wonderful nature reserves. This former French colony has several major cities, including the capital Dakar and the historic Saint-Louis, as well as over 300 miles of coastline on the Atlantic Ocean. Northern Senegal is famous for its birdlife with many sanctuaries and reserves, including the Djoudj National Bird Sanctuary, which attracts birdwatchers from all over the world.

Dakar

The capital of Senegal is home to numerous African art museums and monuments to enjoy — be sure to pass by the curious Soviet-style African Renaissance Monument and the acclaimed Museum of African Arts. Be sure to also visit Plage de Virage, a popular spot with local surfers.

Gorée Island

Just off the coast of Dakar is Gorée Island, home to Maison des Esclaves and its Door of No Return, a museum and memorial to the victims of the Atlantic slave trade. Many African Americans like to visit the place for the history it holds.

Saint-Louis

In 1659, French traders established Saint-Louis on the island of Ndar. The town was the former colonial capital of Senegal and is steeped in history. In 2000, the old town was recognized as a UNESCO World Heritage Site. As you cross the Faidherbe Bridge from the mainland, it’s like stepping back in time, as you find yourself surrounded by Saint-Louis’ colorful crumbling colonial buildings and sandy streets.

Pro Tip: The Saint-Louis Jazz Festival attracts musicians from all over the world. Founded in 1993, this is one of the largest jazz festivals in Africa and takes place each year in April and May.

Touba

The attractions at Touba are somewhat different from elsewhere in the rest of the country. The town is home to the colossal Great Mosque, looming minarets, and countless other pilgrimage shrines and attractions.

5. Lesotho

The amazing, high-altitude, landlocked mountain kingdom of Lesotho, is completely encircled by South Africa and crisscrossed by a network of rivers and mountain ranges. This unique African country is known for its breathtaking scenery, which includes snow-capped mountain ranges during the winter.

Visiting Lesotho, the sky seems to stretch away forever, with beautiful, dramatic clouds that seem to stretch up to incredible heights before releasing showers of rain in the distance. Streams cascade down mountainsides, and rivers wind around foothills and mountains before forming fantastic gorges. Spectacular sunsets are the order of the day, especially as you often find yourself looking down on the clouds.

Perfect For Nature Lovers

This mystical country has many attractions for nature lovers. Visit the Maletsunyane Falls, hike to Lesotho’s highest point, Thabana Ntlengana, experience the Mohale Dam, and journey to the Kome caves that hold thousands of years of history. The Sehlabathebe National Park in the Maloti Mountains boasts rich plant, animal, and bird life, and if you’re lucky, you’ll spot the rare bearded vulture here. Lesotho also hosts the Roof of Africa motorcycle rally annually and is home to the world’s longest commercial single-drop abseil, the world’s highest pub, the Sani Top Chalet (9,430 feet above sea level), and Afriski, Sub-Saharan Africa’s only ski resort.

Lesotho is one of Africa’s most intriguing and rewarding off-the-beaten-track gems. With its lowest point at 4,593 feet, the country differs from most of its African counterparts, with a cooler climate, snowy winters, and dramatic summer storms. Lesotho remains a country largely untouched by development and tourism, and one of the most unique and exotic places to visit on the continent.

Whether it’s unexpected beach breaks, once-in-a-lifetime experiences in the Saharan drylands, or city-hopping across different nations, there is surely no shortage of landmarks to be visited in Africa.

If you’re someone whose hometown is at the mercy of a plummeting thermometer in winter, it might be time to start thinking about where you can steal away for a seasonal thaw or enjoy a getaway during the post-New Year’s winter slump.

The Southern Hemisphere, Southeast Asia, and even many regions of the U.S. have fabulous weather in the winter months, so come that February chill, there is no shortage of warm destinations to escape to. Get ready for beautiful beaches, wine al fresco, hiking, and cultural celebrations. We hope this list of the best warm places to visit in February, which includes February highs and lows, helps when planning your winter vacation.

1. Fort Lauderdale, Florida

High: 78 Degrees

Low: 62 Degrees

Catering to a mature and sophisticated crowd, Fort Lauderdale is one of the premier destinations in Florida for high-end shopping, elegant cocktails, live music, and, of course, the beach. Water is the way of life in the “Venice of America,” dubbed so as it is built on a system of canal-like waterways. This brings in a luxurious yacht vibe, shiny hotels, and A-list restaurants.

Most of the activity hums around Las Olas Boulevard, which is flanked by high-end shopping and dining. Be sure to brunch at Big City Tavern, a local rite of passage. We hear the banana Nutella French toast is to die for.

Pro Tip: Traveling with kids? Disney World and the rest of Orlando’s theme parks can be reached in just a few hours by car.

2. The Maldives

High: 87 Degrees

Low: 80 Degrees

Peppered with lagoons, luxury resorts, overwater bungalows, and sunsets that set the sky on fire, the Maldives are paradise. The best attractions in the Maldives truly are the A-list hotels, which are among the best in the world. One even has its own splurge-worthy underwater restaurant. But visitors will want to begin in the capital, Malé, which is the best place to see local life. Take in the vibrantly colored houses, the aromatic markets, and the culture at the National Museum.

Diving is an obvious attraction in a nation that is made up mostly of ocean space. Feeling adventurous? Try Hammerhead Point in the Rasdhoo Atoll for some of the best hammerhead diving. Rasdhoo Divers is a local dive shop that arranges tours to see the sharks.

3. Kauai, Hawaii

High: 72 Degrees

Low: 54 Degrees

For outdoor adventure in a deliciously warm climate, there are few better destinations than the island of Kauai. Definitely not for resort lubbers, Kauai will dazzle anyone who lives for adventure, from helicoptering through emerald valleys and zip-lining through treetops to hiking to gushing waterfalls and zigzagging around imposing cliffs.

Begin your Kauai adventure by setting the scene with a Blue Hawaiian helicopter tour of the Waimea Canyon. Adventurists can also hike the 11-mile Kalalau Trail for an up-close and personal look at the rugged cliffs.

Pro Tip: Permits are required to hike the full trail. For a lower-impact experience, consider taking a dip at Poipu Beach Park or Kalapaki Beach.

Kauai’s natural environment has remained relatively undisturbed. No town surpasses 10,000 people and no building is taller than a coconut tree, which is mandated by law.

4. Cape Town, South Africa

High: 84 Degrees

Low: 63 Degrees

When it comes to picking a winter vacation spot, none may be as perfect as Cape Town, South Africa. The weather is particularly appealing, with hot, sunny days and cooler evenings. The end of the holiday season in Cape Town also means kids are back in school and residents are back at work. It will be decidedly less crowded, and flights will likely be cheaper.

The twinkling city, a congruence of culture and cuisine, creeps up the side of the epic and iconic Table Mountain National Park. Cape Town is also a haven for surfers, hikers, mountain bikers, and more. It’s also a beautiful hodgepodge of cultures that blends the area’s traditional African heritage with its Christian, Muslim, Jewish, and Hindu influences.

Just outside the city are two of South Africa’s most prominent wine countries: Stellenbosch and Franschhoek, so if you are something of an oenophile, these will be must-visits on a trip to Cape Town.

5. Hong Kong

High: 66 Degrees

Low: 57 Degrees

Hong Kong is a city that hums with magnetic energy. It’s a true melange of culture and can be an incredibly approachable city for travelers who are first-timers in Asia. February is a wonderful time of year to visit this former British colony, with its dry and mild temperatures.

Hong Kong is a cross-section of traditional and modern, where towering skyscrapers rub elbows with ancient temples. Foodies flock to Hong Kong to sample everything from late-night street food to elegant, Michelin-starred meals. It is also a shopping mecca where you can get everything from night market trinkets to custom-tailored suits and dresses.

Hong Kong is also a wonderful destination for active travelers. Away from the apartment buildings and imposing steel structures is a vast network of mountainous national parks and forests veined with hiking trails that open up to impressive views over the city. In fact, 40 percent of Hong Kong is green space. Two of the best places for Hong Kong visitors are Dragon’s Back and Lion Rock Country Park.

Pro Tip: Review the U.S. State Department’s Travel Advisory for Hong Kong when considering travel to the People’s Republic of China (PRC), including the Hong Kong Special Administrative Region (SAR).

6. Tenerife, Spain

High: 69 Degrees

Low: 58 Degrees

The Canary Islands archipelago is made up of seven volcanic islands, the largest and best-known of which is Tenerife. Tenerife is the jewel in the Canary Islands’ crown, known for its white sandy beaches, beautiful resorts, and a laid-back lifestyle, even by Spanish standards. The cuisine and local wine are outstanding, with fresh seafood, tropical fruits, and the garlicky, peppery mojo sauce that accompanies pretty much everything.

Tenerife is dominated by Mount Teide, a volcano that peaks at more than 12,000 feet (the highest peak on Spanish soil) and is popular for hiking, astronomy tours, and spectacular views between the cable car and the summit. Teide National Park is a UNESCO World Heritage Site and one of the most naturally beautiful landmarks in the Canary Islands.

7. Greater Palm Springs, California

High: 75 Degrees

Low: 48 Degrees

Vacationing in Palm Springs means enjoying the playground for the glitterati of the 1950s and ’60s. Palm Springs has a retro vibe that coexists nicely with the area’s 21st-century luxuries.

February is a wonderful time to visit Palm Springs because the weather is, in a word, perfect. Think cooler temperatures in the morning and warm and sunny conditions during the day. You won’t have to worry about the blazing summer sun. It’s a prime golf location and a haven for campers, specifically in Joshua Tree National Park. There is also camping at Lake Cahuilla, and other activities like fishing, hiking, and horseback riding. Speaking of hiking, La Quinta Cove has a range of hikes that vary in difficulty, all with stunning views across the landscape.

8. New Orleans, Louisiana

High: 66 Degrees

Low: 47 Degrees

You don’t have to be in the Mardi Gras mood to have fun in New Orleans in February. (Though if it does interest you, it is February 21 in 2023.)

New Orleans is a foodie favorite year-round, with old-school classics (think oyster po’boys) plus elegant and refined fare at haute restaurants like Herbsaint. It’s a city of music and celebration, from the Mardi Gras festivities to Jazz Fest. It truly is one of the great American cities — with a blend of Caribbean, African, and European influences that’s just about as American as it gets.

Stroll through the historic architecture, take a streetcar through the French Quarter, marvel at the stately homes in the Garden District, and listen to the trumpets wailing into the wee hours along Frenchman Street.

9. Los Cabos, Mexico

High: 81 Degrees

Low: 61 Degrees

With so many warm weather places to whisk away to in Mexico, it can be almost impossible to choose! Look to Los Cabos this winter. Not only is it an absolutely stunning place where red rock desert meets deep blue sea, but new hotels are opening there left and right.

A couple of hotels that are worth your consideration are the Hard Rock Los Cabos and Nobu Hotel Los Cabos (a joint venture between famous Japanese chef Nobu Matsuhisa and actor Robert De Niro). Los Cabos is also developing the eastern side of the Baja Peninsula, known as East Cape, and a Four Seasons was opened there.

Los Cabos is an outdoor paradise. While many of the beaches are not suitable for swimming (because of the strong surf), there is jet-skiing, snorkeling, kitesurfing, diving, hiking, and more. Consider a visit to Cabo Pulmo National Park, a heaven for divers and one of the last few remaining boho beach escapes in this part of Baja California.

10. Savannah, Georgia

High: 64 Degrees

Low: 42 Degrees

Sophisticated Southern charm meets a whole lot of American history in this Southern belle of a city. Georgia was the 13th and final British colony, after all. Picture iconic antebellum mansions, oak trees draped in moss, green space, cuisine, and craft breweries. Shall we go on? Savannah is a stunning city known for its delectable soul food, vibrant arts scene (it’s home to the Savannah College of Art and Design), and eerie past. Many of its historic buildings are said to be haunted.

If you love to shop, Savannah is the place for you, especially if your tastes swing boutique. Many of the boutiques in Savannah are devoted to local products. Visit Satchel, which is SCAD graduate–owned and known for its handmade leather goods.

Get a taste of Savannah in a glass by sampling some of its locally brewed beer. Southbound Brewing Company, Coastal Empire Beer Co., and Moon River Brewing Company are just a few to mention.

11. San Diego, California

High: 66 Degrees

Low: 51 Degrees

Sunny southern California beckons snowbirds with average temps in the 60s. It may be too chilly to take a dip in the Pacific, but San Diego still offers plenty of outdoor activities in February, including fascinating walks and hikes. Stroll around Balboa Park’s 1,200 acres of rolling hills, trails, hidden gardens, museums, international cottages, and — with the blessing of a mild, Mediterranean-like climate — outdoor festivals and performances year round. It is also to some of the most gorgeous gardens in the city, as well as the San Diego Zoo.

Watch the sun go down at Sunset Cliffs National Park, explore Pacific Beach, and have a cocktail at the Hotel del Coronado. Fantastic restaurants and craft breweries delight the palate. Cruise up the coast about 20 minutes to La Jolla to see the view from Torrey Pines State Natural Reserve.

12. Phoenix, Arizona

High: 72 Degrees

Low: 48 Degrees

Known for year-round sunshine and warm temps, Phoenix is the perfect place to while away winter days. The Valley of the Sun offers stunning Sonoran Desert scenery alongside world-class spas and golf courses. February offers wonderful weather for outdoor activities, a highlight being hiking Camelback Mountain.

There are also plenty of things to see and do that do not involve hiking. Highlights include meandering around the Desert Botanical Garden, dining al fresco, exploring nearby national parks, and visiting unique museums.

13. U.S. Virgin Islands

High: 83 Degrees

Low: 74 Degrees

Looking for a tropical island escape that doesn’t require a passport? This group of Caribbean islands is just the ticket! Known for white-sand beaches, crystal-clear waters, coral barrier reefs, and lush green hills, the U.S. Virgin islands encompass St. Croix, St. John, and St. Thomas, among several lesser islands.

Head to St. Thomas for hustle and bustle, nightlife, and shopping; St. Croix for laidback authentic Caribbean culture; and St. John for unspoiled natural beauty. Stay at a luxury resort on St. Thomas and soak up the winter sun at Magens Bay Beach. Each island offers activities ranging from boat tours, kayaking, snorkeling, and other watersports to shopping and dining. Take in the beautiful views by cable car — or zipline for the more adventurous!

Related Reading:

1. 9 European Towns That Are Better In The Winter Than The Summer
2. The Perfect 5-Day Oahu, Hawaii Itinerary For Couples
3. 8 Things We Learned Finding Our Perfect Snowbird Destination

Visitors from around the world arrive in Arusha, Tanzania, and quickly head out on their safaris. With an international airport and a wide range of accommodations, it’s the perfect place for weary travelers to rest for a night before venturing to the Serengeti and other national parks.

However, Arusha is so much more than a launching point for safaris. It’s a bustling city filled with vibrant markets, art galleries, cafés, and restaurants. Drive through the city streets and you’ll see brightly colored bajaj moto-taxis, Maasai men wrapped in plaid shukas, and vendors pushing their wares through the streets in wooden carts. 

Before departing for my seven-day safari, I decided to add an extra day in Arusha to explore all that it has to offer. Not only did I find ample souvenir shopping opportunities, but I also had a glimpse of local life in Tanzania.

1. Swahili Art Group Studio And Gallery

Set in a public park, the Swahili Art Group is an outdoor studio and gallery. Founded by Elishy, a young man with both a talent and passion for painting, the group is made up of formerly impoverished young men and women. Through Zoe Empowers, these young people have learned to generate income and care for themselves and their families. They are no longer desperately poor, but instead are thriving. Now they sell their art to well-off tourists looking for a souvenir with special meaning. They also give back to the community through art classes for young children.

I had the chance to visit the studio and watch several artists at work. Elishy explained how they had built themselves a studio out of recycled plastic soda bottles. The studio is stocked with canvases, paint supplies, and long, round packing tubes ready to hold recent purchases.

Paintings of all sizes are displayed along a park path, many depicting the animals that visitors will see on safari. In addition to paintings, the group has also crafted notecards. 

Pro Tip: If you can’t make it to Arusha, the Swahili Art Group sells some of their art on Etsy.

2. Cultural Heritage Center

Among the best-known tourist destinations in Arusha is the Cultural Heritage Center, a vast property filled with larger-than-life sculptures that sells handicrafts and fine art.

Most guests are dropped off in front of the building selling Tanzanian-made items, so this was where I began my visit. At the entrance are demonstrations of local music and artwork. Inside, items sold range from small key chains to sculptures, jewelry, baskets, and clothing. At the back is a small shop selling Tanzanite, a blue gemstone found only in the Northern region of the country. 

Unlike some of the markets in town where these items might be purchased for less money after negotiating, haggling is not permitted here — everything is sold for the price marked. English-speaking staff is plentiful, making it easy to inquire about the items or request assistance. 

Pro Tip: The Cultural Heritage Center is located on a large property and it can take a couple of hours to explore it all. If you get hungry or thirsty — or just need a caffeine boost — there is both a café and a sit-down restaurant on site. 

One Of The Largest Art Galleries In Africa

After stocking up on a few souvenirs, I strolled across the grounds of the Cultural Heritage Center to the imposing building that houses fine art. Designed by the owner and inspired by a drum, shield, and spear, this certainly is one of the most unique gallery settings I’ve ever seen. 

Spread among several levels is an impressive collection of photography, sculpture, paintings, masks, and textiles from all over Africa. While everything here is for sale, it felt more like a museum since many of the pieces included bios of the artists as well as information on the genre of art. 

On the first level, you’ll see the largest piece of ebony art in the world. It depicts an old Maasai (one of Tanzania’s tribes) tradition of a young male warrior killing a lion to prove his manhood so he could subsequently be married. These massive sculptures can take years, and even decades, to complete.

3. Arusha Coffee Lodge

Whether or not you stay at the Arusha Coffee Lodge, you’ll want to pop in for a meal here. As the name suggests, the resort is set amidst a coffee plantation on the edge of town. Their restaurant can be found in an expansive garden with tables set on wooden platforms and protected from the sun by large umbrellas. 

Complimenting the lovely setting is delicious food served family style. I ordered their vegetarian lunch, which included a variety of salads and bread. Dessert is included, which on the day I visited, was a refreshing mango passionfruit sorbet.

4. Coffee Plantation Tour

While you’re visiting Arusha Coffee Lodge, take advantage of their coffee plantation tours, especially if you’re a coffee lover like I am.

My one-hour tour began with my guide, Anuary, walking me through the coffee plants and sharing the history of coffee. Then he explained how coffee is planted, cultivated, and harvested. Finally, we returned to the nearby coffee shop where he roasted beans and finally brewed a pot of coffee using a French press. After a lifetime of drinking coffee, it was so much fun to learn all about it. 

The tours are not regularly scheduled. Check in with the concierge to request a tour.

Pro Tip: The coffee throughout Tanzania is seriously good and makes a great souvenir for fellow coffee lovers. I brought some home for my parents and they already want to know how to get more.

5. Shanga (An Opportunity To Support Disabled Artisans)

Also on the grounds of the Arusha Coffee Lodge is a social enterprise called Shanga. Men and women with disabilities receive training to make jewelry, glass, and textiles, which are in turn sold in their shops. A free tour is offered to visitors through the weaving, crafting, and glass-blowing studios. 

I began in the weaving area where a young woman demonstrated how she makes fabric on a loom. Then I was led to the jewelry area and had the chance to string beads to make myself a colorful bracelet. Next, I watched as two men demonstrated glass blowing. Even the gift bags used in the shop are made here of recycled newspaper.

I was impressed by the Shanga shop, which is bright and beautifully styled. The prices were quite reasonable. I went home with two necklaces, one for me and one for my sister. I wanted to buy much more, but the size of my suitcase is always a limitation.

6. Sidai Designs Jewelry

The presence of the Maasai tribe is felt everywhere in Tanzania. Brightly colored beaded jewelry made by Maasai women is a staple at every market. However, with much of the jewelry looking identical, visitors haggle for the lowest possible price and don’t appreciate the craftsmanship. 

Sidai Designs set out to change this narrative by combining the skills of Maasai women with contemporary colors and materials popular with consumers. Instead of multi-colored plastic beads, the Sidai jewelry is made with glass beads in neutral tones. The designs honor traditional patterns marking important life events. Five Maasai women are employed full time and over one hundred are paid by the piece and work as their schedules permit.

The jewelry is attractively displayed in a stylish boutique in Arusha. Portraits of the Maasai women employed in the business hang on the wall along with their life stories. Sales staff are well versed in the shop’s history as well as the jewelry-making process and materials. Purchases are wrapped in handmade cloth bags that are perfect for gift-giving. 

Pro Tip: Sidai Designs is not yet on the radar of drivers and tour guides. If you plan to visit, be sure to share the address of the shop with them. Also, if you can’t make it to Arusha, feel free to shop online instead — they ship all over the world.

Tips For Exploring Arusha

To explore the town of Arusha, I hired a driver for several hours. This can be arranged through your safari company or with the help of the front desk at your hotel. My driver, Franklin, waited for me at each stop and I was allowed to stay as long or as little as I liked. In between the different stops, Franklin pointed out some of the other sights in town including government buildings, churches, and markets. He also gave me a bit of Tanzania’s history and a brief rundown of the country’s politics.

Half-day tours of Arusha are also available online through companies like Viator or GetYourGuide. These tours include some, but not all, of the places I’ve mentioned.

Be sure to have plenty of cash while visiting the different shops. The larger places do accept credit cards, but the smaller ones do not. It’s also nice to have cash available for tipping.

Is there anywhere in the world that sounds more beguiling than Zanzibar? You can virtually feel the sea breeze, hear the rustle of palm leaves, and smell the spices just by saying Zanzibar. I had always been intrigued by this Indian Ocean spice island just by the name alone, but once I set foot there and watched the iconic triangular-sailed dhows on the ocean; sampled the cuisine; and experienced this interesting mix between African and Arabian cultures, I truly fell in love with it.

Zanzibar is an archipelago of four islands off the coast of East Africa; its main island, Unguja, is often referred to as Zanzibar. Because of its strategic location along spice and slave trade routes in the Indian Ocean, Zanzibar was a stronghold for many countries throughout its history. The country of Oman even declared Zanzibar its capital for 30 years in the 17th century. In the 1960s, the archipelago joined Tanganyika to form the country of Tanzania. (Tanzania lies just south of Kenya, with the iconic Mount Kilimanjaro practically straddling the border.)

Today, Zanzibar’s mainstays are spices and tourism, and English is widely spoken. Despite the tourism in the Zanzibar archipelago, finding people who have visited the islands is still quite rare, making this a dream location still very much off the beaten track.

1. How To Get To Zanzibar

None of the U.S. airlines fly directly to Zanzibar, but you can connect through Julius Nyerere International Airport in Dar es Salaam (the largest city in Tanzania). If you fly into Dar es Salaam, you have the option to take a short flight to the island or take the ferry connecting the mainland with Stone Town, the old portion of lovely Zanzibar City.

You can also connect through Middle Eastern airports such as those in Doha, Qatar; and Dubai, UAE; or through Johannesburg, South Africa.

Pro Tip: Finding Tanzanian shillings in the U.S. is virtually impossible, so hold out until you land in Tanzania and get the local currency from the ATMs in the airport. Make sure you always have plenty of change on you, as things are cheap and market stalls and cafes do not usually take cards.

2. Why You Should Visit Zanzibar

If the name alone doesn’t convince you, then visualize a perfect Indian Ocean island off the coast of Tanzania. You’ll see palm-fringed white-sand beaches protected by a healthy coral reef. You’ll see blue water, an interior that still has plenty of indigenous forestland, and a capital, Zanzibar City, that is full of amazing architecture — a mix of Omani palaces, Arabian arches, and Indian wooden balconies and studded doors. The town’s narrow streets are bustling with life, offering visitors a heady mix made up of local women offering you henna tattoos, Maasai warriors playing pool in a corner cafe, multiple colorful markets, delicious food, fabulous shopping, and plenty of varied history. And then there are the beach resorts.

The best way to experience Zanzibar, at least in my mind, is to have a two-stop vacation: a stay in Stone Town to enjoy all the town has to offer for a few days, then a drive through the interior to one of the many beach hotels and resorts to spend a few days relaxing on the beach. A week or two would not be too long.

3. The Best Time To Visit Zanzibar

Zanzibar is very close to the equator, and because of that, the temperatures are steady throughout the year, going from warm to hot (77 degrees to slightly above 85 degrees), with the advantage of a fresh sea breeze reaching you nearly everywhere on the island. Between March and the end of May, you have the so-called heavy rains, but even then, the days are mostly dry with only odd heavy showers. The short rains take place in November.

Zanzibar is predominantly Muslim, so do check what dates Ramadan and the two Eid celebrations fall on, as you will find many shops and cafes closed (although the beach resorts will offer business as usual).

Please note that there is malaria in Zanzibar, so you will need to get a suitable combination of malaria prophylaxis. Check with your nearest tropical diseases institute to learn which prophylaxis brands are recommended for the time you are planning to go.

4. The Best Things To Do In Zanzibar

The House Of Wonders

The House of Wonders (Bait al Ajaib) in Stone Town was once the ceremonial palace of Sultan Bargash bin Said, the Omani sultan who ruled Zanzibar between 1870 and 1888. The building incorporates most of the typical Zanzibari architecture: enormous wooden doors, a reminder of both Arab and Indian craftsmanship; tall columns creating shady verandas around the building; and rooms located on the outside of the building, creating an airy and cool courtyard inside. It is now a museum in dire need of a bit of love and care but has an intriguing and eclectic mix of artifacts from throughout Zanzibar’s history.

Please note that a large part of the House of Wonders collapsed in 2020, and while restoration efforts are being made, progress is slow.

Next door, you’ll find the old Arab Fort dating back to the 17th century, which is worth exploring.

The Markets

The Darajani Market is the main market in historic Stone Town and, in fact, all of the main island. This is where everyone does their food shopping, exchanges gossip, and meets with friends. The atmosphere is electric; the colors, noise, and smells a feast for the senses. Obviously, with Zanzibar being the Spice Island, you shouldn’t miss the spice section. There is also a small souvenir market with local arts and crafts on sale next to the Old Fort.

At night, an absolute must-do is the food market in the Forodhani Gardens, just in front of the House of Wonders. Make sure you have plenty of small denominations of Tanzanian shillings in cash, as the food is cheap and cards are not taken.

Jozani Forest

The Jozani Forest is part of Jozani Chwaka Bay National Park, and the only home of the rare red colobus monkeys. You can book guided tours from Stone Town (or any beach resort) to the reserve, and a guide will take you through the mature forest, full of teak, mahogany, raffia palms, and wild date palms. You will spot chameleons, elephant shrews, and bush babies if you are lucky. You will certainly spot the friendly monkeys, which you are not supposed to touch, but which will reach out for you. They are just as interested in the visitors as the visitors are in them.

Spice Plantations

There are several spice plantations that are open to visitors; book a tour through your hotel, and you will learn so much. Even if you are a keen cook, you will be amazed by the cinnamon, ginger, lemongrass, cardamom, vanilla, turmeric, curry leaves, and many more kitchen staples that grow here. You’ll also find coconut, jackfruit, durian, guava, papaya, and 10 species of banana.

Shopping In Stone Town

In addition to the markets and the ubiquitous street stalls, Stone Town has superb shopping. The whole town is an interior decorator’s dream come true.

Gizenga Street is filled with art galleries selling native Tingatinga paintings and shops selling African carvings, colorful kangas, and Maasai beaded jewelry. The area around Shangani Street has a few more up-market souvenir shops.

5. The Best Restaurants In Zanzibar

The Tea House At The Emerson On Hurumzi Hotel

Formerly the Emerson and Green, the Emerson on Hurumzi Hotel offers typical Zanzibari food at The Tea House nightly. A small and cozy place on the roof terrace with fab views, you will sample the best Zanzibar’s food scene can offer here.

Forodhani Gardens

Forget restaurants and head to the Forodhani Gardens night market to sample Zanzibari street food. From freshly caught and grilled fish and shrimp to the Zanzibar pizza (a cross between an omelet and a pancake) you get extremely inexpensive and interesting food with a superb setting and atmosphere thrown in.

Mercury’s

Did you know that Freddy Mercury was born in Zanzibar? Mercury’s, the bar named after him, is right next to the dhow harbor and not only offers great cocktails, but fabulous seats for the famous Zanzibari sunsets.

6. The Best Places To Stay In Zanzibar

The Serena Inn

The Serena Inn is a luxurious hotel in the place to be in Stone Town. Perfect for sunset drinks on the terrace, great shopping just steps away, and all the conveniences you could wish for after a day’s dusty exploring.

Emerson On Hurumzi Hotel

Emerson on Hurumzi Hotel is my personal favorite. It’s a converted townhouse right in the heart of old Stone Town with a roof terrace, from which you can look out over the higgledy-piggledy roofs of the city all the way to the ocean. Superb personal service and gorgeous interior design.

Breezes Beach Club

Along the coast of Zanzibar, you can find accommodations ranging from five-star luxury resorts to hostels, but for a nice resort, not too pricey but with all the amenities and a great spa, Breezes Beach Club and Spa is a good choice. Plenty of water sports and activities, including scuba diving and snorkeling, are available, but it still remains a relatively small and cozy place.

Africa is home to some of the most amazing wildlife and landscapes, spectacular natural wonders, dramatic coastlines, unforgettable architecture, one-of-a-kind adventures, and unique cultures. The continent also offers an array of incredible places to stay — from luxury hotels to unique safari lodges. These properties offer superb dining experiences, majestic settings, and lavish décor and design, as well as excellent spas and a range of activities — you’ll want for nothing if staying in these wonderful places.

A night or two (or more!) in one of Africa’s top hotels or safari lodges is a fantastic way to travel. Whether you are looking to stay in luxury accommodation throughout your entire trip, or perhaps just to “treat yourself” for a few days, here are some of my favorite places to stay in Africa, from cosmopolitan Cape Town to the banks of the Zambezi River, from the wilds of the Okavango to the beaches of Zanzibar, and everywhere in between.

1. Ngorongoro Crater Lodge

Ngorongoro Conservation Area, Tanzania

At first sight, the exterior of Ngorongoro Crater Lodge might be a little confusing — the thatched buildings and unusual architectural details somehow seem to resemble a traditional Tanzanian mud-and-stick manyatta (village) rather than a luxury lodge. But the exterior is where any similarities end. The interiors of Crater Lodge are some of the most opulent in the country — think antiques, Persian carpets, chandelier-lit bathrooms, vaulted ceilings, decadent bush picnics, fine dining at tables laden with crystal and silverware and accompanied by superb wines, and a personalized butler service — it’s like stepping into a fairy tale.

Located right on the rim of the dramatic and breathtaking World Heritage Site, Ngorongoro Crater, Crater Lodge offers magnificent views over the world’s largest intact and unflooded caldera. The grasslands of the crater floor offer excellent game viewing, year-round, for animals including black rhinos, zebras, eland, and Africa’s densest population of lions. The rainforest that lines the crater walls is home to elephants, buffalo, and leopards, making for spectacular game viewing.

When relaxing between game-viewing activities, your only dilemma here is choosing the most perfect spot — your suite’s private deck or the gorgeous communal lounge, cocktails at the bar, or taking in the views from the main deck. Ngorongoro Crater Lodge offers a truly lavish experience from the moment you arrive.

2. Mount Nelson

Cape Town, South Africa

Cape Town’s iconic, and discreetly glamourous “pink lady,” named for the hotel’s famously pink exterior paintwork, opened her doors in 1899 and has attracted a mix of “well-heeled” and loyal guests ever since. Mount Nelson is an oasis in the center of Cape Town. A palm-lined driveway leads to immaculately groomed lawns, magnificent flower beds, two pools, and several tennis courts.

The décor favors an English colonial style, complete with several original features. The use of wallpaper, mirrors, and potted palms in the lounge, bar, and terrace areas gives the feeling of a beautiful conservatory and makes for the perfect setting for high tea, for which the hotel is deservedly famous. The rooms themselves are elegant, spacious, and beautifully furnished.

Mount Nelson is perfectly located for exploring Cape Town. Just across the road from the hotel are the Company Gardens, the ideal place for a stroll and some squirrel or duck feeding on your way into town, and if you exit through the back entrance to Kloof Street, a plethora of restaurants and bars are within walking distance.

From the spacious size of the grounds, beautiful rooms, and ideal location to the unpretentious yet professional staff, The Mount Nelson Hotel is definitely one to add to your luxury list.

3. Morukuru Beach Lodge

De Hoop Nature Reserve, South Africa

In the De Hoop Nature Reserve, a coastal reserve on South Africa’s picturesque Whale Coast outside Cape Town, you’ll find the beautiful Morukuru Beach Lodge, a boutique hotel with just five suites. With typical Cape fynbos vegetation on one side and rolling white sand dunes on the other, the lodge looks out over the Indian Ocean and is the perfect location for whale watching — be it from your bedroom, the bar, or your dinner table — as southern right whales are here from July to October. Located in a nature reserve with a marine protected area stretching out 3 miles off the coast, Morukuru Beach Lodge is the perfect spot for watching whales, seals, and even occasionally penguins, while inland zebras, baboons, ostriches and a variety of antelope are found.

The interiors are stunning — spacious Scandi style, with a dash of Africa. Lots of light oak blend with beautifully textured fabrics, understated furnishings, vast, super comfortable beds, and walls of glass French windows that open up to the dunes and ocean views.

There’s plenty to do here, from marine walks to game drives, mountain biking, sandboarding, snorkeling in the rock pools, or just relaxing on the beach. And if the weather turns wet or windy, there’s an internal courtyard with a swimming pool and hot tub.

4. Waterside At Royal Malawane 

Thornybush Private Game Reserve, The Greater Kruger, South Africa

Adjacent to the Greater Kruger National Park lies Thornybush Game Reserve, 29,000 acres of African bush. The reserve is home to an abundance of wildlife, and you are almost guaranteed to spot the Big Five (lion, leopard, elephant, rhino, and buffalo) on your visit. The reserve is predominantly open savannah, and with a great year-round climate, it’s an ideal African safari holiday destination.

Shaded by a grove of fever trees in the north of the reserve is the colorful and contemporary Waterside at Royal Malawane. No dark, dingy rondavels here, no sagging tents, creaking ceiling fans, or leaky bucket showers like many a safari lodge in Africa. Waterside is a stunning lodge full of carefully curated artwork and décor, with each extravagantly sized suite individually designed and eclectically furnished — think oriental rugs, outsized four-posters beds, deep-cushioned sofas, roll-top bathtubs, indoor and outdoor showers, and private plunge pools beside expansive decks with views over the bush.

Fantastic wildlife sightings are right on your doorstep (quite literally at times!) and the guides are some of the best in Africa. Combine this with fantastic service (always with a smile), great food, and an impressive number of craft gins, whiskies, and South African wines at the bar, and Waterside provides everything you need for a thoroughly memorable, modern safari.

5. Lolebezi

Lower Zambezi National Park, Zambia

I’ve long loved Zambia’s Lower Zambezi National Park and visit as often as I can. Lolebezi, the Lower Zambezi’s newest camp, is wild, remote, and without doubt one of the most luxurious and spectacular lodges I’ve ever visited. Deep inside the national park and spread out under a canopy of trees with more than half a mile of private river frontage on the Zambezi, Lolebezi takes going on safari to a whole new level.

Set within 12 hectares of protected wilderness, with four elegant suites and two double family units, each with stunning décor, their own private plunge pools, and outdoor lounge areas, the attention to detail is incredible. Lolebezi marries the carefully designed luxury of a world-class safari camp with the level of excitement that can only be found in the African bush.

The park is a hunting ground for lions, leopards, and wild dogs. Herds of elephants roam here, and an array of wildlife can be found in this timeless valley of giant towering Winterthorn trees. The river is home to hippos, crocodiles, and the coveted tiger fish. The beauty of the Lower Zambezi lies in its wildness and the opportunities to get right up close to the wildlife. Lolebezi is definitely the place to stay for fantastic wildlife experiences, extremely knowledgeable guides, and the kind of luxury that is not often found on safari.

6. Khwai Leadwood 

Khwai Community Concession, Botswana

Khwai Leadwood is located in the Khwai community concession area, a pretty corner of the Okavango Delta that’s known for its excellent and varied game viewing. Sheltered by a canopy of tall trees, the camp overlooks the Khwai River, where hippos make their home and elephants (and even lions from time to time) can be found wading through the water.

Game drives, walking safaris, and mokoro (traditional canoe) safaris are just a few of the activities guests can enjoy from this stylish lodge, and when not out on game drives, guests can relax with a dip in the pool or curl up with a good book in the reading area. Of course, the luxury tents have all the creature comforts you could desire, including a hammock on the private deck that’s perfect for afternoon naps.

The elegantly designed camp has six stylish standard tents and one family unit, all designed to embrace the concept of an intimate and exclusive wilderness experience. Khwai Leadwood effortlessly marries luxury accommodation with still feeling like you’re in the great African outdoors.

7. Shipwreck Lodge 

Skeleton Coast, Namibia

The imaginatively designed Shipwreck Lodge offers a rare opportunity to stay in luxury on the fringes of a great wilderness, Namibia’s barren yet beautiful Skeleton Coast. The Skeleton Coast takes its name from the demise of a British cargo ship that ran aground on these shores in 1944, and Nina Maritz, the award-winning architect responsible for Shipwreck Lodge’s design, used this as the inspiration to create the lodge’s “castaway cabins.”

The guest cabins, dotted along the dunes, are havens of understated luxury, with velvet day beds, vast king-sized beds, stylish bathrooms complete with porthole windows, and wood-burning stoves that are the perfect spot for a nightcap. Lodge life revolves around the pleasures of dining, reading, wildlife spotting, and being totally immersed in nature. This is a world of sand, sea, and silence, and staying on the wind-swept sands of this fragile environment feels like an incredible privilege.

8. Xanadu Luxury Villas 

Dongwe, Zanzibar, Tanzania

Xanadu is found down a sandy, un-signposted road just over an hour’s drive from Zanzibar airport. If you blink, you’ll miss it, which is the whole point! Xanadu’s villas, steps away from the Indian Ocean on the spice island’s southeast coast, come with their own personal butler service and an “anytime, anywhere” policy to meals. There are nods to the spice island’s Arab history in the striking domed buildings, and each villa has Arab-influenced furnishings and relaxed living spaces that open out onto private plunge pools and tropical gardens, where curious monkeys can often be seen. 

There’s another swimming pool at the heart of the property with pool lounges, a bar, and a restaurant around it, all lit up by lanterns at night. Down on the beach, there are more shaded lounges and swinging two-person hammocks to relax in. This is the place to come for total privacy and relaxation.

Legendary Italian watchmaker, Angelo Bonati, once said “Luxury is attention to detail, originality, exclusivity and above all quality.” I can definitely say, without a moment’s hesitation, that every hotel and lodge on this list fulfills all those criteria. Now all that is left for you to do is plan your future travels to incorporate at least one of these hotels.

If you have ever been overwhelmed or in a state of awe because of all the art and natural beauty around you, you may have experienced a phenomenon called Stendhal syndrome, according to Medical News Today.

In my case, it is not unsuspectingly stumbling upon a collection of Gauguins in someone’s house in the Hamptons that has induced my condition. No. It is the island of Rodrigues, an island about 350 miles east of Mauritius on the southeast coast of Africa. This island is probably one of the best-kept secrets in the world.

I am brought to semi-consciousness by the soft, modulated French voice of the air hostess on this early-morning Air Mauritius flight as we make our runway approach to the small island.

I become aware of the first symptoms of Stendhal as I look down. As we descend through the light clouds, the island reveals itself like a floating green planet, with its surrounding coral reef tenderly hugging it like its very own atmosphere, the color a lucid blue.

Jean-Paul from Rodrigues Tourism greets me at the tiny, quaint airport near the capital Port Mathurin and we set off in his four-by-four to my home for the next week, Mourouk Ebony Hotel. The tropical heat is palpable in April, but it is still one of the best times of year to visit. The sea temperature is pleasant all year round and ranges from 24 to 28 degrees Celsius (75 to 82 Fahrenheit). The rainiest months are January, February, and March. The best time to travel here is between June and November. I gape in undisguised awe at my surroundings as we drive. 

Rodrigues is a mountainous island, richly imbued with a myriad of tropical flora, marvelous beaches — both milky white and surprisingly black since the island is volcanic — and coral reefs that surround the island. The leisurely pace of life is quite obvious as we pass various local inhabitants on their scooters or on foot, waving at each other. They seem to be perpetually smiling, these people. Odd, I thought at first, until I got to know them a bit better and understood why there is no occasion for misery or bitterness here.

We are en route to Mourouk, a coastal village in the southeastern part of the island and home to a Creole-style hotel, straight out of your dreams. Mourouk Ebony Hotel sits against a hilly landscape and overlooks a huge turquoise lagoon that sharply contrasts the deeper blue winding channel which shelters a multitude of uninhabited islets. Lazy ceiling fans move around high above the airy reception area and lounge. The warm reception reminds me of days of yore when hotel staff still treated guests as friends. All rooms were equipped with air-conditioning and en-suite bathrooms with showers and a mini-bar — with no steps to climb!

From your private terrace, you have an uninterrupted view of the sea. I take a walk around the hotel after a delectable lunch. If you’re inclined towards physical activities, they offer archery, windsurfing, kayaking, diving, snorkeling, beach volleyball, tennis, kites, and indoor activities such as billiards as well as a television and video room. You could also spend your day by the pool or on the beach (mere steps away) with a book and a cocktail!

There are more contemporary lodgings on the island, but you can’t do better at this price with its sense of authenticity.

1. Ancient Animals

Now I’m off to see the turtles, the wonderful turtles of Rodrigues.

This sister island to Mauritius was once covered in dense, native forest and was teeming with animal and bird species, many of which have become extinct. Walking among the giant tortoises at François Leguat Giant Tortoise and Cave Reserve, I feel as though I have gone back in time, experiencing Rodrigues as it was over 300 years ago before it was devastated by human presence. I am spellbound by their head conservationist’s passion and determination to make this sanctuary work. 

“There were hundreds of thousands of tortoises here, it was like walking on a pavement of tortoises!” However, the “discoverer” man ate them — almost all of them. The main attraction now is the giant tortoise, which is the Aldabra species, the most genetically similar to the long-extinct tortoises which lived here. Baby tortoises are now born and raised here and the staff is working with the Mauritius Wildlife Foundation to exterminate introduced plants, replacing them with indigenous varieties.

On the way back to the hotel, JP tells me a bit about the history of this astonishing island. Born from volcanic activity between 1.3 and 1.5 million years ago, the island — 18 kilometers long, 8 kilometers wide — is the smallest of the Mascarene archipelago.

Rodrigues bears the name of its “official” discoverer, Portuguese navigator Don Diego Rodriguez.

The first settlers to set foot in Rodrigues in 1691 were seven French Huguenots led by François Leguat.

The British took possession of the island in 1809. At the time, the island counted about a hundred inhabitants. Today, the number of inhabitants is approximately 41,600.

The most striking thing about this place is the lack of throngs of loud tourists. Rodrigues is not nearly as overrun and “shiny” as Mauritius. It’s a protectorate, and that is a massive part of the charm of the place.

The tide has come in and as we drive back, I notice that what was before laid bare as black volcanic sand has now been magically transformed. It is as if a soft green-blue carpet has been delicately laid over it. After an afternoon nap, I wake up to the sound of soft guitar strains coming from the lounge. It is dusk. I walk onto my balcony and as the soft, sticky fragrant night air envelops me, I watch in rapture as the last light disappears over the still sea.

We are treated to a superb barbecue dinner that night, accompanied by folk dancing and music.

2. Island Life

The following morning, we set off to one of the neighboring uninhabited islets for some rest and relaxation. We explore the tiny islet, have a barbecue lunch, swim in the gin-clear water, and just indolently lie about like royalty. We have a French couple with us with their two children, aged about 6 and 8. These kids must have thought they had discovered paradise. They explore, swim, make sandcastles, and play on the beach as though the end of the world was nigh. The hotel will organize any excursions for you.

3. Bird Sanctuary

The following day, Rodrigues Tourism took me to Ile aux Cocos, an island bird sanctuary. As the white and gray clouds play on the water, intermittently allowing the blue sky to make an impetuous appearance, the iridescent surface of the sea seems to change color between that of molten mercury and the sheerest of tourmaline. The water is as brilliantly translucent as Ernest Hemingway’s mind on a seldom-spotted abstemious day.

Our guide tells us there are 45,000 birds on the island of various species and not all are friendly — when you approach their nests too closely they go positively Hitchcockian on you.

4. The Market

I spent the following morning absorbing the wonderful sights, sounds, colors, and aromas of the weekly Saturday market in Port Mathurin. You can buy anything here from fabrics and clothes, as well as local arts, crafts, the freshest fish, and other fresh produce, including their world-renowned Rodrigues honey. We have lunch overlooking the water at Marmite des Iles where I order the best garlicky prawns I have ever had in my life.

That night, we were treated to a traditional song and dance show. The tiny but charming and hilarious owner of the supper club, Lulu, introduces me by name to all the patrons like some celebrity and I almost choke on my émincé (thinly sliced) of beef.

5. The Food

The next day was spent sleeping late and eating lunch at the gorgeously quaint Le Tropical restaurant.

The flavors that make Rodrigues cuisine are vast: a cono-cono (shellfish) salad said to have aphrodisiac virtues, a traditional corn soup, steamed crab with garden spices, an octopus curry on a bed of corn, pork in honey, boiled country ham with fine herbs, and a cabri sauteur (goat) with local flavors or some country chicken with ginger and curcuma. For dessert, a papaya sorbet, a coconut and honey pie, or even a traditional corn pudding for dessert — yum!

The food everywhere on the island is fresh and delicious.

6. We Are Sailing

On my last day in this splendid place, we head to another of the uninhabited islets on the Ariel, a catamaran belonging to and skippered by a chap called Marlon. Originally from Cape Town in South Africa, he moved here with his family about a year ago. “I have never looked back,” he said with a wide grin. After a day of sunshine, picnicking, and frolicking, I dread my imminent departure. I want to grip time in my hands and force it to a standstill. The next day, standing at the airport and waiting for the plane to take me back to stress, pollution, deafening technology, and general chaos, I feel more forlorn than I have in many moons. The whisper becomes a mantra in my head: “not yet, not yet.”

Rodrigues is the art de vivre (the art of living) — go and see how it’s done.

Getting There

Unfortunately, there are no direct flights from the states to Mauritius. However, Air Mauritius will fly you there via South Africa and other destinations. The trip is long, but believe me, it will be worth it!

We are eating lunch. The dining area is perched on the edge of the Zambezi River, right where the river forks and forms an inlet known as the “Discovery Channel.” Just as if we were tuned into a live broadcast on that very TV channel, a family of elephants comes down to the water’s edge, a few feet away, and wades across the channel. All but one of the elephants step confidently into the water, wading towards us through the shallows, as we stop eating to watch. The last elephant, apparently reluctant to cross, tests the water, first with her toes and then with her trunk, before changing her mind and turning to clamber back up the way she’d come.

The Zambezi River, the fourth longest river in Africa, emerges from the ground as a tiny spring in north-western Zambia, before passing through eastern Angola, along the Namibian and Botswanan borders, then forms the boundary between Zambia and Zimbabwe, before finally flowing across Mozambique and emptying into the Indian Ocean.

Mention the Zambezi River and the first thing that comes to many people’s minds is the famous Victoria Falls. 400 miles downstream of the falls is Zambia’s Lower Zambezi National Park. Home to herds of elephants, a hunting ground for lions, leopards, and wild dogs. The river itself is home to hippos, crocodiles, and the coveted tiger fish. This 1,580 square mile park is a scenic wilderness and home to some truly terrific safari activities.

Lolebezi, the latest member of the African Bush Camps family, is Lower Zambezi’s newest safari lodge. The location is wild and remote, but the lodge itself is luxurious. Spread out under a canopy of Winterthorn trees, within twelve acres of protected wilderness and over half a mile of private river frontage, Lolebezi takes going on safari to a whole new level. 

From stunning lodge design and décor to beautiful scenery and abundant wildlife, this fabulous lodge should definitely be on your bucket list!

1. Wildlife And Game Viewing Activities

There’s something special about being in the African bush. At Lolebezi, you are immersed in it. From our bathroom, we watched a huge bull elephant, just a few feet away, break and eat branches from an overhanging tree. Monkeys and baboons leaped from tree to tree or foraged on the ground. Lying in bed at night, we heard hyenas growl and giggle as they prowled the darkness, and hippos stomped and splashed as they left the water to graze on dry land. 

Driving through the park, a leopard sauntered down the sandy road in front of us, as a herd of buffalo watched us silently from the sidelines, and seven lions with blood-smeared faces laid in the shade. Nearer to camp, waterbuck and impala populated the forest.

Game drives are one of the most effective ways to see wildlife, as they cover the most ground and you can get fairly close to sightings without placing guests in harm’s way or disturbing the wildlife.

As we drove out from the lodge one morning, our attention was drawn to a troop of baboons, shrieking and shouting. Some climbed to the top of an anthill, others stood on their hind legs, and all of them were trying to get a better view. One large male baboon climbed a tree and shook the branches vigorously. Driving closer, we caught a glimpse of an endangered African wild dog. 

Slightly hidden in the long grass, he had killed a young impala. It’s unusual for wild dogs to hunt alone and after only gulping down a few mouthfuls of meat, he stands up. After sniffing the breeze, he headed off in the direction of some distant hills. We assumed that he went to find the rest of his pack. Big cat sightings might be the highlight of many people’s safaris, but for me, the African wild dog stole the show. It’s always very wonderful to see them on the safari.

Walking safaris are the purest of safari experiences, and often the most thrilling as you never know what you’ll encounter around each corner. Your guide can show you large animals, but also the spoor (footprints), birds, plants, and insects while explaining how they all interact with each other.

The guides at Lolebezi are knowledgeable, professional, friendly, and patient. They are happy to sit and wait for you to have your fill of any sighting and are ready to move on. They never tire of answering the sort of questions they’ve probably been asked a thousand times before.

2. Birdlife

The Lower Zambezi National Park boasts over 500 species of birds. Be it the turkey-sized, jet black, ground hornbill, with a 4-foot wingspan, or a tiny red-billed firefinch, small enough to fit in the palm of your hand. Perhaps it could be a flock of migratory carmine bee-eaters, swooping overhead in a cloud of crimson as an African fish eagle’s mournful cry reverberates across the river — the Lower Zambezi National Park is a dream destination for enthusiastic birdwatchers. We spotted birds out on game drives, on boat trips out on the river, and from the verandah of our room — this is a great destination for birdwatchers, from amateur to expert.

3. River Safaris And Fishing

Fishing for tigerfish is a seasonal specialty of the Zambezi River. At least as far as my husband is concerned, it is one of the best safari activities of all! Tigerfish are somewhere between a trout and a piranha on the evolutionary scale and are equipped with large bony jaws and a mouthful of razor-sharp teeth. Tigerfish are renowned for their speed, agility, and their strong will to fight. The chances of them snapping your line or rod and making off with your lures are very good, so fishing for these creatures is always a challenge.

Going out on the river in the afternoon from Lolebezi, we fished for tiger, bream, and catfish while enjoying the scenery and, of course, sipping on gin and tonic. We passed small islands and sandbanks. Fish eagles called overhead while kingfishers hovered and dived, doing some fishing of their own.

Pro Tip: Late August to mid-November is the best time for tigerfish. Do note that netting is not permitted and a 100 percent catch and release policy applies to all fish species in stretches of the river that run through the national park.

4. River Trips

River Trips take you out on the water with an experienced guide to explore the river and its wildlife. The Zambezi River is best explored by boat. There’s something peaceful about the way the river meanders through the surrounding floodplains, past pods of grunting hippos and elephants wading from island to island. Then as the sun sets, and the water turns crimson, your guide will pour you a cocktail of your choice and serve you some snacks as you gently cruise along the river.

5. Canoeing

Canoeing caters to those looking for a little more adventure. There are few experiences more memorable than drifting down the Zambezi — so trade the land for the water and take a canoeing safari where you will head downstream, meaning you won’t need to paddle too hard. The best canoeing experience is to be had on the channels, like the previously mentioned Discovery Channel, where you’ll drift in silence past birds, crocodiles, and a variety of mammals.

6. The Lodge, The Décor, And The Design

If you are looking for a super-stylish yet intimate lodge, Lolebezi is it! As the most decadent camp in Lower Zambezi, the lodge is beautifully designed and combines opulence with excellent standards of guidance. Practically floating on the Zambezi, the lodge hovers on the river bank with thatched roofs and expansive windows through which to enjoy the view.

The suites are palatial and fully air-conditioned. The beds are large and ornate, with a circle of hanging beaded decor overhead and river-green textiles. French doors open onto a private deck with a plunge pool and thatched private lounge area. There is an on-site spa with qualified treatment specialists, as well as a yoga deck and gym. The attention to detail is incredible and inspiring.

Lolebezi was designed by the renowned Fox Browne Creative whose owners, Debra Fox and Christopher Browne, have over 70 years of combined experience in luxury hospitality, and specialize in safari style. Fox Browne used small local Zambian businesses and artisans to create a bespoke interior design that gives guests a real connection to Zambian culture and traditions.

Lolebezi combines elegant interiors with a concept of sustainable and environmentally conscious design techniques, all to tread lightly on the earth. Debra Fox, founder and co-owner of Fox Browne said, “In a hospitality world overrun with bland, Pinterest interiors, the design touches of the Lodge are sure to open guests’ eyes to the beauty and cultures of Zambia.”

Pro Tip: The property is unfenced and located in a wildlife area, so large and potentially dangerous animals do pass through. When staying here, be alert when walking around the camp and request a member of staff to escort you if you are at all nervous. All guests are escorted after dark as a matter of course.

7. Lunch At Lolebezi

One particular memory of our time at Lolebezi was our final lunch. A river bank picnic in the Lolebezi trademark style, glamor, and safari chic. Proper tables and chairs, crisp white tablecloths and napkins, glistening glasses of chilled wine, knives, and forks wrapped in monogrammed leather cutlery rolls. Hippos serenaded us from the water, an elephant stood on a tiny island in the middle of the river, and a shy bushbuck looked on from a distance. 

When explorer and missionary, David Livingstone, reached the Lower Zambezi Valley in December 1855, he recorded in his journal the wild beauty of the scene that awaited him, stating, “Hundreds of buffaloes and zebra grazed in the open space, and beneath the trees stood lordly elephants feeding majestically. The number of animals was quite astonishing. I wished I could have photographed a scene so seldom beheld.” After our Lower Zambezi visit, we knew exactly how he’d felt!

Africa is a mass producer of that most precious of human capabilities: memory-making. If you are looking for a canopy of millions of twinkling stars in the wildest of places to add to your memory bank, look no further than these treehouse and “star bed” destinations in South Africa. And they are not short on luxury either! 

1. Lion Sands, Kingston Treehouse

Sabi Sand Game Reserve

A hot day in December marks my umpteenth trip to the glorious surrounds of the wild and all it has to offer in the form of The Lion Sands River Lodge in the Sabi Sands Reserve. This 65,000-hectare (160,600-acre) reserve borders the world-famous Kruger National Park in the Limpopo and Mpumalanga provinces of South Africa. After a brief tête-à-tête with the blasted GPS taking us to the wrong gate, we arrive at River Lodge just shy of 4 p.m. 

The following day we are dropped off in the middle of nothing at Kingston Treehouse to spend the night. We make our way through rows of magnificent white boulders and across a small drawbridge, and there we find Africa unfolding in front of us. Set amid the pure and untouched nature, we are completely isolated and surrounded by the wild. Kingston is equipped with full bathroom and shower facilities to complete this sensory experience.

The most striking feature of the Kingston Treehouse experience is without a doubt its construction, employing large sheets of glass combined with wood to a spectacular effect. The contemporary decor inside seduces with understated greys and whites. A massive double bed occupies the top half with the lower deck functioning as a lounge/dining/outlook area. It is surrounded by natural boulders, with a unique window to enjoy the ever-changing views.

And no matter what the weather has in store, guests will always have a safe and luxurious setting with a unique window to enjoy the ever-changing views. The tree house towers above the treeline and far below roam all things wild. The staff chuckle at our amazed expressions and then wave goodbye as they pull up the draw bridge. Then we are utterly alone. There is no electricity, of course, and no cell phone reception. We are left with a walkie-talkie in case of emergency but you are actually perfectly safe. Between giddy gasps of wonder, we take photographs.

As the day fades to night, we light the lanterns and then settle down to dinner as what seems like a thousand birds serenade us. We have our own “picnic basket” consisting of a feast of smoked turkey baguettes, biltong and feta pate, salads and cheeses, and for dessert a marshmallow and chocolate fondue! This is all accompanied by some excellent South African wines.

In the distance, we hear lions roar. Later a shy moon appears from the clouds high above us among a million stars and all is right with the world. Together with the slight wind, the feeling of aloneness comes and goes like an ancient echo, like the excitement that comes with the unknown. We chat late into the night, speculating about what could be the cause of each night sound or rumble in the jungle we hear all around and beneath us.

We are collected mid-morning and driven back to the lodge from where we depart. I go through the perfunctory motions, but I feel as though I am sleep-walking, still in a state of animated bliss, my mind and soul held hostage by the once-in-a-lifetime experience I just had.

2. Tswalu, Naledi

Kalahari

The big sky is swollen with bulging dark grey clouds and the visceral smell of Africa infuses me like a long-lost elixir as soon as I arrive at Tswalu, South Africa’s largest private game reserve. It covers an area of over 100,000 hectares (247,000 acres) and it is a sensory revelation. It takes us about 20 minutes to get to the lodge, and from the moment I step into the opulent yet consciously understated reception area and lounge, I know this is not your common-or-garden game lodge. 

The décor and ambiance resonate all that is Africa in terms of color, design, tactile fabric, and proportion. It is outrageously luxurious and remote, located in the so-called “green Kalahari” in the Northern Cape. Currently with only two camps, The Motse and Tarkuni, Tswalu accommodates just 30 people and has the lowest guest footprint in South Africa. The staff members are hand-picked; this is clear. They are discreet and genuinely helpful, but more importantly, they exude an inner friendliness that cannot be taught.

Tswalu’s new back-to-nature star bed experience in the Korannaberg Mountains is Tswalu’s answer to a “treehouse”. It is elevated above a valley with wraparound views, and if you wish to sleep beneath the southern Kalahari Desert’s brilliant blanket of stars in safety and seclusion, you cannot ask for better. Naledi is designed as a romantic sleep-out experience for two adults but is also ideal for a family of four. Everything has been carefully considered so that you have all you need for a comfortable stay.

And don’t think for a moment you’ll be “roughing it.” Guests sleep under a blanket of stars while cocooned in Egyptian cotton on king-size beds. Naledi is a solid structure with a thatched cover, and the natural wooden deck provides the perfect place to unwind.

This is a truly immersive and secluded safari experience, where the sounds of the wild are amplified. Upon arrival, we are treated to drinks and canapes, and a chef prepares a gourmet meal, delivered straight to the deck picnic-style. A few steps from the main Naledi deck is an open-air shower, basin, and toilet on its own timber platform, providing comfort throughout the stay.

A private guide will leave guests with a fully charged, two-way handheld radio for remaining in contact should they need assistance at any time. The night brings with it the haunting sounds of Africa’s desert and is simply blissful. The next morning, breakfast treats accompany warming mugs of coffee, tea, and hot chocolate.

Tswalu Naledi is an astonishing experience that you are unlikely to ever forget. 

3. Tsala Treetop Lodge

Plettenberg Bay

Amidst the treetops of an age-old indigenous forest, Tsala is a lavish celebration of the spirit of Africa. It is ideally situated between the coastal towns of Knysna and Plettenberg Bay in the Western Cape, and traveling there along the Garden Route is a dream.

Tsala’s massive stone-masonry entrance flanked by water leads to a magnificent foyer like something out of an ancient African civilization. The diverse cultures of Africa informed the elaborate afro-baroque decor’s earthy colors, rich textures, and handcrafted fittings, yet everything is somehow simultaneously very sophisticated.

We are warmly greeted at reception and shown to our “house in the sky.” It is truly one of the most romantic spots in the entire world. The 10 treehouse villas are secluded and beautifully furnished, each equipped with its very own splash pool. The tree-house suites are constructed of stone, wood, and glass and comprise of a plush bedroom, an elegant sitting room with a cozy fireplace, and a spacious bathroom fit for royalty. 

Built high above the forest floor to complement the style and architecture of Tsala are six lavish two-bedroomed villas, styled with sophistication and modern touches for pure luxury. A large lounge with a fireplace and dining area and a forest-facing private deck and infinity pool ensure you have everything you need and more for the perfect family escape.

All Tsala’s rooms also have complimentary Wi-Fi, a fireplace, a hairdryer, a personal in-room safe, bathrobes, slippers, international adaptors, umbrellas, laundry and pressing services, fully stocked minibars, tea and coffee making facilities, and under-floor heating and air-conditioning. In other words, the full five-star experience…

And the food, oh the food! Meals at Tsala are exquisitely presented in their glass-walled dining room or at the renowned Zinzi Restaurant. But if you choose, as we did, you may be served dinner in the privacy of your plush cocoon on top of the world. 

For guests wanting to enjoy the morning sunshine with breakfast, a spectacular dining deck, suspended above the forest floor, is the perfect spot. There are also loads of activities on offer in the area such as golf, fishing, boat trips, whale and bird watching, bungy jumping, sky diving, and diving with sharks. Or just lap up your glorious surrounds with a book and a glass of wine. And luxuriate in an in-room massage later, perhaps. Which is exactly what I did…. 

4. &Beyond Ngala

Kruger National Park

World-famous Kruger National Park teems with wildlife and is especially famous for the so-called Big Five — lion, elephant, African buffalo, leopard, and rhino. 

Situated on the border of Kruger National Park, &Beyond Ngala Private Game Reserve offers a wild experience bar none at their Ngala Treehouse. The reserve is home to several large lion prides, and its packs of the endangered African wild dog may also be spotted moving through the reserve. Guests enjoy exclusive game drives and bush walks on 14,700 hectares (36,000 acres) of private wilderness land. One might understandably be leery of spending a night alone in a place where things may want to eat you. But fear not!

Even though this is a remote overnight retreat, it offers guests the ultimate (and very safe!) sleep-out experience beneath the stars. The four-level treehouse sits cocooned in a pristine bush setting and features a choice of two sleeping areas — an enclosed and weatherproof bedroom with a king-sized bed, hot running shower, and flushing toilet on the third level, or an elevated sleep-out platform set beneath a retractable awning on the rooftop.

We arrived in time to toast the sunset with cocktails and snacks after our late-afternoon game drive. A tapas-style picnic dinner was then set up in the safety of an enclosed boma beneath the stars, and goodness, was it delicious! We were left in luxurious solitude for the night, provided with a radio and mobile phone for use in case of inclement weather or other emergencies. 

At one point I could swear I heard a buffalo snorting beneath us, but it may as well have been a leopard for all I know. It was thrilling. I got up for a midnight snack and to stare at the stars. 

While the Treehouse does not offer a full kitchen, a stocked bar and selection of midnight and breakfast snacks, as well as a coffee station, are available for guests. The Treehouse is solar-powered, allowing guests to charge their camera batteries and other appliances. Ngala Treehouse can cater for a maximum of two adults and two children ages 10 to 16 in the two sleeping areas, one of which is the open sleep-out platform.

5. Jaci’s Tree Lodge

Naledi & Madikwe

Jaci’s Tree Lodge’s founder and owner, Jan van Heteren, was profoundly inspired by the Okavango Delta’s characteristically intimate, secluded, luxury camps that seem to grow organically from the earth. These lodges are often built to sit high on stilts and with a focus on ecological construction, they blend seamlessly into their environment. As a result, Jaci’s Tree Lodge is the realization of Jan’s dream — an elevated lodge that appears to float above the ground

Guests are luxuriously accommodated in custom-built treehouse-style suites, boasting magnificent views into the surrounding riverine forest as well as glimpses across the famous Marico River. The Treehouse Suites blend effortlessly into the overarching canopy of lush foliage, making for fantastic birdwatching in a natural environment.

Upon arrival, guests are warmly welcomed at the recently refurbished Jaci’s Tree Lodge Main Lodge, which provides a cool retreat from the heat of African summer days and a cozy fireside sanctuary during chilly winter months. Each of the eight double-occupancy treehouse-style suites features a private outdoor shower, indoor bath, and private viewing decks. Each suite is decorated with Jaci’s trademark African vibrancy, complemented by modern elements, eco-friendly amenities, and a focus on privacy.

The custom-built stilted structures are connected by elevated walkways. The food and service is unbeatable, and the game drives will leave you in awe with so many animal sightings. 

You can also experience a sleep-out under the stars at Jaci’s Naledi Treehouse (not to be confused with the other Naledi). Naledi — meaning “star” in Tswana — is kitted out with a canopied king-size bed and your very own private KolKol wood-fired hot tub! There is an environmentally-friendly toilet, outdoor shower, and exceptional watering hole viewing deck.

This romantic sleep-out experience, enjoyed under starlight and the cover of an impressive tamboti tree, is certainly worthy of a top spot on every safari lover’s bucket list! You are guaranteed to come away from this experience a new person. 

Please note that most star-bed hosts require that you spend at least one night at one of their permanent lodges in addition to your star-bed experience. Contact them for more information.

Safari is a Swahili word that means “journey” or “expedition.” It comes from the Arabic word safar meaning “to travel.” Swahili is the most common language spoken in East Africa, but the word safari didn’t appear in the English language until the late 19th century, and was then usually only used when talking about hunting trips in Africa. Today, most people think of “going on a safari” as a game-viewing trip. For the purposes of this story, I’d like to go back to its original meaning, namely “exploring,” and to do that, I’d like to take you on a safari in Botswana’s beautiful and special Okavango Panhandle.

Botswana’s Okavango Delta is, without a doubt, one of the greatest natural sanctuaries in the world. Surrounded by the sands of the Kalahari Desert, this vast maze of meandering channels, waterlily-filled lagoons, and lush green islands is somewhere everyone should visit at least once in their lives. The Okavango Delta was the 1,000th location to be listed as a World Heritage Site, and is also one of the Seven Natural Wonders of Africa. 

The delta is fed by the Okavango River, which flows southeast from Angola and through Namibia’s Zambezi Region before entering Botswana at the small village of Mohembo. Here, the delta spreads out into a strip roughly 7 miles wide; a green mass of dense papyrus and reed beds, floating islands of interwoven underwater vegetation, calm lagoons, and a myriad of twisting channels with constantly changing courses.

Look at a map of the Okavango Delta and you’ll notice it’s shaped somewhat like a frying pan. The Okavango River is channeled between two steep-sided banks along a roughly 60-mile-long “handle,” before it meets underlying fault lines and floods out to form the Okavango Delta. The delta represents the “pan” part of our analogy; and that is how the Okavango Panhandle got its name! This is not a protected reserve or national park, but there are still vast areas of unspoiled wetlands and wilderness just waiting to be explored.

So now we’ve got ourselves orientated, let’s journey together into the Okavango Panhandle. This is not your classic safari destination; it is so much more.

1. Wildlife Viewing

As I said, this is not the place for a traditional safari. The Okavango Panhandle is not known for its wildlife, and big game viewing is not the main focus or really an option here. Having said that, there are plenty of crocodiles, hippos, elephants, and, my personal favorites, otters. If you are fortunate, you might even catch sight of the shy, secretive, and special swamp-dwelling Sitatunga antelope hiding in the dense reeds.

Outstanding Bird Watching

For the birdwatchers amongst you, this is a wonderful destination for novices and experts alike. Of Botswana’s 616 bird species, more than 350 have been recorded in the panhandle environs, including some Okavango specialties, like the Pel’s fishing owl and the African skimmer.

The papyrus and the reeds along the channels can be thick, and can definitely give the birds an advantage when it comes to hide and seek. Exercise a little patience and you will be rewarded with some special sightings. My personal favorites are the painted-snipes and rufous-bellied herons. The tiny malachite kingfishers are always a treat to see. As we floated quietly down the channel one afternoon, motor off under the watchful eye of a magnificent fish eagle, a kingfisher kept flitting back and forth across the channel, never seeming to sit still and always taking off just as I was about to take a photo! Another spectacular sight is the vibrant-colored carmine bee-eaters that migrate, gathering to nest in the dry banks of the Okavango River when the water levels are low, and sometimes burrowing their nests as deep as 6 feet into the riverbank. 

2. Fishing

The Okavango Panhandle is one of the prime fishing destinations in Botswana. The fast-flowing, deep waters are ideal for fishing. Fishing here is catch and release, and you can try your hand at catching a diverse variety from African pike to the sleek catfish, as well as tilapia, bass, and bream. In all, 17 species of fish can be caught in the Okavango Panhandle.

Thrilling Tigerfish Experiences

The area is home to one of the world’s most exciting freshwater fish, the tigerfish. Tigerfish up to 22 pounds have been caught in the northern channels. If you’re after a tiger, embrace your adrenaline-fueled inner angler, cast your rod into the water, and watch for the lightning-quick, olive-colored back and silvery underbelly of your prey.

During September and October, smaller bait fish find their way into the channels of the Okavango Panhandle, causing a feeding frenzy amongst the thousands of barbel (catfish), some of whom are over 4 feet long. The barbel in turn attract “the tigers” and an incredible feeding frenzy ensues. This is the perfect time for the serious anglers to strike!

Calm Fishing For Tasty Fish

For those looking for a quieter fishing experience, the panhandle offers fantastic fly-fishing for the delicious Okavango bream.

3. Boat Trips

Activities in the panhandle are mainly focused on the perennial waters of the Okavango River. Boat trips, particularly during sunset, are a wonderful experience. Watch the sun go down on another beautiful day in Africa with a drink in your hand and the warm sun on your skin. Or venture out on a tranquil mokoro (dug-out canoe) at dawn or dusk. Experience this traditional method of transportation as you glide almost silently through the clear blue channels, carving a course through the waterlilies and listening to the creaks, croaks, and calls of various insects, frogs, and birds.

4. History And Culture

On your typical wildlife safari in Botswana, it’s relatively rare to come across local people and learn about their lives, but here you will see some fishing and cattle farming. A number of local communities live here, their daily lives centered on the permanent waterway of the Okavango River. Meanwhile, just 20 miles from the panhandle lie the Tsodilo Hills, Botswana’s first UNESCO site of cultural significance, home to a large collection of ancient rock paintings.

Tsodilo Hills

The panhandle is a great base from which to visit the Tsodilo Hills. In the immense flatness of this arid landscape, four large rocks dramatically rise 1,300 feet above the ground. The largest of the rock formations is known as the Male; a little smaller is the Female; the third is the Child; and the fourth rock is sometimes referred to as an earlier wife, sometimes as another child, or even occasionally as a grandchild. 

These hills are the spiritual home of the Basarwa (the San people) and Bantu people. Spread out over 5 square miles, archaeologists have found evidence of early human life dating back as far as 100,000 years ago. The north end of the Female hill is the best sight to visit for rock art. I spent some hours here with a local Banswara guide, learning about the symbolism and ancient traditions associated with the paintings.

There is other evidence of ancient civilizations here, with artifacts including beads, carved bones, and pottery dating back 90,000 years. There is a small museum on-site and I’d recommend you take a guide with you on the walking trails, like we did, to explain and interpret the paintings, and to point out some of the more inconspicuous ones.

Gcwihaba Caves And Aha Hills

Other destinations in this area of historical, cultural, and geological interest are the Gcwihaba Caves (Drotsky’s Caves) and Aha Hills. These locations are extremely remote and visited by very few people. The caves are Botswana’s only network of subterranean caves and pits with incredible examples of stalactites and stalagmites. There is a 3,000-foot passageway through the caves, interlinked by an entrance at either end. The Aha Hills on the Namibian-Botswana border are smaller than Tsodilo and famed as being one of a few remaining destinations where one may still see a San Bushman trance dance.

Pro Tip: We flew to Tsodilo Hills by helicopter from nearby Nxamaseri Island Lodge and I would recommend this as a truly spectacular way to approach the site. You can drive the route, and the road is well maintained.

Getting There

You can drive from Namibia to the panhandle or make the long drive from Maun (the usual jumping-off point for visiting the “pan” part of the panhandle), but I would really recommend flying in. The Okavango Panhandle is the perfect place to visit as an addition to your more traditional game-viewing safari, either after visiting the main part of the delta or perhaps after visiting Chobe National Park. I flew in on a six-seater Cessna plane from Kasane Airport after spending some time at the fabulous Chobe Game Lodge inside Chobe National Park.

Where To Stay

Along the western edge of the Okavango Panhandle, there are a handful of self-drive safari and fishing camps and, on the whole, the area is more low-key and affordable than elsewhere in the delta.

Nxamaseri Island Lodge

I would recommend Nxamaseri Island Lodge as the perfect place to stay. This is a small and intimate lodge, located on a tiny private island in the permanent waters of the Okavango Panhandle. The rooms are quiet havens, elevated above the water and interconnected with raised wooden walkways. Nxamaseri Island Lodge showcases the beauty of the permanent swamps, but without doing away with the creature comforts. 

My room had a secluded verandah suspended over the water, perfect for some quiet time alone. I had a spacious bathroom with seemingly endless hot water, and a sublimely comfortable bed, complete with a hot water bottle tucked into it. I felt a real part of the surrounding landscape as I lay in bed at night listening to the sound of hippos splashing and grunting in the darkness outside.

Enhance Your Visit

This last point is really a tip to help you make the most of your time in the Okavango Panhandle, and indeed the rest of Botswana too. I’d recommend you download the Botswana Wildlife App before your trip. Renowned safari guide Grant Reed, co-founder of Letaka Safaris, has put his vast wealth of knowledge and experience into creating an easy-to-use app that allows you to quickly identify any animal, bird, fish, reptile, flower, or tree you encounter on your safari. It’s the perfect companion to your Botswana travels and is available on both Android and Apple. (You can watch a quick introduction on YouTube.)

The Okavango Panhandle really is one of the world’s last remaining natural sanctuaries. Immerse yourself in the surroundings and experience the undisturbed wilderness. Come to experience the incredible natural beauty, the fantastic birdlife, the incredible fishing, and the fascinating culture and history. This is a special place and one that really deserves a visit.

Don’t stop here! Check out TravelAwaits’ safari content, including:

• 12 Luxurious Safari Lodges To Experience In Africa
• 6 Incredible Things To Do On Safari
• Why A Private Safari Is Worth The Money

Talk of visiting Tangier conjures a sense of intrigue and the exotic. I was not disappointed as motorbikes whined, cars honked, and enticing aromas floated from kitchens while I walked the winding streets of this Moroccan port city. A brief notion of being part of a film noir surfaced when I heard, for the first time, the muezzin’s melodic call to prayer piercing the air of the Medina.

Tangier solidified its reputation as a haven for the underworld and spies during the Second World War. The film industry burnished this image by using the city’s medina — a walled old city within it — as a destination for James Bond and Jason Bourne to dodge the bad guys.

Long ago, Tangier served as a Phoenician trading post, and it later came under Roman rule. Arabs, Portuguese, British, French, and Italians all left their mark on Tangier, as well, having taken turns governing this port city over the centuries.

The mountains of Spain are clearly visible from the city, reaching for the clouds less than 17 miles from Tangier across the Gibraltar Strait. Perched along the narrow entry from the Atlantic into the Mediterranean, Tangier enjoys the most strategic position on the northern tip of Africa.

Tangier can be reached via multiple airlines and is a short hop from Spain by ferry. Efficient train service connects Fes, Marrakech, Rabat, and other cities to Tangier. A recently constructed expressway system serves travelers from the south.

Here are ideas to consider when planning your trip to Tangier.

1. The American Legation 

Morocco’s diplomatic relationship with the United States dates to 1786 when the country was among the first countries to recognize the United States. Sultan Moulay Slimane granted the building which housed the American Legation to the United States in 1821. American diplomacy in Morocco and the region was carried out from this site until after the Second World War, and it now serves as a museum. The American Legation is the only U.S. national historic landmark outside of the United States.

Inside the legation is the Paul Bowles wing. Artifacts from the life of the author of The Sheltering Sky and long-time resident of Tangier are on display.

The American Legation is open Monday through Friday from 10 a.m. to 5 p.m. and Saturday from 10 a.m. to 3 p.m.

2. The Terrace Of The Lazy

The Terrace of the Lazy offers a sweeping view of Tangier’s port, the Gibraltar Strait, and the European coast across it. Interspersed among the benches adorned with idlers are a line of cannons pointing toward the sea. Situated at a high point on Boulevard Pasteur, this perch is a few steps from the Gran Café de Paris, just above the souks. This is a popular spot from which to photograph the hills of Spain not far across the strait.

3. Jewish History: The Moshe Nahon Synagogue

There is archeological evidence of a Jewish presence in Tangier dating to around 500 B.C. Moshe Nahon, a prominent citizen of Tangier, built his temple in the medina in the 19^th century. After falling into disrepair, the synagogue’s elaborate decorations were restored in the 1990s. It now serves as a museum, open from 10 a.m. to 5 p.m. every day except Saturday.

Pro Tip: The synagogue is tucked in an alley off the Rue des Synagogues close to the American Legation. Request that your guide include this site on your tour.

4. Haven For Artists And Writers

For centuries Tangier’s mélange of cultures, proximity to the sea, and the Mediterranean sun have attracted artists, writers, and expats. Beat writers of the 1950s Williams S. Burroughs, Jack Kerouac, and Allen Ginsberg found inspiration and an attractive lifestyle in Tangiers. Henri Matisse produced canvases while in Tangier, taking residence in the Grand Hotel Villa de France. 

Before the Beats discovered Tangier, Mark Twain paid a visit; after the Beats left town, Anthony Bourdain, the Rolling Stones, and other rockers came to enjoy the sun and lifestyle of Tangier.

The onetime haunt of spies and literati, Café de Paris, remains a fixture in Tangier just beyond the medina. You can also have coffee where Burroughs, Kerouac, and other famous visitors once gathered at the Gran Café Central or the Café Tingis, both on the Petit Socco square.

5. Caid’s Bar At El-Minzah Hotel

Tucked downstairs in the El-Minzah Hotel is Caid’s Bar. This one-time artists’ hangout is reputed to be the model for Rick’s Bar in the film Casablanca.

We found the waiters smartly dressed, and piano music accompanied wafts of cigarette smoke swirling about the old bar. There is an outdoor terrace overlooking the pool if idling in a smoky bar has no allure.

Photos of film stars, directors, and singers that passed through the Hotel El-Minzah line the courtyard outside Caid’s.

6. Shopping The Souks For Souvenirs

Compared to the maze of the souks of Marrakesh, I found my way out of Tangier’s souks with relative ease. The merchants were friendly, some gently coaxing us to have a look at their wares. Handwoven rugs, leather goods, and handcrafts graced the narrow shops. Even when I passed by without popping in, shop owners offered a friendly “shukran” — thank you — accented by a slight bow and touch of a fist to the heart.

Pro Tip: Visit the fish market in the souk during the morning. The scene is lively. Countertops overflow with the day’s catch, and animated locals haggle loudly with the fishmongers.

7. Beit Hahayim, Tangier’s Jewish Cemetery

According to our guide, the oldest grave in Tangier’s Jewish cemetery, Beit Hahayim, dates back to 1367. Situated in a shady grove at the edge of the medina, the tombstones of over 1,000 graves overlook the nearby port.

The cemetery is open daily from 10 a.m. to 6 p.m. but is closed on Sunday.

8. Kasbah Museum

Housed in the palace of a former sultan at one of the highest points in Tangier is the Kasbah Museum. Artifacts from different periods of Morocco’s unique history are on display. The palace housed British and Portuguese governors during their respective periods of rule in Tangier. The museum is open daily from 10 a.m. to 6 p.m. (closed on Tuesday), and the building is itself worth a visit.

9. Day Trips West From Tangier

Tangier is a convenient base from which to experience the countryside along the Atlantic coast. Taxis and tour companies will give you a lift, but it is easy to rent a car and explore on your own. The roads are in great shape and directions easy to follow. Moroccans drive on the same side of the road as Americans and continental Europeans.

Asilah

Less than an hour south of Tangier is Asilah. The Portuguese fortified the ancient ramparts of this coastal city in the 15^th century. Painted a bright white, the houses of Asilah present a sharp contrast to the sky and brilliantly colored shutters on some homes.

Pro Tip: If visiting Asilah in August, enjoy the International Cultural Festival. Music and art, including mural painting on the walls of the medina’s houses, are part of the festivities.

Cave Of Hercules

North along the coast from Asilah is the Cave of Hercules. Legend has it that the mythical giant rested here while on his way to fetch the golden apples from the Garden of the Hesperides. Formed in the shape of the African continent, the cave’s “window” looks out on the Atlantic Ocean.

The churning waters of the Mediterranean Sea and the Atlantic Ocean collide at Cape Spartel. Mariners have been guided into the Strait of Gibraltar by the cape’s lighthouse since the 1860s.

These sites are west of Tangier, all easily visited in a 1-day trip.

Pro Tips: If you elect to rent a car, avoid congested city driving by picking up and returning the car at Tangier’s Ibn Battouta Airport, a 20-minute taxi ride from the center of town.

10. Heading East, To The Rif

Leave Tangier for a day heading east, and you will soon be in the Rif Mountains. A bit off the beaten path, the mountainside town of Chefchaouen is an easy 2-hour drive. Known as the Blue City, Chefchaouen is like no other, with its buildings cast in azure and white. The caretaker gave us a pleasant tour of the interesting garden in the kasbah, or fortress.

Best Restaurants In Tangier 

Le Saveur De Poisson

The fish is fresh and served in a no-frills style on sturdy wooden tables at Le Saveur de Poisson. Le Saveur takes no reservations; the line forms at the front door of this set-menu seafood restaurant located on a stairway leading to the medina. The restaurant is open for lunch and dinner every day except Friday.

El Morocco Club

Experience a sense of Tangier back in the day with a visit to the dimly lit, intimate piano bar at The El Morocco Club. Drop by for an aperitif before having dinner in El Morocco’s restaurant upstairs. Traditional Moroccan cuisine is served with a gastronomic touch.

The Soul Of Tangier

Though Tangier is evolving, once you’re within the labyrinth of the souks and ancient walls of the medina, the soul of ancient Tangier remains. Perhaps the spies have moved along, but the aromas, noise, and charm that have been drawing expats and voyageurs over the centuries still await curious travelers.

Pro Tip: If approached and offered services as a guide, politely decline and keep walking. Hire only a licensed guide to shepherd you through the sites of Tangier.

Have you always dreamed of an African adventure? Is Africa on your bucket list? Many come for the exotic animals, the elephants, the lions, and the zebras. But there is much more to see; from jewel-like islands with sandy white beaches, to mountains perfect for hiking, or buzzing cities, wilderness retreats, and more.

There is so much variety when it comes to things to see and do, and you will be equally spoiled in your choice when it comes to accommodation options.

From homes with a rustic vibe, to sleek, modern, ultra-luxurious apartments, or those that offer barefoot luxury by the sea, there really is something for everyone. Read on to find the perfect vacation rental for your African adventure.

1. Villa Kidosho

Michamvi, Zanzibar

On the southeastern coast of Zanzibar, there are two villas at the luxury Matlai Boutique Hotel. The four-bedroom Asili House is lovely. But, perhaps more relevant for the purpose of vacation rentals, there is the two-bedroom Villa Kidosho, which you can rent as a whole. It is perfect for families or friends wanting to travel together, or perhaps honeymooners looking for a bit of privacy. The two suites, Jua (sun) and Mwesi (moon), each have their own ensuite, king-size beds and huge private terraces. In Swahili, Kidosho means “beauty,” and with its two sumptuous suites, fantastic sea views, private terraces, and infinity pool — as well as a coffee bar, library, and outdoor dining areas — the villa certainly lives up to its name. 

There’s also a spa on the premises and an open-air cinema; all this just a few steps from the beach. Step onto the beach, and a short swim, and you will find yourself in a small but gorgeous patch of coral, complete with seahorses, colorful fish, and tentacle-waving anemones. This is definitely barefoot paradise at its best.

2. Villa Domingo

Madagascar

Madagascar is the fourth largest island in the world. This unique island is sometimes referred to as the “eighth continent” because of the distinctive ecology that has evolved here, and it’s the only place on the planet where you can see lemurs. 

If you want to explore this special place, a good place to start is the private Villa Domingo, located in a private residential estate in the island’s northwest, just 5 minutes from the stunning Andilana Beach. The four-bedroom villa has incredible panoramic views out of the Indian Ocean and surrounding islands. There’s an infinity pool, a fully-equipped kitchen, gas barbeque, outdoor terrace area, reading room, bar, Wi-Fi, satellite TV, and more. 

To make sure that you really relax, there’s an on-site housekeeper and gardener, and your round-trip road transfers from Nosy Be Fascene Airport or the port of Hell-Ville are also included. This way, there is no worrying about the transportation side of things. This is definitely the location for a picture-postcard slice of luxury in an exotic destination.

3. Glen Beach Villas

Cape Town 

On Cape Town’s Atlantic seaboard is the tiny enclave of Glen Beach and the gorgeous, fully-equipped Glen Beach Villas. They include the Beach Bungalow, which sleeps eight; and the Penthouse, which sleeps four. Staying here, you’ll only be a 2-minute walk from the beach, while enjoying breathtaking 360-degree views of the sea and mountains, along with a swimming pool, satellite TV, and Wi-Fi. 

Floor-to-ceiling sliding glass doors open across the entire width of the property and onto a spacious balcony from the living and kitchen area, while the master bedroom has its own modest balcony. Other bedrooms open to the large deck/pool area that faces Lions Head. To the south of the Glen is the famous Camps Bay Beach that sweeps towards the lovely Bakoven Cove, and to the west, the Atlantic Ocean stretches to the horizon. The whole property nestles against the slopes of the majestic Lion’s Head Mountain.

4. Local Maroc Home

Chefchaouen, Morocco

Morocco’s Chefchaouen, or “Blue City,” is famous for its brightly-colored architecture nestled in the Rif Mountains. Row after row of buildings in the center are painted shades of blue that range from baby blue to aquamarine. 

One of the best ways to experience Chefchaouen is to stay in a house like this, in the heart of the medina, just a minute’s walk form the main town square with its shops, restaurants, and cafes. With its great location, this comfortable house, spread over four stories, has two bedrooms (sleeping up to six) and comes with a fully-equipped kitchen, Wi-Fi, air-conditioning, and heating units, as well as a balcony with a mountain view. A housekeeper will come and service the property every day, leaving you with nothing to do other than enjoy the beautiful blue dream that is Chefchaouen.

5. Tulburgh Geodome

Tulbagh, South Africa

For something a little different, how about trying this quirky geodome overlooking a crystal clear lake and nestling against the Witzenburg mountains on a vast farm in the South African wine lands? Just an hour and a half from bustling Cape Town, this private hideaway is ideal for adventurers, and you’ll have fishing, mountain biking, and hiking right on your doorstep. The outdoor bathtub is perfect for stargazing, or just for relaxing while you take in the views. 

Nearby Tulbagh — fringed by rolling mountains on three sides and boasting glorious river and valley views — is one of the most historic, culturally significant, and beautifully scenic areas in South Africa. Tulbagh’s celebrated wine route is home to some truly fine wines as well.

This is a private and outrageously romantic couple’s hideaway, but without compromising your creature comforts. Along with cozy, contemporary furnishings, the galvanized dome has a fully-equipped kitchen, including a fridge and a gas stove.

6. Private Lodge 118

Mjejane Game Reserve, Hectorsprit, South Africa

Private Lodge 118 is a five-star, self-catering lodge on the banks of the Crocodile River at the southern border of Kruger National Park in Mjejane Private Game Reserve. The nearly 10,000-acre Mjejane Reserve is fenced within the Kruger National Park, borders the southern boundary of the park, and is renowned for its superb game viewing with 6 miles of river frontage.

With elephants for your neighbors, this luxurious, self-catering, five-bedroom private lodge sleeps 10 and has a fully-equipped kitchen, a swimming pool and gym, an entertainment and barbeque area, and a huge terrace — the perfect spot for a sundowner. To make your stay a little easier and enjoyable, you can have groceries delivered and safari drives can be arranged.

7. Ol Pejeta Safari Cottages

Nanyuki, Kenya

Located in Nanyuki, Kenya, these private safari cottages lie within a wildlife conservancy, and it’s not unusual to see herds of elephants passing by here. The two-bedroom Mbili cottage is built of recycled wood and has a rustic feel about it, opening out onto an extensive veranda that overlooks the river to the plains beyond. 

The Moja Juu and Chini cottages have one bedroom and are ideal for couples or small families. They are tucked away in the bushes away from the main areas with views across the acacia-studded river line. 

Tatu is the younger “sibling” of Mbili and the two are within walking distance of one another, if groups want to take up both cottages, but they are still hidden away enough for those who want privacy from their neighbors.

Your stay here includes a private guide and customized four-wheel-drive safari vehicle, as well as a private chef to cook your food just the way you like it. The 90,000-acre Ol Pejeta conservancy is home to large prides of lions, leopards, elephants, rhinos, and more. And you can spend hours here with your private, highly-trained, and knowledgeable guide, exploring the open plains and secret valleys. This is an unfussy, eco-friendly luxury place with superior service and top-quality food and guiding.

8. Villa Montazah

Sharm El-Sheik, Egypt

Located in South Sinai, Egypt, the luxurious beachside Villa Montazah has space for 10 people. Modern, spacious, tranquil, and private, the villa is set in beautiful grounds, has a private pool with sea views, and has easy access to diving and snorkeling. 

The décor is modern with a Spanish vibe. Full-length windows on the seaview side of the villa offer enchanting views, and 32-foot foldable windows open to the outdoor areas. On the seaview side, there are full-length windows with enchanting views. And if you tire of the views, the villa is in a good location for the old market with its beautiful mosque and SOHO square, a vibrant square featuring fountains, restaurants, lounges, and even an ice skating rink.

9. Red Coconut

Mahe, Seychelles

Red Coconut has a one-bedroom bungalow that sleeps two, and a two-bedroom villa with two double beds. This is an intimate location in a lovely part of Mahe, the largest of the Seychelles islands. It’s on an island of white sand beaches, granite mountain peaks, and lush rainforests. The island is also home to Victoria, the capital of Seychelles, known for its Creole architecture and its colorful covered market. 

If you can bear to tear yourself away from the beaches, there are plenty of other activities to experience, including hiking, snorkeling and diving, rum tastings, ziplining through the jungle, boat trips, museums, galleries, botanic gardens, and more.

Red Coconut cottages are just a 5-minute walk from Anse Royale Beach, close to Baie Lazare Beach, and less than a mile from Anse Gouvernement and Anse Soleil Beaches. Shops and various five-star hotels are nearby, and this beautiful self-catering facility has a lovely swimming pool, terrace, and barbeque, as well as well equipped kitchens. Given its location, having a vehicle is advisable. Fortunately, a car rental service is available at Red Coconut.

Africa Has A Rental For Everyone

There you have it, my suggestions for some vacation rentals to try on your next African odyssey. Wherever your passion lies, be it to frolic in clear, warm waters, to get off the beaten track, or perhaps to watch wonderful wildlife, there’s bound to be the perfect temporary home for you here in Africa.

Check out some of our featured vacation rentals all around the world:

• 12 Florence, Italy Vacation Rentals With Fantastic Views Of The Duomo
• 22 Luxurious Vacation Rentals To Experience Throughout The U.S.
• 10 Fantastic Paris Rentals With Amazing Eiffel Tower Views

Travel is a fulfilling and enlightening endeavor. You meet wonderful people, see incredible things, and have amazing experiences on your journeys. Some places can change you in indescribable ways. Have you ever wanted to give something back to a place that touched your heart that deeply?

Matt Kepnes, better known as Nomadic Matt, has been privileged to travel the world for well over a decade. 

“I’ve had the opportunity to interact with all kinds of people from all walks of life which has deepened my understanding of the world and the cultures within it,” said Matt. “Anyone who travels knows how impactful and eye-opening it can be.”

How does this award-winning travel blogger and best-selling author choose to give back? “[T]here is a huge swath of society that doesn’t have the luxury of travel, owing to financial and systemic disadvantages,” Matt replied. “I started FLYTE to help address that issue because I know first-hand just how transformative travel can be. By providing students from underserved communities the opportunity to travel abroad, FLYTE helps expose them to new perspectives and ideas. In a world where so many people are building walls, my goal with FLYTE was to start an organization that builds bridges instead.”

Admittedly, I’m not a famous travel blogger or author, but I was moved to give something back after a life-changing trip to Tanzania.

Like many travelers, my wife, sister, and I came to Tanzania on a safari trip. Though it sounds like an overused cliché, we did see the entire circle of life played out before us: the birth of a gazelle, young elephants, bachelor (juvenile) herds of impala, numerous adult giraffes, and the recent aftermath of a successful hunt by a couple of skillful lionesses.

Our itinerary also included a visit to an Iraqw village. While talking with an Iraqw elder, the subject of schools came up. He told us there was a school nearby in the village of Tloma. Our driver agreed to take us there.

Tloma Primary School

To get to the school, we took a short drive along a dirt road lined with ferns, banana trees, and other plant life. Rust-colored dust kicked up by passing cars settled on the leaves… and people. As soon as we arrived at Tloma Primary School, we were met by Mr. Sulle, one of the teachers. By chance, an American woman named Winona Perry happened to be at the school. She had visited the school during a safari trip earlier in the year and was so moved by what she saw, she returned 4 months later to spend the summer there.

Inside one of the classrooms, I snuck glances around the room. I noticed many easel-sized sheets of paper on the wall with Swahili, math, and biology lessons drawn on them. Some of them had been torn through repeated use, and some of the information was missing. I would have been happy to run over to Staples and buy some new pads of paper for them. Oh, wait — there is no Staples in the village. Or in the town of Arusha. Or in Tanzania. Or in Africa. I’m not sure where the nearest office supply store is, but items like this which we take for granted are not easy to come by in the village of Tloma and can be budget busters for the school. Surely there must have been something I could do to help.

The students were so happy to see us, often hugging us, crowding around as I wrote notes, encouraging us to dance with them as they sang “Twinkle, Twinkle Little Star” and “If You’re Happy and You Know It” to us in English. (It should be noted that English is not their first, or even second language.) Then they sang “Jambo Bwana” in Swahili.

Mr. Sulle held a question-and-answer session for the students. They asked questions in English, which is a third language for them, but did not fully understand our responses. They asked where we were from. We told them California, which they had not heard of. I went to a map of the world they had taped to the wall, found the United States, which they had heard of, but the western part of the map, including California, seemed to have been torn off long ago. It was during the Q&A that I realized my life was changing — Tloma had become a part of me.

After we left the classroom and the wonderful students, we got sent to the principal’s office (called the headmaster in Tanzania). But this was a pleasant visit. We learned more about the school and the students. Winona encouraged us to sign her guest list before we left.

Be Careful What You Wish For

About 3 months after we returned home, I got a newsletter from Winona updating us on the happenings at the school. Still wanting to give something back, I reached out to her and volunteered to set up a website for Tloma Primary School. I thought at least the website could give visitors a window into life at the school, and possibly benefit the students somehow. To me, it was a small gesture and I wished I could have done more. Little did I know how much more was in store.

Meanwhile, Winona continued to field requests and inquiries from people who had visited the school and wanted to help the students. Eventually, the decision was made to start a non-profit organization. Tloma Giving was founded for the purpose of “[providing] support to foster the health, education, social, and economic development of the residents and families of the low-income and underserved Tloma region of the Karatu District, Arusha, Tanzania.” Winona kept me abreast of these developments, and I was subsequently asked to join the board.

I also learned that in Tanzania students must pay tuition to attend secondary school. The majority of families in the village cannot afford this tuition which ranges from $160 to $1,700 a year depending on the school. As a result, the education of too many of Tloma’s children ends following primary school.

What the Tloma Giving non-profit has accomplished in its 2 short years of existence is nothing short of miraculous. The village has a new well, two businesses have been started with two more nearing their launches, and more than 100 students have received financial assistance to continue their secondary school education. Some of that money went to students like Isaack, who wants to be a pilot; Asha, who wants to be a lawyer; Leah, who wants to be a doctor; and Ibrahim, who wants to be a teacher.

Wouldn’t it be wonderful to be able to return to Tanzania in 15 years or so and find that Asha now has a thriving practice that has helped countless residents of Tloma and the region of Arusha? Or that Ibrahim has implemented ground-breaking educational programs that have been adopted throughout the country? Or when flying from Kenya back to the United States, you discover that Isaack is your pilot?

None of this is what I imagined when I first arrived in Tanzania. It could not have been planned. So I agree with Matt about how transformative travel can be; both for us and for those to whom we give back.

Africa’s wild and wonderful natural spaces have compelled generations of adventurers to seek them out. But gone are the days when going on safari meant roughing it in the wild. With a wide array of opulent safari lodges to choose from, today’s safari-goers have little more to worry about than ticking off the Big Five and deciding whether to order red or white with dinner; all without losing the romance and adventure of days gone by. It’s here, in some of the far-flung corners of incredible African reserves, that you’ll find some of the world’s most luxurious safari lodges.

If you’re looking for luxurious lodges with incredible service, comfort, and indulgence, you could do a lot worse than checking yourself into one of the best and most luxurious safari lodges from my list below. Note that because I simply can’t decide which lodges are the best, I’ve gone alphabetically by country!

1. Mombo Camp

Okavango, Botswana

The award-winning Mombo Camp sits amongst the trees on Chief’s Island in the game-packed Moremi Reserve. This is ultimate luxury in the best game viewing area of Botswana’s Okavango Delta. Mombo really raises the bar for safari lodges with its combination of fantastic game viewing experiences and the incredible luxury and service in camp. Nine plush tents with private plunge pools will have you relaxing in no time at all. In between game drives, relax in your thatched gazebo and watch buffalo and impala graze on the flood plains below. At night dine under the stars.

The camp is committed to conservation, with much of the power provided by a solar farm and a portion of your rates going toward their preservation projects.

Pro Tip: Little Mombo, situated on Chief’s Island, is a smaller and more intimate camp than its sister and has its own dining and lounge area and a sparkling pool.

2. Angama Mara

Masai Mara, Kenya

Two 15-tent camps dot the edge of an escarpment about 300 yards above the game reserve at Angama Mara. The location on a hilltop overlooking the plains is breathtaking and unbeatable, with the views over the Great Rift Valley so sensational that you’ll be tempted to just stand and stare, without ever leaving your room. The floor-to-ceiling glass-fronted suites, with handcrafted and designer furniture, and the Masai Mara plains stretching out below you as far as the eye can see, make this a really special place and an exciting addition to the classic tented camps in Kenya.

Each day’s activities are tailored around you: enjoy a morning of game viewing with a delicious picnic breakfast, or opt for a lie-in and catch up with the wildlife later. Add to this exceptional food and drinks, an organic garden where lunches can be enjoyed, the Maasai beading workshop, the spa pavilion with the most well-equipped gym of any lodge in Kenya, a beautiful pool with plenty of sun loungers, a robust activity list, and doting staff, and you have the perfect place to stay for the ultimate and memorable safari experience — ideal for couples or families seeking an African adventure.

The lodge is perfectly complemented by Angama Safari Camp, an exclusive-use mobile tented camp sited deep in the Mara Triangle, and amidst the mega herds during the Great Migration.

Pro Tip: Another draw here is the spot where Meryl Streep and Robert Redford had that iconic photo taken, used to promote the film Out of Africa. Nowadays guests can enjoy a gourmet picnic in this exact location and create their own romantic memories.

3. Mahali Mzuri

Masai Mara, Kenya

Said by many to be the best safari lodge in Africa, the Richard Branson-owned Mahali Mzuri brings together every element you could ever wish for in your safari experience. Set within the private 33,000-acre Olare Motorogi Conservancy (part of the Masai Mara ecosystem but outside the national park boundaries), the 12 luxury tents, interconnected by walkways, sit on the edge of a gentle rise, looking out over the beautiful landscape. You’ll have a front-row seat, not just to the migration, but also to the abundant game you can see all year round, with monkeys scrabbling in the trees, giraffes wandering through to nibble on acacia trees, and perhaps a leopard stopping to drink from the rocky stream that runs below the camp. Being outside the national park means you get all the richness of wildlife to yourself, with no other cars in sight and no jockeying for position when out on a drive or the annoying chatter of other safari-goers.

Mahali Mzuri means “beautiful place” in Kiswahili, and the camp definitely lives up to its name.

4. Little Kulala

Sossusvlei, Namibia

Situated in a private reserve with exclusive access to the iconic Sossusvlei sand dunes and salt pans in the Namib Desert, the world’s oldest desert, Little Kulala has 11 climate-controlled, thatched “kulalas” (meaning sleep) which blend perfectly into the desert landscape, each with their own private plunge pool and rooftop bed for star-gazing. The décor is stunning and takes its inspiration from the incredible surroundings with neutral colors, gorgeous textures, and expert use of the natural light.

You can choose from a range of activities here including nature walks/drives, hot-air balloon safaris, and eco-sensitive quad biking excursions. Desert adapted wildlife, such as ostrich, springbok, and gemsbok eke out a harsh existence in the surrounding landscape, and larger carnivores, like the spotted and brown hyena and occasionally cheetah, are sometimes present.

5. Bisate Lodge

Volcanoes National Park, Rwanda

Built within an eroded volcanic cone, Bisate was the first lodge in Rwanda to combine world-class luxury with a once-in-a-lifetime gorilla trekking experience. The lodge’s one-of-a-kind design pays homage to traditional hut design, while the sumptuous interiors offer comfort, warmth, and luxury with fantastic amenities like cozy fireplaces and a well-stocked wine cellar. Bisate Lodge is one of Africa’s most talked-about camps, not only because of the great mountain gorilla viewing opportunities but because of its incredible design, with the rooms resembling giant bird’s nests.

6. Londolozi Private Granite Suites

Sabi Sands, South Africa

This elegant and luxurious lodge only has three suites, with stone walls, polished concrete, and a color scheme of charcoal, silver, and elephant gray, and it offers complete exclusivity. Each of the suites at Londolozi Private Granite Suites opens out onto a heated infinity pool and magnificent views over the granite rocks of the Sand River. Sabi Sands is known as one of Kruger’s finest private concessions and is renowned for leopard sightings. Londolozi was the first game reserve in the world to be given Relais & Châteaux status, and this place could definitely be your ultimate luxury safari experience.

It’s not all about luxury though; Londolozi is involved with community upliftment, rural education, and healthcare programs. The creation of protected areas has also meant that rhinos and other iconic species can roam freely here. These are just some of the ways your safari is having a positive impact on local people and wildlife. 

7. Royal Malewane

Thornybush Private Reserve, South Africa

Royal Malewane strikes the perfect balance between stylish splendor and relaxed retreat. Situated in a private concession within the Greater Kruger National Park, this famous safari lodge hosts no more than 20 guests at a time, in luxury and style. Six suites, each with a private infinity pool, offer total seclusion with stunning views, while the lodge itself has an atmospheric library, curio shop, and dining and sitting areas with fantastic outlooks over the bush. There are also two completely private suites each sleeping four for an even more exclusive safari experience.

There’s also the self-contained Africa House, just a few minutes’ drive from the main lodge, which is the perfect accommodation option for families or friends with space for up to 12 people. With private chalets and impeccable service, game drives that deliver great wildlife, a butler service, unforgettable culinary experiences, and, of course, their award-winning safari spa, it’s no wonder high-profile visitors celebrities such as Nicolas Sarkozy and Bono have chosen to stay here.

8. Singita Sweni Lodge

Kruger National Park, South Africa

Located in South Africa’s Kruger National Park, Singita Sweni epitomizes the very definition of safari luxury. The lodge is located on 33,000 acres of private concession land on the banks of the Sweni River, with hippos, crocs, elephants, and other wildlife often to be spotted meandering past the lodge. Located far away from the crowds that are often associated with Kruger National Park, Singita Sweni Lodge offers an intimate setting with its seven large and luxurious suites, each designed to bring the feeling of the outdoors in. Large floor-to-ceiling windows, big wooden decks, and a combination of modern décor and natural elements are all incorporated into the design.

The lodge has a strong focus on sustainability, and an ethos of a minimal footprint and touching the earth lightly. Menus are designed around seasonal produce, with many of the ingredients sourced from local suppliers. The lodge is also involved in a number of local conservation and social initiatives, including a solar power plant, which has meant the lodge saves on close to 1,000 tons of carbon emissions each year. This is an eco-lux safari experience and definitely a one-of-a-kind destination.

9. Ngorongoro Crater Lodge

Ngorongoro, Tanzania

With views from the rim of the world’s largest intact caldera enough to take your breath away, Ngorongoro Crater Lodge is not just a stunning location; it also somehow captures the romance of its location with its timeless elegance and design. Circular clay buildings with thatch roofs create a warm and inviting space, while opulent furnishings, with brocade sofas, gilt mirrors, and beaded chandeliers, all transform the rooms into truly beautiful spaces. Located right on the rim of the ancient volcanic Ngorongoro Crater, the lodge offers not only some of the best views in Africa but also the opportunity for a fantastic safari, as the crater floor is teaming with wildlife.

10. Singita Grumeti Reserve

Serengeti, Tanzania

Singita in the Grumeti Reserve, Tanzania, offers a variety of accommodation options with something for every style: crystal chandeliers and gilded frames at Sasakwa Lodge, rattan chairs and campaign tables at Sabora Tented Camp, and breezy furnishings and woven basket-style light fixtures at Faru Faru Lodge. Each is special in their own way.

Sasakwa Lodge is a great choice for families or groups who enjoy the bush but still want to have all the luxuries of a five-star establishment. With impeccable service and exceptional facilities, this grand Edwardian-style manor house and stone cottages offer a private slice of the Serengeti and boasts antiques, glittering chandeliers, and plush sofas that invite you to sink into them and gaze out across the Serengeti plains; but even these opulent interiors can’t compete with the incredible views stretching out across the seemingly endless plains.

Faru Faru Lodge is built on a gently sloping hill and positioned on the great migration route that’s traversed annually by more than two million wildebeests. Informal, unconventional, and surprising at every turn, Faru Faru has seven one-bedroom suites, one family suite, and a two-bedroom suite with a private pool. With close proximity to the river and plains, guests have the unique opportunity to enjoy a close connection with the wilderness.

Sabora Tented Camp strikes the perfect balance between classic tented safari and timeless modernity and is located right on the Serengeti Plains, allowing guests to immerse themselves in the setting and enjoy Sabora’s understated yet tailored luxury. With superb game viewing opportunities all year round, Sabora’s nine tented suites are set on the Great Wildebeest Migration route.

11. Time + Tide Chinzombo

South Luangwa, Zambia

Zambia’s South Luangwa National Park is one of Africa’s hidden treasures, boasting incredible untouched natural beauty, great walking safaris, and crowd-free big game viewing. Set in this relatively unexplored reserve on a sweeping curve of the Luangwa River, lies the sophisticated and elegant Chinzombo, with just six gorgeous villas, designed by award-winning architects Silvio Rech and Lesley Carstens. Time + Tide Chinzombo is one of Zambia’s most exclusive safari lodges. The beautiful and luxurious villas combine a modern architectural feel with natural materials such as leather, reeds, and canvas

 Each villa boasts its own private plunge pool and is situated on an elevated deck with views of the river and the abundant wildlife that visit its banks. A boat ride across the river gives guests direct access to the game-rich national park. Chic and remote, this is definitely one for your bucket list. 

12. Nyamatusi Camp

Mana Pools, Zimbabwe

The beautiful Nyamatusi is a wonderful luxurious haven in one of the wildest parts of Southern Africa, Mana Pools, on the banks of the mighty Zambezi River. The camp comprises six spacious, luxury canvas suites with private plunge pools and air-conditioning, essential for those hot dry season months. The focus at Nyamatusi is on experiencing the area through walking safaris led by an experienced professional guide. Fabulous game viewing opportunities abound, especially African wild dogs and elephants, and if you want to try your hand at the iconic tiger fish, then you’ve come to the right place. A carefully curated wine cellar will doubtless enhance your safari along with the excellent meals. 

And there you have it, my favorites amongst the many outstanding and luxurious safari lodges in Africa. I hope I’ve inspired you to take a luxurious African adventure of your own.

Africa is a definite “go-to” destination. From family safaris to romantic honeymoon trips and everything in between, Africa is the answer. But when planning your travels on the continent, it’s quite possible that “dining out” didn’t even enter your mind. Well, I’m here to tell you that it definitely should! Africa is experiencing somewhat of a culinary renaissance, with traditional and contemporary flavors combining in a delicious fusion. Africa has a lot to offer to foodies on their travels.

You may well have heard of fine dining in South Africa, or perhaps the rich cuisine of West Africa, or maybe the seafood on the East African Coast, but somehow the rest of the continent gets overlooked when it comes to good food. There are 54 countries in Africa, and in each country you will find extraordinary restaurants serving incredible food. What makes a restaurant great isn’t just its culinary merits (Though of course, that’s the primary factor!), other factors just as important are location, atmosphere, service, style, architecture, and more. With that in mind, I am going to share with you my favorite places to dine out on the continent. This is not intended to be the definitive list of the “best” restaurants in Africa. This is simply my personal list, in no particular order, of places that for one reason or another are really special dining experiences.

1. Botanica — Lusaka, Zambia 

I’m going to start with my newest favorite restaurant, Botanica, right here in my home country of Zambia. This is my newest favorite simply because it’s the newest restaurant on my list, having only been open for a few months, though I’ve been familiar with this innovative chef’s food for many years, having first sampled it when he was cooking in Zambia’s tourism capital, Livingstone. 

Botanica offers a contemporary spin on traditional Zambian cuisine, and with Chef Sungani Phiri at the helm, it is an innovative gastronomic experience of fabulously designed and conceived fine dining tasting menus. Passionate about using indigenous Zambian ingredients, which are all sourced from within a 60-mile radius, Sungani, with his 17 years’ experience in 5-star dining, elevates traditional local dishes and ingredients to fine-dining status. 

One of the stand-out dishes on the tasting menu is the “Chibwantu Cocktail,” made from a traditional Zambian non-alcoholic beverage, becoming alcoholic when the monkoyo root is added and the drink begins to ferment. Sungani’s version of the “cocktail” is infused with bourbon, apple liqueur, and lime syrup and then creatively served in a giant snail shell. It’s delicious! Another favorite is the dumpling made with the aromatic and flavorsome village-raised chicken that’s much more delicious than any supermarket-purchased meat. Finally, let me include a stunningly simple, but sensationally delicious, bean and freshwater crayfish soup, with a garnish of charcoal-infused tuile and a crispy sweet potato leaf. Innovative and delicious, this restaurant is definitely going to be on my list of favorites for a very long time indeed.

2. Al Fassia — Marrakesh, Morocco

If you’re looking for traditional Moroccan food, there’s no better place than Al Fassia. In business since 1987, the name Al Fassia translates as “the women of Fez,” and the restaurant is renowned for its all-female team. Al Fassia is a stalwart of the Marrakesh dining scene and is one of its best.

Famous for its roast lamb, Al Fassia serves an array of delicious and traditional Arab-African dishes and champions the classics of Moroccan cuisine, including lesser-known tajines such as lamb with aubergine and beef with almonds and eggs. Al Fassia’s pigeon pastille, a Moroccan classic, is one of the best in Marrakesh. Another highlight is the sliced khobz (Moroccan flatbread, somewhat similar in taste to pitta, but thicker). 

Pro Tip: Al Fassia has a sister restaurant called Al Fassia Aguedal a few miles out of town, south of the Kasbah quarter, that offers the same menu and also has a boutique hotel for accommodation in a garden setting.

3. La Table De La Plage — Qualidia, Morocco

La Table de la Plage is found in the La Sultana hotel in Oualidia, a small fishing village in a Natural Reserve, a 2.5-hour drive from Marrakech and also a 2.5-hour drive from Casablanca. Even if you’re not staying at La Sultana, seriously consider indulging in a leisurely lunch at the hotel’s terrace restaurant on the lagoon’s edge. La Table de la Plage specializes in fresh shellfish which is kept in high-tech tanks. The oysters, clams, and spider crabs are delicious, as are the just-caught fish and organic veggies plucked from their own garden. La Sultana’s philosophy is of “Terroir Cuisine” and of showcasing the best local and ethically sourced meat, fish, seasonally grown fruit and vegetables from their own organic gardens, and traditional Moroccan products including saffron from Taliouine, salt from Zerradoune, cumin from Alnif, and Argan from Souss. Specialties include sea-perch cooked in a salt crust, lobster, oysters, bouillabaisse, and grilled meats. They have a great wine list too.

Pro Tip: La Sultana Oualidia offers 12 tastefully decorated rooms and suites, with private terraces and jacuzzis, and a cabin suite perched in the trees. If you are not a guest at the hotel early booking is essential for the restaurant.

4. Heaven Restaurant — Kigali, Rwanda 

Heaven Restaurant is a definite highlight of the Kigali restaurant scene. The restaurant has a relaxed, open-air deck bistro with views over Kigali and a diverse menu that draws on a variety of international influences. Heaven is hugely popular with expats and travelers, so it’s not the place to come if you are looking for a local atmosphere, but do come for the innovative menu with the central theme of combining modern African cuisine with local Rwandan ingredients. The restaurant works with local farmers and also cultivates several organic gardens of its own. They also offer on-site mixology classes and feature a traditional banana wine-making experience for those who want to really immerse themselves in traditional Rwandan food and drink.

Pro Tip: Alissa and Josh Ruxin built Heaven in 2008 as Kigali’s first international restaurant and hospitality training center. Since then, they’ve trained over 1,500 Rwandans and expanded to two hotels and restaurants and a tour company. To read their story look for Josh’s book A Thousand Hills to Heaven: Love, Hope and a Restaurant in Rwanda.

5. Four Sisters — Gondar, Ethiopia 

Visitors to Ethiopia enthuse about the country: its music, the coffee, and its ancient buildings. But what I find really special about Ethiopia is the food, and if you’re a bit “food adventurous” when you visit, you won’t be disappointed. From injera (a slightly sour, somewhat spongy textured, fermented flatbread) and kolo (a snack of roasted grains, usually barley, chickpeas, sunflower seeds, and peanuts) to berbere (a traditional spice blend made of chilies, garlic, fenugreek, allspice, and cinnamon), tej (honey wine), and tela (Ethiopia’s home-brewed beer), you will find something new to enjoy.

For a really special place to sample Ethiopian food, try Four Sisters restaurant in Gondar. This is one of the best places in northern Ethiopia for both food and atmosphere. The restaurant serves delicious traditional food. (They also serve “European food” if you must!). Owned and operated by four sisters — Helen, Senait, Tena, and Eden — the service is good, as is the coffee and just about everything else on the menu!

Four Sisters also offers guests the opportunity to learn skills that ordinary tourists rarely get to experience. You can sign up to learn how to make tej (honey wine), the Ethiopian staple injera, or perhaps you’d like to learn how to roast and brew traditional Ethiopian-style coffee.

Pro Tip: The road to the restaurant is unlit, so take a taxi or bajaj (three-wheeled motorcycle taxis elsewhere referred to as a tuk-tuk or auto-rickshaw) if coming after dark.

6. Emerson Spice Rooftop Teahouse — Stone Town, Zanzibar 

Zanzibar is a jewel in Tanzania’s crown. When it comes to good food on the island, you can’t really go wrong with the Emerson Spice Rooftop Teahouse, deep in the heart of Stone Town. This is not fine dining; this is a cultural experience combined with delicious flavors. 

Perched on top of the Emerson Spice hotel, this open-sided teahouse restaurant offers 360-degree views out over the rooftops of Stone Town and the ocean beyond. Arrive for cocktails at sunset, and by the time dinner commences, you’ll be relaxed and ready to enjoy your meal. The evening’s dining experience consists of five courses, with each dish marrying Zanzibar cuisine with Persian and Omani influences. The spinach fish cakes with turmeric sauce are delicious, as is the beetroot tahini with Arabian flatbread, or my favorite, the Massaman goat curry. Dinner is accompanied by traditional musical performances and the whole meal is a celebration of the culture and heritage of Stone Town.

Pro Tip: With only one exclusive sitting for dinner each evening, reservations are essential, and a deposit is required for booking confirmation.

7. Mad Zebu — Belo-Sur-Tsiribihina, Madagascar

This famous island off the southeast coast of Africa blends the Southeast Asian, Indian, French, and African flavors of its past, and the resulting Malagasy cuisine is delicious. The Mad Zebu restaurant, a somewhat incongruous find in the dusty village of Belo-sur-Tsiribihina on the west coast of Madagascar, serves some exceptional Malagasy cuisine. The Mad Zebu has been open for more than 10 years, and the menu, in the hands of the talented Chef Onja, includes some real delights like pan-fried shin of zebu, prawn medallions in white butter, and snapper filet with peanuts, risotto, and coconut sauce — all elaborately presented. Vegetarian options are available, and make sure to save room for desserts like the green pepper sorbet or the dried fruits with spices.

Pro Tip: It seems like everyone traveling between Morondava (gateway to the Alley of the Baobabs) and the Parc National Tsingy de Bemaraha stops here for lunch, many of them reserving tables in advance — I’d suggest you do likewise unless you’re happy to wait. 

8. Palais De Barbizon — Chamarel, Mauritius

A warm welcome is guaranteed at Barbizon. The restaurant might not look like much, but it’s a fabulous place. Marie-Ange L’Intelligent runs the kitchen, whipping up traditional Mauritian flavors from her family’s cookbook, while husband Rico entertains at the tables. You don’t get a menu here; instead, you’re offered a feast of rum punch, rice, five vegetables, and fish or chicken: old-time Creole cooking at its best.

The menu is based on fresh, local products, all picked from Marie-Ange’s own vegetable garden or those of her neighbors. This is something important to her, as she insists on knowing the source of all her produce. Vegetables feature heavily, with dishes like banana peel and salted fish curry, creamed cassava, octopus and chayote fricassee, or a cassoulet prepared the Mauritian way. Depending on the season, these dishes might be accompanied by curries of homegrown chicken, freshwater langoustine in a red sauce, venison, or fish.

9. La Colombe — Cape Town, South Africa

I couldn’t leave this list without including at least one of the many fantastic restaurants found in South Africa’s Cape Town, so let me share my favorite with you. La Colombe has been ranked the 81st best restaurant in the world, and with its innovative menu and impeccable service, it certainly deserves this accolade. La Colombe takes its diners on a gastronomic voyage of French-meets-Asian fine dining in an atmospheric, treehouse-like setting atop the Silvermist Wine Estate in Constantia, Cape Town. The gourmet adventure starts as you arrive, with a “welcome amuse-bouche” that’s like an explosion of flavor you pop whole in your mouth before you’ve even reached the table. 

Highlights for me include Tuna “La Colombe,” a miniature tinned raw yellowfin tuna creation featuring micro herbs, avocado puree, and an umami-rich broth as well as the sublimely and perfectly balanced Karoo lamb. Each of the tasting menus can be ordered with wine pairings, and unless you are driving, this is definitely the way to go. The wine pairings are spot-on accurate, and not the usual suspects; rather expect limited editions and boutique labels, many of which are not available to taste anywhere else in Cape Town. The tough decision on whether to have the full tasting menu or the reduced menu will depend on how much time you have, and how much money you want to spend. But whichever menu you choose, it will be downright delicious!

Pro Tip: La Colombe enjoys iconic status, and a table that must be booked well in advance of your arrival in Cape Town, especially in summer.

There you have it, my personal favorite restaurants in Africa. I hope one day you’ll get a chance to eat in some of them.

My beaten, battered, dog-eared 2001 edition of Lonely Planet Malawi opens by describing how tourism brochures hype Malawi as “the warm heart of Africa.” As much as they like to avoid generalizations, this seems particularly true as Malawians are among the friendliest people you’ll meet anywhere. It’s been 20-some years since that paragraph was written, but it still holds as true to me today as it does when I first read those words in 2004. I was preparing to leave graduate school for an internship with the Malawi Department of Fisheries and the Canadian International Development Agency. My work as a gender analyst took me throughout the country, from cities to tiny villages, and Malawi’s warm heart made for an unforgettable experience. 

Malawi is a small country in southeast Africa. I have to confess, when I first applied for the internship that would take me there, I knew nothing about Malawi. In fact, I was all muddled between Maui, Mali, and Bali — I wasn’t close to any of them! The country borders Tanzania, Zambia, and Mozambique. Visiting here is easier than you might think. It’s just a short flight from Nairobi to the north, Victoria Falls to the west, and Johannesburg to the south. 

Getting around is pretty easy as well. As one of the continent’s smallest countries, Malawi’s compact size and decent public transportation system mean visitors can see a lot in a short amount of time. English is one of Malawi’s official languages.

While Malawi is admittedly not a destination for a classic “big 5” safari, the country has wonderful wildlife destinations plus many other experiences and attractions that should put it on any traveler’s bucket list. Here are some of my favorite must-do Malawi moments.

1. Visit Dedza Pottery

Bringing home a full set of pottery mugs isn’t the easiest thing in the world, but I knew I would make it happen from the moment I first stepped inside Dedza Pottery. I was utterly charmed by the handpainted Malawi-inspired designs of animals, sunsets, and baobab trees, and my collection made it home intact! Factory tours are available for $4. A delightful restaurant onsite serves local favorites like chambo (fresh fish from Lake Malawi) and chicken with chips, but I loved their chicken lasagna and the moussaka best of all. Be sure to order a coffee, as they use beans from northern Malawi.

2. Explore Liwonde National Park

This wonderful national park is woefully underrated. True, this is not the kind of spot where you’ll check off all “big five” from your wish list, but there is an absolute wealth of wildlife here. Crocodiles, hippos, waterbucks, sables, buffalo, wildebeest, zebra, elephants, black rhinoceros, and many more animals are abundant. Cheetahs were reintroduced here in 2017 (the first wild cheetahs in the country for more than 20 years) and lions in 2018. The safari tents at Mvuu Lodge are a nice touch of comfort. Packages here include game drives and boat safaris, but you can just as easily explore the park DIY-style in your own vehicle. (I’ve done both with great results.)

3. Shop The Mzuzu Market

Malawi’s northernmost city, Mzuzu, has a bright, sunny, cosmopolitan vibe, owing in part to the many travelers who pass through here to and from Tanzania. I spent many happy hours browsing the clothing and fabric stalls of the main market — and I still have all the fabric I picked up there! For me, it’s one of the best shopping destinations in the country.

4. Snorkel At Cape Maclear

For decades, Cape Maclear was the spot for overlanders looking for some mid-way rest on the Cape-to-Cairo route. With its gorgeous clear waters and host of little restaurants and guesthouses, it’s easy to see why this small town on the edge of Lake Malawi was so remarkably popular. These days, Cape Maclear isn’t the only act in town, so to speak, and travelers are spoiled for choice when it comes to tourist-friendly spots. But the cape is just as pretty and relaxing as it ever was, and it remains one of the best snorkeling and diving spots in southern Africa.

Historically inclined travelers will be interested to learn that the town was named by fabled explorer David Livingstone, honoring his friend, astronomer Thomas Maclear. Meanwhile, those interested in science may be intrigued by this tidbit: For decades, Lake Malawi was reputed to be free from bilharzia (also known as schistosomiasis). This waterborne parasite causes serious health complications and is sadly common throughout Africa — including Lake Malawi. A combination of misinformation and canny tour operators let the fabrication of a bilharzia-free lake run unchallenged for some time until well-documented cases gained prominence in the 1990s.

5. Escape To Likoma Island

Lake Malawi is the heart and soul of the country, and lakeshore communities (like Cape Maclear) are vibrant, bustling destinations supported by fishing and tourism. But there’s a lot happening on the lake as well. Likoma Island is close to Mozambique that you can see the shore, but it is decidedly Malawian — relaxed, friendly, and deliciously beautiful. Likoma Island is home to some of the finest sunsets I’ve ever seen, gorgeous flowers, great bars, a stunning cathedral (the legacy of David Livingston’s influence), and spectacular baobab trees. 

My impression of Likoma Island was that it was very hip (or maybe teenagers are just way cooler than me all over the world). However, as a general rule in rural Malawi, travelers should dress on the conservative side. Shorts and tank tops are okay in sporty contexts (like in diving centers), but they’re seen as being too informal and immodest in many other rural locations — though just about anything goes in cities. This is the legacy of Hastings Banda’s dictatorship, which ended in the 1990s. Travelers from that era will no doubt remember that female backpackers had to don skirts and long hair wasn’t permitted for men (and impromptu, not-exactly-voluntary hair cuts took place at border crossings).

6. Observe Wildlife At The Lilongwe Nature Sanctuary

Lilongwe, Malawi’s capital city, doesn’t exactly have the most exciting of reputations. Yet as someone who lived there, I have to disagree. There’s a lot to see and do in Lilongwe! And at the top of my list is the Lilongwe Nature Sanctuary. The Lilongwe Wildlife Trust operates the nature sanctuary and it’s the only one of its kind in the country. It’s a remarkable piece of green space in the heart of the city and is well worth a visit. 

I’m not the only one who loves this spot. I asked my friend and fellow travel writer Brianne Miers what she would recommend for someone visiting Malawi and she said: “I can share a recommendation for the Lilongwe Wildlife Trust facility in Lilongwe! You can tour it, go hiking, and there’s an amazing cafe. Also lots of volunteer opportunities.”

7. Appreciate History In Mangochi

The southern Malawian town of Mangochi was the first place I lived in Malawi, and it turned out to be a great ice-breaker. People would invariably tell me how lucky I was to live in such a great destination and they were absolutely right. Mangochi is positioned at the southern tip of Lake Malawi and has access to all the usual lakeside activities and amenities such as hotels, resorts, and guest houses. However, this beautiful location has a serious and, at times, very ugly past. Mangochi was once home to an early slave market and, later, a colonial administrative center known as Fort Johnston under British rule. Today, some interesting sites to appreciate include a Commonwealth War Graves Cemetary (next to the post office), a large mosque, a clock tower, a memorial to a tragic shipwreck, and a small museum.

8. Shop For Carvings

Malawi offers some of the finest wooden handicrafts and carvings in southern Africa. A signature item is the chief’s chair. You’ll find them in every size imaginable, from the gigantic to the tiny. I came home with two medium-large size chairs (which I did indeed use to sit in for years and now are more ornamental), and it’s one of the best buys I’ve ever made. In case you’re wondering what you’d do with the teeny-tiny chairs, you can use them for more than just decoration. I’ve seen them in hotel bathrooms around Malawi as a cute way to stack toilet paper and keep it off the floor!

Other items to look out for include end tables with tripod-style legs and removable, circular table tops which are reversible (mine have animal carvings on one side and game board tops on the other). I love my palm-sized wooden elephant but I slightly regret not getting a giant giraffe some 10 plus feet tall. How I would have got it home, what I would have done with it — who knows? But it was gorgeous.

Some great places to shop include Lilongwe’s old town (next to the post office), Nkhata Bay, and Senga Bay.

Just the name Zanzibar evokes images of a tropical paradise with white sand beaches, shimmering turquoise waters, beautiful sunsets, and palm trees swaying in the ocean breeze — all kissed by the spice-laden East African trade winds. And the “Spice Island” is all that, but it is also more. This is an island steeped in culture and history. With a mixture of cultures from African to Arabian, some Indian, Portuguese, and English are thrown in for good measure. Trade of one kind or another is an intrinsic part of the island’s culture and has shaped its history for thousands of years; from its dark past in the slave trade, to its position as a trading hotspot in the spice trade thanks to its abundance of valuable spices including cloves, cinnamon, and nutmeg. All this has culminated in an island that is a heady mix of sights, sounds, and smells.

When it comes to where to stay in Zanzibar, there’s something for everyone. If you like “castaway cool” then you’ve come to the right place, or if you’d prefer something more luxurious and special, then let me tell you about some of my favorite spots on the island for a truly memorable holiday.

Stone Town, Zanzibar Resorts

Stone Town, a World Heritage Site, is Zanzibar’s historical capital. No visit to Zanzibar would be complete without exploring Stone Town’s jumble of narrow, cobbled streets, its people, the mosques, churches, bazars, architecture, and food.

1. Double Tree By Hilton Hotel Zanzibar Stone Town

The Double Tree By Hilton is housed in the old court house, a building that had fallen into disrepair before being renovated and brought back to life to become a hotel. It’s perfectly situated in the heart of Stone Town, amongst the winding alleyways and historic buildings. Wake to the muezzin’s call to prayer as the day dawns and the town wakes up for the day. 

The hotel is in my favorite part of Stone Town, hidden away in the maze of streets, with a feeling of old world timelessness. Breakfast on the rooftop terrace is a fabulous way to start the day. Looking out over the rooftops towards the beautiful blue of the ocean, you are bound to spot a white-sailed traditional dhow or two while you enjoy your morning coffee. As an added bonus, hotel guests have access to a beautiful indoor swimming pool, perfect for cooling down after a day of wandering through town.

Pro Tip: The slices of smoked tuna available on the breakfast buffet are delicious. Get some before it disappears onto someone else’s plate!

2. Zanzibar Palace Hotel

The Zanzibar Palace Hotel, a boutique hotel located right in the heart of Stone Town, is a small and personal hotel with only three rooms on each of its three floors. The building was built between 1885 and 1890 by an Indian merchant and is still full of original features, including a solid wooden staircase that runs through the center of the building like a spine, to the thick walls, tiny wooden balconies, wooden shutters, and old hooks and pulleys left over from its trading past. Following the revolution in 1964, the building was abandoned for many years. In 1978, it was restored, ultimately becoming a hotel in 2005.

We stayed in a suite on the very top floor with a huge traditional wooden Zanzibar bed, so high off the ground that we had to climb into it using old wooden trunks positioned on either side of the bed, like a step ladder! Our bathroom was on the rooftop terrace and had views looking out over Stone Town and down to the port.

Pro Tip: With all the old world charm of an antique building, the Zanzibar Palace Hotel does not have a lift. So if stairs are not your thing, this is not the best place for you.

3. Emerson On Hurumzi

Rooftop sundowners are an essential part of a Stone Town experience in my opinion, and one of the best places to do this is at the beautifully restored Emerson on Hurumzi hotel. Come for cocktails and stay for dinner in the Tea House Restaurant with 360° views of Stone Town and across to the ocean. Arrive for cocktails at sunset and know that dinner starts promptly at 7 p.m. Remove your shoes and sit on the floor carpets and cushions to dine (or take your place at a table if you prefer). Dinner is a three-course set menu celebrating Zanzibari cuisine and combining Swahili, Persian, and Omani influences. Dinner is accompanied by traditional music and singing by musicians from the Dhow Countries Music Academy.

Pro Tip: Before dinner, call in at the Princess Salme Museum (beside the hotel’s main entrance) and learn about one of Zanzibar’s most famous women, Sayyida Salama bint Said (Salme), Princess of Zanzibar and Oman. Born in 1844, she was the youngest of Sultan Said’s 36 children. She fell in love with German merchant Rudolph Reute, becoming pregnant with his child and causing such a scandal that she had to flee Zanzibar and settle in Germany. She married Rudolph, bore him more children, and, after his death, wrote Memoirs of an Arabian Princess from Zanzibar, published in 1886.

Head To The Beach – Zanzibar Beach Resorts

Beautiful white sand, lapped by azure and turquoise waters, and fringed with palm trees swaying in the warm breeze, the beaches of Zanzibar are stunning, and equally stunning are a number of resorts found at these beaches. Whilst I’ve been visiting Zanzibar for more than 20 years now, on our latest trip, my husband and I left Stone Town behind and worked our way around the island clockwise, staying in a variety of special properties.

4. Chuini Zanzibar Beach Lodge

Our first stop was the island’s west coast. There are fewer lodges here and it feels a little more remote. The west coast is home to Stone Town, so we only had to travel for 20 minutes for our first night out of town.

In 1873, the second Sultan of Zanzibar — and brother to Princess Salme mentioned above — built the Chuini Palace, perched on the rocks right on the very edge of the island. The palace was an impressive complex that occupied both sides of a small protected bay. Mysteriously, most of the buildings burnt down in 1914. Chuini Beach Lodge is built amongst the ruins of the royal complex, giving it a rather unique outlook and feel. There’s a small, private beach beside a tiny working bay where local fishermen moor and repair their boats.

5. Nungwi Dreams 

An hour’s drive north, we reached Nungwi Beach, and Nungwi Dreams exceeded my expectations. Our room was modern, sleek, bright, and positioned just a few feet from the beach. With two swimming pools to choose from, and the beautiful warm ocean just steps from our room, we were spoilt by a choice. At low tide, I walked along the white sand and had it pretty much to myself, except for a few friendly fishermen striding along the beach and chatting as they went. My husband spent a day scuba diving at nearby Mnemba Island while I relaxed at the spa. They had great food and a great atmosphere. I particularly enjoyed all the seafood while cocktails on the hotel’s rooftop “Sky Bar” were delicious.

With 56 rooms and one villa, this is a modern resort-style place, with all the comforts you’d expect from a luxury resort, yet it’s still small enough to feel friendly and personal.

Pro Tip: As a general rule, the north and northeast coasts tend to be the island’s prime locations, and most of Zanzibar’s high-end accommodations are found here. The diving is also excellent here, there’s not much tidal variation, and the archipelago’s best reefs (around Mnemba Island) lie not far offshore.

6. Elewana Kilindi Zanzibar 

Just a short drive away — nestled in a tropical garden on a secluded stretch of beach on the northwest coast of Zanzibar — is Kilindi. This is an oasis of luxury. Fifteen white-domed, multi-story villas set in 50 acres of natural bush and tropical gardens, this is a haven of tranquility in what has become a rather too busy northern part of the island.

Originally designed for Benny Andersson, of 1970’s pop group ABBA, the architecture is dramatic. Wooden shutters and arched glassless windows look out over the ocean. With our private plunge pool, rooftop verandah that overlooked the ocean, and a private butler, we rarely needed to leave the villa. The open plan rainfall shower room, combined with visits from brightly colored geckos, bushy tailed squirrels, and the rare Sykes’ monkeys really had us feeling like we were a part of the surrounding nature. This really is a special place.

7. Matlai Boutique Hotel

The next stop on our circumnavigation of the island was Matlai Boutique Hotel on the northeast coast. There are two villas at Matlai: the four-bedroom Asili House and the two-bedroom Villa Kidosho, both of which have beautiful views out over the beach and ocean. Each villa has its own beautiful private pool, as well as well-positioned hammocks and sun loungers. There’s also a spa and a private open-air cinema — all this just a few steps from the beach.

A short wade and then swim off the beach lies a small but gorgeous patch of coral, complete with tiny bobbing seahorses, colorful fish, and tentacle waving anemones — we had it all to ourselves. Dinner on the beach with warm sand underfoot and the gentle sound of the waves just a few feet away was a perfect end to our stay.

8. Le Mersenne 

A couple of miles further south on the Michamvi Peninsula is Le Mersenne, a larger style resort with a variety of different sized rooms to choose from. Ours was spacious, airy, and modern. Up on the rocky cliff overlooking the water, Le Mersenne has views out over the seemingly endless ocean. Being on the east coast, the views of sunrise were spectacular and definitely worth waking up for, though luckily we could see it from bed and didn’t need to actually get up.

The hotel has a long pier that stretches out over the water with some innovative villas currently under construction above the water. We borrowed masks and snorkels and went down the wooden steps, directly into the water, and a short swim had us amongst colorful clumps of coral. After our swim, a long beach walk at low tide kept us busy until the early afternoon.

Zanzibar can be the perfect destination, perhaps as an add-on after a safari, or maybe as a place to recover after a challenging climb up Kilimanjaro, or just as a stand-alone destination in its own right. This is a beautiful island with fabulous people, fantastic food, terrific sights to see, things to do, and if you choose the right place to stay, you will really enjoy the barefoot luxury of this destination.

For more advice on Africa’s array of destinations, check out these stories: 

• 6 Beautiful Lesser-Known Tourist Attractions In Africa
• 9 Most Colorful Cities In Africa
• Top 9 Destinations In Africa For A First-Time Visitor

Africa is a wealth of natural, historical, and cultural wonders. Many travelers will know the popular tourist destinations on the continent: South Africa’s Kruger National Park, Egypt’s Pyramids, Tanzania’s Mount Kilimanjaro, Kenya’s Masai Mara, and Zambia’s Victoria Falls; all of which are of course incredible places to visit. But have you heard of a village built on stilts over a lake in Ghana, or the 12th-century stone-cut churches of Ethiopia, or Malawi’s highest mountain?

If you have been drawn to this article, there’s a good chance that you’ve either already visited the continent’s most well-known attractions, or you’re looking for a trip to Africa that is a little more off the beaten track.

But Africa is a vast continent, and deciding where to go and what to see can be overwhelming, so I’ve narrowed it down to my pick of the 6 less-traveled African destinations that are worthy of a spot on your bucket list.

1. Draa Valley, Morocco

At 680 miles long, the Draa is Morocco’s longest river and lends its name to the Draa Valley. Ancient farming villages and farming communities line this river, and the area is known for its date farming, and production of cereals, vegetables, and henna. The valley is also famous for its ancient kasbahs, fortresses that were used for defense when cities came under attack. These kasbahs also doubled as houses for local leaders and were built with high walls for protection. The Valley stretches from the city of Ouarzazate to the Sahara Desert in the south of Morocco.

The Draa valley peters out near the settlements of Zagora and Tinfou, where a curiously lone sand dune sits, in the middle of a vast gravel plain. Here you will find a sign reading “Tombouctou 51 jours,” translating to “Timbuktu fifty-one days” – 51 days by camel that is – a measurement dating back to the days when Morocco controlled all the way across the Sahara Desert and into Mali.

Audley Tours offers an 8-day desert circuit that you can join to visit the Draa Valley. 

2. Nzulezo, Ghana

Some 224 miles – about a 7-hour drive – west of Ghana’s capital, Accra, lies the village of Nzulezo. Nzulezo is located on Lake Tandane, part of the Amasuri Wetlands, a sensitive ecosystem that is home to an impressive array of flora, fauna, and countless rare birds. The town is nestled in a mangrove forest and is only accessible by canoe from the coastal town of Beyin. Nzulezo’s estimated 600 inhabitants are farmers, fishermen, or brewers of the famous, local alcoholic “gin,” “akpeteshi.” Nzulezo is the only village in Ghana built entirely on stilts and is often referred to as “Ghana’s Venice.”

According to legend, the ancestors of Nzulezo’s modern-day inhabitants were from the ancient Ghana Empire in today’s Mali. In the 15th century, after a war fought over fertile land and gold, they were forced to flee. Legend has it that their god appeared as a snail and led them to today’s Ghana. Continuously forced to move onwards by other tribes or by slave traders, they followed their god until finally reaching Lake Tandane. Here they remained, feeling the lake would protect them against enemies and also provide them with food. 

Nzulezo depends on tourism. One of the highlights of a visit to this town is the actual journey to get here. After driving as far as the unpaved road allows, a short walk takes you to your canoe, and an hour’s canoe ride takes you through narrow, lush channels, open plains, and finally into the wide expanse of Amansuri Lake (the ride is safe and lifejackets are available). If you are staying at one of the beaches in the Western Region, such as Busua or Axim, the visit to Nzulezo can easily be done as a day trip. Anyone wanting to “live like the villagers” can stay at the Home Stay guest house, but don’t expect modern standards.

Pro Tip: There is a fine line between tourism and invading the local resident’s personal space – do ask before you take photos, and check behind you before posing for a selfie, in case some scantily clad person is trying to take a bath in the lake – most of the town does not have indoor running water.

Easy Track Ghana offers an 8-day Water Lover Tour if you are interested in visiting Nzulezo. 

3. Mount Mulanje, Malawi

Mt. Mulanje lies to the east of Blantyre, the main city in southern Malawi. Mulanje is an impressive sight to see, and its summit, Sapitwa Peak is the highest point in Malawi at 9,850 feet.

Mt. Mulanje is known locally as the “island in the sky” because it rises almost straight up from the flat plains below. This is a truly magnificent mountain and has to be seen to be appreciated. Unlike some of the world’s peaks that are obscured by surrounding ranges, here there is a genuine sense of awe as you draw closer to Mulanje and see it looming over its surroundings. The area boasts a variety of wildlife including small mammals and several bird species including the black eagle and countless white-necked ravens.

Visitors can drive around the foot of the massif in a day, but even better is to walk, trek, hike, and camp on the mountain. There is a large network of paths and trails and choices between quite gentle walking and serious climbing. Visitors can spend a couple of hours taking a walk to some river pools and waterfalls or spend many days exploring the whole massif.

Crafted Africa offers a great 9-night ‘Walk Malawi’ tour that includes Mount Mulanje and a number of other spots in this beautiful country. Alternatively, Mulanje town, at the base of the mountain, has shops and services, as well as a colonial-era “sports club” (complete with golf course) and a handful of hotels and guest houses, the best of which is Africa Wild Truck Camp & Lodge, who offer a variety of accommodation, in a converted colonial building, and can also organize Mulanje hikes using local guides and porters. A half-hour journey from Mulanje some lovely accommodation is offered at Huntingdon House on the Thyolo Tea Estates.

Pro Tip: Unsurprisingly for a vast, foreboding, and sometimes unforgiving mountain, local myths and legends abound around Mulanje, and visitors are well-advised to keep the mountain’s spirits “appeased” in the hope of a successful ascent!

4. Lalibela, Ethiopia

Lalibela in northern Ethiopia is known for its distinctive rock-hewn churches that date back to the 12th and 13th centuries. These churches are ancient pilgrimage sites for Coptic Christians and are still used for services today. Carved out of rock, there are eleven medieval churches, many of which are linked by underground tunnels and trenches and with some containing bas-relief and colored frescos. These unique churches include the majestic Bete Medhane Alem, home to the Lalibela Cross, and the cross-shaped Bete Giyorgis, the last of the 11 churches to be built. This is a UNESCO World Heritage site.

Pro Tip: Lalibela is currently embroiled in the fighting between government and rebel forces from Ethiopia’s northern Tigray region; the rebels have taken the city, surrendered the city, retaken it, and re-surrendered it. Whilst this incredible place should definitely be on your list of places to visit, perhaps hold off on planning your trip for a little while.

5. Valley Of Desolation, South Africa

Situated in South Africa’s Camdeboo National Park, the Valley of Desolation, sometimes referred to as the “cathedral of the mountains,” is a hauntingly beautiful place of gaping chasms flanked by astounding rock formations, precariously balanced giant dolomite rocks, and pillars that drop sharply by 400 feet to the valley floor below. Looking out from the rocky peaks that formed over 100 million years ago by a violent volcanic shift, all one sees seems to be an immense terrain of nothingness, and where even the quietest of whispers echoes in the still Karoo air.

The Valley of Desolation is a haven for campers and hikers, and home to a variety of plant and animal life, including 220 species of birds, 336 plants, and 43 mammals, highlights include the endangered Cape Mountain Zebra, the majestic Black Eagle, and the world’s heaviest flying bird, the Kori Bustard.

All this incredible natural wonder is just a 9-mile drive from South Africa’s fourth oldest town, Graaff-Reinet, in the Eastern Cape. You have a choice of scenic picnic sites, and for those with a little more energy, there are three hiking trails that range from 1 hour in duration to overnight hikes. Be sure to bring your camera!

Pro Tip: Those who want to maximize their experience can try the Crag Lizard Trail, a well-marked walk beginning in the parking lot that takes approximately 45 minutes to complete.

 6. Gorilla Trekking In The Congo

The Republic of the Congo, not to be confused with Democratic Republic of Congo (DRC), which shares a similar name and a border, is safe to travel to. It’s definitely not as well-known as other countries in Africa, but its pristine tropical forests make it a one-of-a-kind destination.

The beautiful Odzala-Kokoua National Park sits right in the heart of the Congo Basin and is one of the most remarkable gems in West Africa. Once home to nearly 20,000 gorillas, poaching has sadly reduced their numbers drastically, but Odzala-Kokoua is still home to the largest population of gorillas anywhere on the continent. The park has approximately 100 mammal species and is home to one of the continent’s most diverse primate populations. For a 9-day gorilla experience, contact Primate Safari Experiences.

There you have my take on some of the most beautiful, but often overlooked, places to visit in Africa. Time to start planning your visit.

Sandwiched between a rugged mountain range and the icy Atlantic Ocean, Cape Town, the oldest and second-largest city in South Africa, is one of the most popular tourist destinations on the continent. It is also one of the most beautiful cities in the world. Voted “Best City in The World” by the Telegraph, for 7 years in a row, this is a multicultural, cosmopolitan city, with spectacular natural surroundings, superb beaches, exceptional food, fantastic and exciting things to see and do, and a mild, Mediterranean climate.

Beautiful, stylish, and quirky accommodation options abound all over Cape Town, so where does one start when booking a place to stay? To save you the legwork, I’m going to give you the rundown on my six favorite places to stay in Cape Town, using the following criteria: great location, fantastic design, great service, inconspicuous luxury, and unique personality.

1. The Silo Hotel 

Where: V&A Waterfront

The Silo Hotel is a luxurious celebration of art, style, architecture, and design. Built in the grain elevator section of a historic silo complex, the Silo Hotel soars above the surrounding area. The hotel occupies six floors above the Zeitz Museum of Contemporary African Art (MOCAA), which houses Africa’s largest collection of contemporary art. With its impressive architecture, especially its eye-catching geometric windows, this magical hotel towers over the famous V&A waterfront and is surrounded on all sides by the natural wonders of Cape Town. It’s not hard to see why it won the award for Best City Hotel in Africa in 2020.

The Silo is renowned for its fabulous High Tea, the perfect place to spoil a friend or family member on a special occasion — I’ve celebrated a number of my friends’ birthdays here. The rooftop has a swimming pool and is a lovely place for sundowners. Aside from sparkling wine on arrival, and delicious eggs Benedict for breakfast, one of my favorite things about the hotel is actually the bath! A freestanding bath, in a bathroom with expansive views of Table Mountain, Signal Hill, the V&A waterfront, and out over the ocean — I can spend hours simply lying in the bath, immersed in the views, watching the sunset and the city lights turn on until the water gets cold and my fingers and toes have shriveled to raisins!

Pro Tip: If you can drag yourself away from the hotel, the Zeitz MOCAA is well worth a visit. The exhibition space covers almost 20,000 square feet, over nine floors, with 100 gallery spaces. Set aside a full day to visit.

2. The Twelve Apostles Hotel And Spa 

Where: Camps Bay

The Twelve Apostles is a five-star boutique hotel at the foot of the Twelve Apostles Mountain Range, from which, obviously enough, the hotel takes its name. Its location is what sets it apart from a lot of other accommodations in Cape Town. Nestled below the mountains, surrounded by beautiful native flora, and hovering above the Atlantic, the glistening ocean provides the perfect backdrop to this coastal sanctuary. The Twelve Apostles is close enough to the city to be part of it, but remote enough to feel like you are surrounded by nature. With four different restaurants and bars to choose from and a terrace that probably has the best ocean view from a hotel in Cape Town, you really can’t go wrong with The Twelve Apostles.

My favorite place in the hotel is the terrace, jutting out toward the ocean. The uninterrupted views from here are spectacular; both looking back along the coastal beaches and especially out to sea. Sunset from here is truly fantastic, watching the sun sink slowly toward the horizon, lighting the sky vivid orange, red, and pink; and even better with a chilled glass of South African wine, a craft beer, or one of the locally produced gins that Cape Town is getting a name for.

3. The Winchester Hotel 

Where: Sea Point

Situated along the Sea Point Promenade, on Cape Town’s so-called platinum mile, The Winchester Hotel, set against the backdrop of the mountains and overlooking the swell of the Atlantic Ocean, is an exclusive, privately-owned, 4-star hotel. The hotel has earned a reputation as one of Cape Town’s iconic hotels, with its original Cape Dutch architecture, personalized hospitality, and professional service. I first visited the Winchester Hotel a decade ago, for afternoon tea in the hotel’s beautiful courtyard, with my boys, who had just started boarding school in Cape Town. I loved its quiet understated elegance. I’ve recently been to stay again and was seriously impressed with the hotel’s new look after some just completed renovations. A crisp, classic black-and-white color scheme, with beautiful, white paneled walls and decorative ceilings, striking geometric floor tiles, all accented by quirky décor and antiques that highlight the building’s history and personality. 

The hotel is close to the V&A waterfront, the beaches, and all of Cape Town’s sights. In a destination such as Cape Town, with so much to see and do, it’s unlikely you’ll be spending much time in your room, but just in case you do, all the rooms have either sea or mountain views, ensuring you don’t forget where you are!

4. Table Bay Hotel

Where: V&A Waterfront

The Table Bay, a landmark in Cape Town, sits in a prime spot at the tip of the V&A waterfront, with fabulous views of the working harbor, Table Mountain, and the Atlantic Ocean, through huge picture windows on all sides.

Michael Jackson, the Obamas, Charlize Theron, Chris Rock, and Sean Connery have all walked through this hotel’s grand lobby. Though perhaps a name more important to the history of the hotel is that of Nelson Mandela, who opened the hotel in May 1997, when he was still president of South Africa.

The hotel has all the amenities you would expect, from pool to business center, even having direct entrance to the V&A shopping mall, making it super convenient and especially good for first-time visitors to Cape Town, or those nervous of urban exploration. The waterfront is the place for restaurants and food stalls, buskers, an aquarium, shopping for everything from couture to curios, and booking tours out on the water or up in a helicopter. If it’s culture that you want, there’s a museum about Robben Island and, at the other end of the waterfront is the jumping off point for tours to the island itself, where Nelson Mandela was imprisoned for years.

Pro Tip: If you’re looking for cutting-edge style, this hotel probably isn’t for you as it’s much more of a traditional, stately kind of place.

5. The Cellars-Hohenort Hotel 

Where: Constantia

The Cellars-Hohenort, a five-star hotel, is situated only 15-minutes’ drive from Cape Town’s city center. This small but perfectly formed hotel boasts breathtaking views of the Table Mountain range and the property’s 9 acres of award winning, extraordinary gardens. The hotel somehow combines modern luxury with historic charm. Set in the picturesque Constantia Winelands, with a backdrop of gardens and vineyards and Table Mountain in the distance, this is the perfect place to recharge your batteries after a busy day in Cape Town

At the risk of sounding like a broken record, or someone unhealthily obsessed with High Tea (I promise you it’s not my only criteria for fabulous hotels!), I am going to tell you that High Tea at Cellars-Hohenort is definitely something not to be missed! I went for tea there recently, and invited a friend I hadn’t seen for a couple of years (thanks COVID!), and even though she was late, an hour late in fact (I’d forgotten how tardy she could be), nothing could dampen my High Tea experience. Granted, a glass of sparkling wine while I waited soothed any potential distress or irritation, but the food, when she finally arrived (with effusive apologies about getting lost), was amazing. We ate and drank to our heart’s content, a platter of savory treats followed by a three tiered tray of sweet temptations, we did our best to do it justice, but couldn’t eat it all. 

6. Pineapple House 

Where: Sea Point

Looking for a change of pace? Looking for something a little different? Looking for something a little stylish and modern? Then check out this quirky, pink-walled boutique hotel. Warm and welcoming, colorful décor and deluxe comfort, the hotel is just a short walk from bars, restaurants, shops, and the buzzing Sea Point Promenade, where I’ve spent hours running over the years. Running or walking along the Promenade is a Cape Town must-do and a popular activity with locals and tourists alike, I strongly recommend you join them.

The hotel’s owners believe pineapples are synonymous with luxury and leisure the world over, and so named their stylish little boutique hotel for them. There are only 9 rooms here, so you are never going to be lost in a crowd of guests, and you can count on personal attention.

So there you have my roundup of favorite places to stay in Cape Town.

Cape Town is a city that offers a captivating combination of laid-back beach town and edgy urban lifestyle, a world city steeped in history and set in one of the most magnificent natural settings. This is a little city that packs a big punch. For years, when my boys were at boarding school there, Cape Town became my second home, and I enjoyed every minute of every visit. I hope you will enjoy your travels there as much as I do.

De Hoop Nature Reserve is just a 3-hour drive from Cape Town on the southernmost tip of Africa, and is somewhere every nature lover should add to their wish list. This protected haven of grassy sand dunes, long white sandy beaches, mountains, and a spectacular coastline, where whales breach and play in the season, is rich in biodiversity and host to awe-inspiring sites just waiting to be explored. The stunning 130 square mile reserve is a UNESCO Ramsar World Heritage Site with over 43 miles of pristine coastline. It’s a favorite destination for hikers, cyclists, bird watchers, and whale watchers alike, and is both the perfect stop-over for people touring South Africa’s world-renowned garden and whale routes and also the ideal base from which to explore the incredible surrounding landscape. 

The Marine Protected Area is one of the largest marine protected areas in Africa, providing a sanctuary for a vast and fascinating array of marine life and for those venturing outside the reserve, the local area is characterized by quaint towns, blossoming wine industry, and some delightful places to sample delicious local cooking.

The De Hoop Nature Reserve offers the complete outdoor experience — sea, sand dunes, wetlands, an array of rare plants, diverse animals, and incredible birdlife. Go walking, hiking, or bike riding, take a scenic game drive, snorkel in the tidal turquoise rock pools, or simply relax on the unspoiled beaches. There is something for everyone here.

I was recently lucky enough to travel to De Hoop, so read on for more of the things I love about the place and what I’d suggest you do when you visit.

Whale Watching

The protected waters off De Hoop have long been a haven for the endangered southern right whale. Every year some 40 percent of the world population of these gentle giants return to these safe waters to mate, give birth and rear their calves. The De Hoop Nature Reserve is an important destination for these creatures. During the season, 120 whales will call De Hoop home and, at the peak of the high season (June and December), as many as 50 of these mammals can be spotted in a day, making the reserve one of the most coveted spots for land-based whale watching in the world. The waters off De Hoop are so safe that the whales come so close to the shore that visitors can simply relax on the sand dunes and watch as these beautiful creatures calve, blow, breach and belly-flop. For me, sitting with a delicious local gin in hand and watching a mother whale and her calf, swimming in the beautiful azure waters, just before sunset, was one of the highlights of my visit.

Other marine mammals, like dolphins and seals, also occur in the waters off the coast here in the marine protected area, as well as at least 250 species of fish, which leads us to my next highlight of this fantastic place.

Explore The Marine Reserve

The De Hoop Marine Protected Area extends 3 nautical miles out to sea from the coastline of the nature reserve. Having spent much of my childhood messing about in rock pools and wandering along the beach, I was right in my element when I joined a guided marine walk one morning. Orange starfish, purple sea urchins, tiny silvery fish, limpets carrying their algae-covered shells on their backs, an octopus cleverly camouflaged in the kelp, even a pair of orange-beaked oystercatcher birds made their presence known. Our 2-hour guided walk explored the coastal rock pool, the fossilized sand dunes, the sandy beaches, and the rocky shores. As we headed back to the lodge we were lucky enough to see a whale breaching and rolling in the waves.

When you’ve had your fill looking down on the critters in the rock pools, you can actually join them. Snorkeling in the large, clear rock pools is one of the best ways to experience the magical marine world at De Hoop.

Experience The Wildlife

De Hoop’s varied habitat supports a diversity of wildlife. The reserve has 86 mammal species, including the rare bontebok and Cape mountain zebra, as well as elegant eland, diminutive grey rhebuck, baboons, yellow mongoose, shy caracals, and, if you’re lucky, the occasional leopard.

There are numerous ways you can get out and enjoy the local wildlife. You could take a traditional game drive in a vehicle, or you could join a guided mountain bike ride or hike. With no large predators, De Hoop offers the rare opportunity to safely get up close and personal with the wilderness. Cycle past the plentiful herds of eland and bontebok, and walk among the beautiful zebras. I was lucky enough to find myself surrounded by a family of ostriches when walking to breakfast one morning — mum and dad with 12 knee-high chicks. They were calm enough to not run from me, but I could see the parents keeping a watchful eye on me, so I kept my distance. If cornered, an ostrich can deliver dangerous kicks capable of killing a lion and I didn’t want to test my luck!

Wander Among The Plant Life

De Hoop Nature Reserve forms part of the world’s smallest and most threatened plant kingdom, known as the Cape Floral Kingdom. Fynbos (which comes from the Afrikaans word meaning “fine plants”) is the dominant type of vegetation here. This is a special and unique type of vegetation that grows in nutrient-poor soils and is well adapted to fire and drought. There are approximately 1,500 different varieties of plant species found here, and a large percentage of them are rare, threatened, and endemic. Of all the species found here, 108 are rare or threatened, 34 are endemic and found nowhere else in the world, and amazingly, 14 species are so newly discovered that they still haven’t been scientifically examined and described.

If you take a guided hike on one of the inland trails you’ll be knee-high in fynbos: yellow, coral, pink, purple, and hundreds of shades of green. You may even see beautiful proteas (the national flower of South Africa) flowering in different sizes and colors.

The smells of the fynbos are something else to experience. On a guided walk or hike you’ll get a chance to smell a multitude of scents, from sweet rose to citrus or even hints of peppermint. These fragrant botanicals are so unique that they’ve been used in everything from perfume to soaps and liquors. Fynbos-infused gin is a definite must-try, and it was the deliciously infused Inverroche Gin that I was talking about earlier when I mentioned whale watching as the sun went down; there was definitely something really special about drinking gin surrounded by the plants from which its amazing flavors and scents had been derived.

Spot Birds On A Guided Walk

The De Hoop wetlands are internationally recognized as an Important Bird and Biodiversity Area (IBA), and over 260 species of resident and migratory birds are found here. Keen birdwatchers should look out for the endemic Southern boubou and the rare malachite sunbird, and even the least interested of birdwatchers among you will enjoy the sight of a flamingo or watching a fluffy baby ostrich fresh out of its egg.

You can embark on a 2-hour birdwatching walk with a qualified guide around the wetlands. The area is home to more than 8,000 birds; a mixture of waterbirds, shorebirds, and bush birds. Nearby is the Western Cape’s last remaining breeding colony of rare cape vultures and a short but steep hike up the Klipspringer Trail will lead you to the lookout point over the colony — it’s well worth the climb.

Cruise The De Hoop Wetlands On A Boat Trip

Tired out from all the hiking, cycling, and walking, then perhaps relaxing on a boat cruise exploring the De Hoop waterways and wetlands is just the thing for you. You’ll see flamingos, pelicans, migrant wading birds, a fish eagle soaring overhead, or perhaps a sleek cape clawless otter cavorting at the water’s edge. Go out in the morning and enjoy a cup of tea or coffee, or head out in the afternoon with a glass of wine and some savory snacks.

Hike The Whale Trail

For the keen hiker, De Hoop has one of the best hiking trails in South Africa, the 5-day, 35-mile Whale Trail. The route offers coastal and mountain walking, with spectacular views as well as plenty of opportunities for whale watching. There is well-equipped and recently upgraded accommodation every night. Do note that hiking the Whale Trail requires booking well in advance.

How To Get There: The De Hoop Nature Reserve is a 3-hour drive from Cape Town along the beautiful Garden Route.

Best Time To Visit: August to November is whale-watching time, but any season is good.

Where To Stay: The luxurious 5 bedroomed Morukuru Beach Lodge is in an absolutely breathtaking location right on the coast, with panoramic views over the Indian Ocean. With stunning décor and outstanding food, this is the last word in luxury, it’s no wonder Morukuro was voted “Best Resort in South Africa” by Condé Nast Traveler Readers’ Choice Awards in 2020 and 2021.

The De Hoop Collection offers accommodations and dining options to suit every budget and desire. You can treat your partner to a romantic getaway in one of the tucked away suites overlooking the wetlands, families can enjoy staying in one of the historic homesteads, the cozy cottages at De Hoop Village have fully equipped kitchens for those who’d rather self-cater, and there are even camping sites for those who are inclined that way.

Adventure, peace and tranquility, luxury and wilderness, wonderful experiences of nature both land and marine, De Hoop has it all.

Margot Raggett gave up a career as CEO of a London PR company and went to Africa to follow her love of wildlife photography. But her path changed in 2014 when she was in Kenya and came across the carcass of a poached elephant. Margot was so deeply affected by this, that she was determined to do something about it. She spent months persuading some of the world’s best wildlife photographers to each donate a photograph that she could include in what she planned would be “the most beautiful book on a species ever seen,” the sale of which would raise funds for elephant conservation. The book, Remembering Elephants, was launched in 2016. Five years of “camera-derie” and five books later, the Remembering Wildlife fundraising photography book series, has raised over $1.1 million for conservation and has just released the sixth and latest book in the series, Remembering African Wild Dogs.

The series title was inspired by a remark by Sir David Attenborough, who asked, “Are we happy to suppose that our grandchildren may never be able to see an elephant except in a picture book?” Margot herself adds, “Five years ago, I wrote to Sir David and said I wanted to raise $1 million for conservation through books which would help protect those animals. I’m determined to hit that target and I can’t break a promise to my idol!”

Over the last 5 years, almost 200 photographers have donated images to the Remembering Wildlife collection: Remembering Elephants, Remembering Rhinos, Remembering Great Apes, Remembering Lions, Remembering Cheetahs, and now, hot off the press, Remembering African Wild Dogs. Profits from the books have gone to 55 conservation projects in 24 countries, including Kenya, Malawi, Zambia, Ethiopia, Zimbabwe, South Africa, Namibia, Mozambique, and Uganda. More than 32,000 copies have been sold and the series has some very famous fans across the globe, including Russell Crowe, Michelle Pfeiffer, Pierce Brosnan, and Kevin Pietersen.

The Books In The Series

Such was the success of Remembering Elephants, that Remembering Rhinos was quickly announced and launched in 2017, once again to critical acclaim. Remembering Great Apes, the third book in the series was published in 2018 and featured images donated by 72 photographers and a foreword by renowned ethnologist Dr. Jane Goodall. 2019 saw the launch of the fourth book in the series, Remembering Lions, followed by Remembering Cheetahs in 2020, which despite the challenges of 2020, was one of the fastest-selling books to date. Altogether, the series has now distributed over one million dollars to conservation projects across Africa and Asia. All profits are given directly to projects focussing on the species that each book is dedicated to. 

Remembering Elephants

With only 400,000 elephants left in the wild, this, the largest living land mammal, is classified as endangered and humans are to blame. Hunting and habitat loss are the main reason elephants are now endangered. Many African herds were hunted for their ivory tusks and their numbers were decimated as a result. Though the ivory trade is now illegal, poachers still kill for it.

The Tsavo Conservation Area is home to Kenya’s biggest elephant population, including most of the world’s last remaining “Super Tuskers.” A Super Tusker is a male bull elephant whose tusks weigh over 100 pounds each. Tusks this size are usually so long they scrape along the ground when the elephant walks. Protecting the last remaining Super Tuskers is a difficult task. They roam far and wide across the Tsavo Conservation Area and require constant protection from poaching. They are targeted by poachers constantly due to the astronomical value of their tusks. A single tusk from a Super Tusker, which could weigh over 50 kilograms, is worth around $25,000, even more, once it has been carved, so the aim of the game is to stay ahead of the poachers.

The Tsavo Trust which operates in the Tsavo Conservation Area relies on donations to function and protect the elephants. Most years, I take groups of climbers up Mount Kilimanjaro who are climbing to raise funds for Tsavo Trust. One of the many projects that received money from the sales of Remembering Elephants was the Tsavo Trust, specifically toward keeping their aerial patrol helicopters in the air. These aerial patrols are vital to spotting and apprehending poachers and protecting the elephants.

Remembering Rhinos

Rhinos are probably the most endangered animals in Africa, predominantly due to illegal poaching to satisfy the demand for their horns in Asia and the Middle East.

Saving the Survivors, in South Africa, is a team of wildlife vets whose primary mission is to save animals who have fallen victim to poaching. While they will attend to the needs of any injured animal, most of their efforts are directed towards rhinos, due to the vicious attacks that so many of these creatures fall victim to.

Nearly $50,000 from the sales of Remembering Rhinos was given to Saving the Survivors to assist in the treatment of Seha and Thembi, two white rhinos who suffered horrific facial wounds as a result of poaching. The donation enabled Saving the Survivors to provide long-term treatment to the pair, who both went on to successfully reproduce.

Remembering Great Apes

I fell in love with chimpanzees as a child, reading the books of renowned chimpanzee conservationist Jane Goodall. Many years later, I got the opportunity to visit the area, on the shores of Lake Tanganyika, Tanzania, where she had worked. To this day, seeing chimpanzees in the wild is one of my most memorable wildlife experiences. One of the photographs in this book was taken by a friend of mine, of a chimpanzee I saw when I was in Tanzania. The Jane Goodall Institute is one of the many recipients of funding raised by the sale of Remembering Great Apes.

Remembering Lions

With only 20,000 left in the wild, lions are officially classified as “vulnerable.” Illegal bushmeat hunting, the trade in body parts, conflicts with local people due to livestock depredation, habitat loss, and unsustainable trophy hunting, are all contributing to the decline of this, the “King of Beasts.”

One of the many lion conservation projects to receive money from the sale of Remembering Lions is Zambian Carnivore Programme, a not-for-profit organization based here in Zambia, where I live. It received around $15,000 to be used in its anti-snaring work in the Luangwa Valley, which is one of the 10 remaining lion strongholds on the continent and home to Zambia’s largest lion population.

Remembering Cheetahs

There are estimated to be only 7,000 cheetahs, the fastest land mammal in the world, left in the wild. They are listed as “vulnerable” by the International Union for the Conservation of Nature, but recent studies have revealed that their numbers are falling so fast that scientists feel they should now be classified as endangered. Their future looks uncertain.

Again, one of the many projects that was supported by the proceeds from the sales of Remembering Cheetahs, was the Zambian Carnivore Programme, which received funds for satellite collars and a motorcycle to be used for research and anti-snaring activities. 

Remembering African Wild Dogs

The African wild dog, also called the African painted wolf or the African hunting dog, is one of the world’s most endangered mammals, with a mere 6,600 left on the planet. African wild dogs are listed as endangered due to a range of factors, including habitat loss, human-wildlife conflict, getting caught in snares set by poachers hunting for bushmeat, and infectious diseases like canine distemper and rabies.

Remembering Wild Dogs is the sixth, and latest, book in the series and I was lucky to see an early release copy. The book is beautiful. Full of stunning photos, once again all donated by more than 80 of the world’s top wildlife photographers. The book aims to demystify wild dogs, raise awareness of their plight, and also raise funds to protect them. Indeed, the book made its first donation even before it was launched, giving $25,000 to support the successful reintroduction of African wild dogs into Malawi after decades of absence.

I know several of the photographers who have donated work to the various books in the Remembering series, and all tell me they are delighted with the project and with its success. Daryl Balfour, one of the contributing photographers, said “Margot has revolutionized wildlife coffee table books… is raising so much awareness and so much money. It’s an incredible series. I take my hat off to her.”

How Does It All Work?

Unlike many other fundraising organizations Remembering Wildlife runs as a business and not as a charity. So unlike most charities, it doesn’t ask for donations (though it will accept them if you offer!), instead, it sells you something beautiful, a book or a print, and promises that 100 percent of the profits will go to conservation projects.
To purchase copies of any of these beautiful books just go online. In addition, Remembering Wildlife, marked its fifth anniversary by launching an online print shop, where a selection of images from the whole collection can be purchased. These are images by some of the best wildlife photographers on the planet.

Running seems to be a more popular pastime these days than ever before, and more and more people are traveling to epic locations for memorable running experiences. But let’s be realistic here, and acknowledge that while there may be a runner in your household, it may even be you, who is keen to head to the ends of the earth to lace up and sweat, not everyone shares this passion. So what do you do? I’d suggest making a destination race an opportunity to combine running with an epic travel experience. Remember, whether you’re running or not, the number one reason to do a destination race is the destination itself.

If you’re less worried about a fast personal best and more interested in a fun time, then Africa is the place for you. Many of the races here allow you to take in exceptional scenery and run with wildlife around you. As an added bonus, many races in Africa are associated with charitable causes.

Please do note that running in Africa is not easy. Climatic conditions, often combined with tough terrain, can mean that races here can easily be some of the toughest you’ll ever run.

So without further ado, here are some of the top races you should consider taking part in across the African continent, and some suggestions for what you, or the non-runner in your life, should do while you’re there.

1. Cape Town Marathon, South Africa

I’m going to start with the Sanlam Cape Town Marathon because this is the first marathon I ever ran. My kids were at boarding school in Cape Town and I’d always been a keen runner, but living on a farm in the middle of Zambia, the opportunity to run an iconic race like this hadn’t presented itself before, so this was a perfect opportunity to combine my first marathon with a visit to my kids at school — in fact, the race route went right past the school and the boarding house matron was waiting at the school gate with a smile and a few words of encouragement as I ran past.

The vibe of this race is incredible, with dancers, performers, musicians, and cheer squads all along the route, as well as a crowd of very enthusiastic spectators. I was startled the first time someone in the crowd cheered me along by name. Not knowing anybody in the crowd, I was perplexed, until I realized they’d read my name on my running bib and were simply cheering me, a total stranger, along.

The Cape Town Marathon is Africa’s only marathon to acquire IAAF Golden Label Status, which for the uninitiated means it’s met stringent criteria in organization — gold label status is reserved for the best-organized races.

There’s so much to do in Cape Town that I don’t think I need to give you any hints for things to do post-race!

2. Kilimanjaro Marathon, Tanzania 

The “Kili” Marathon began in 2002, initially as some talk over a few cold Kilimanjaro Lagers. Since then, it has been held annually in Moshi under the watchful gaze of Mount Kilimanjaro. Hundreds of runners come from all over the world to take part in the race, which is a 6.5-mile loop, with runners doing the full marathon repeating the course four times (there are also half marathon and fun run options). The Kilimanjaro Marathon is one of the few marathons that doesn’t invite any professional runners, so an amateur runner is guaranteed the win, and the race has become a great breeding ground for local athletes.

This iconic race takes place late February/early March each year in the foothills of Mount Kilimanjaro and is a great opportunity to have the snow-capped peak of Africa’s highest mountain in your marathon photos. Incidentally, Forbes Magazine has named this the “4th Best International Adventure Marathon.” The Kilimanjaro Marathon is a qualifying race for the Comrades Marathon (more about that later). And yes, you can drink a Kilimanjaro beer at the end.

After the race, you could always consider climbing the mountain that you’ve been running in the shadow of, alternatively, head to Ngorongoro or Serengeti National Parks.

3. Victoria Falls Marathon, Zimbabwe And Zambia 

The Vic Falls Marathon is held in Zimbabwe every year, in June, July, or August. It began in 2006 with only about 300 local runners taking part but has grown to attract close to 2,500 athletes, from over 40 countries.

This is the only race in Africa that crosses an international border — crossing from Zimbabwe to Zambia, on the Livingstone Bridge, over the Zambezi River, the border between the two countries. The race gets you close enough to Victoria Falls that you can feel the spray on your skin, and lucky runners can view elephants, buffalos, and even lions as they run through the local game park. 

You can choose between the Full Marathon, Half Marathon, and Fun Run courses.

After the race, spend some time enjoying the famous Victoria Falls and all the activities offered here. 

4. Lewa Safari Marathon, Kenya 

The Lewa Marathon (and Half Marathon) is an annual fundraising endurance race held in the Lewa Wildlife Conservancy in Kenya every June and proceeds raised are aimed at improving community development in the area, as well as wildlife conservation, particularly that of rhinos. The first race was held in 2000 and since then, it has gained popularity, now attracting competitors as well as spectators from all around the world.

Run on dirt roads and rough terrain, under harsh climatic conditions, and at an average altitude of 5,500ft above sea level, the two 13 mile loops, through the Lewa Wildlife Conservancy, have gained the reputation of being one of the 10 toughest marathon events in the world. Runner’s World Magazine named Lewa Marathon “One of the Top 10 races to Run in Your Life.”

The marathon is run entirely within a wildlife conservancy. No fences, no rivers, nothing at all separates the runners from the African wildlife. The scenery is amazing, and better still you can glimpse some of the local wildlife, including giraffes, rhinos and wildebeest, running alongside them if you are really lucky.

Once you are done with your run, stay on and enjoy some game drives, game walks, or even camel rides at Lewa Wildlife Conservancy.

5. Uganda International Marathon, Masaka, Uganda 

The Uganda International Marathon is a race like no other, and an opportunity to both challenge yourself and make a difference. Beginning in the town center, participants run off-road, through rural villages, up hills, and along Pine Ridge with stunning views right out to Lake Victoria. 

This is not just a marathon, but a 7-day adventure where runners visit the projects they are fundraising for and get to know the local community. Runners support projects from giving children access to clean drinking water and quality education, to conserving the environment through recycling plastics, and supporting the elderly, women’s equality, and the disabled community. The Uganda Marathon is part of the UN Global Goals project.

There are options for Full Marathon, Half Marathon, 10K as well as disability race options.

This marathon is an experience in itself, enjoy seven days getting up close and personal with the projects that you are supporting with your run.

6. The Two Oceans Ultra Marathon, South Africa 

The Two Oceans Marathon is a 56K ultra marathon and 21K half marathon held on the Saturday of the Easter Weekend in Cape Town. The marathon is known as “The most beautiful Marathon in the World” because of the breathtaking scenery along the route. The Two Oceans began in 1970 with just 26 participants and has grown to such great numbers that slots sell out within days, if not hours of opening. The half marathon attracts more than 16,000 participants and the ultra-marathon 11,000 participants.

Once again, this is Cape Town, and the options of things to do post-race, from sightseeing to tours of the wine lands, from beaches to fine dining, are endless.

7. Comrades Marathon, South Africa 

This 55-mile ultra-marathon is run annually in the KwaZulu Natal Province of South Africa. It’s the largest and oldest ultra-marathon in the world. The race has been held every May/June since 1921. Entrants come from more than 60 countries, with a cap at 20,000 runners (though only 10,000 actually make it to the finish line before the cut off time of 12 hours). This is a serious race and there are 5 cutoff points along the route that the athletes have to reach by a specified time or be forced to withdraw.

To qualify for the ultra-marathon, runners have to complete an officially recognized marathon (Kilimanjaro Marathon and Cape Town Marathon are two of the qualifying races).

Nearby Durban boasts 370 miles of subtropical beaches on its coastline and fantastic weather year round, so head to the beach after your run.

8. Marathon Des Sables, Morocco

The name of this marathon is French for “Marathon of the Sands.” This is a 6-day, 156 miles ultra-marathon, held annually in Southern Morocco, across the Sahara Desert. With its extreme desert conditions — think sandy trails, dry lake beds and stony tracks, all run with a bag on your back that contains all your essentials, including a tent and food, —  this has been called the toughest foot race on earth.

Desert Dream is a tour operator based in the city of Ouarzazate in the south of Morocco. It arranges guided tours lasting from 1 day to 3 weeks, including anything from off-road vehicle trips to camel treks, if you are looking for something to do after your run. 

9. Great Ethiopian Run, Ethiopia

This is a 10K run held in Addis Ababa, Ethiopia every November. It has close to 37,000 participants, about 500 of whom are elite runners, making it Africa’s biggest and arguably most-famous running event. Given the quality of elite athletes, and Addis Ababa’s high altitude of 8,000feet, not many elite athletes from other countries take part in this race.

Addis Ababa is a great starting point for a Simien Mountains or Bale Mountains trip. 

10. Marathon Of Marrakech, Morocco

This is an annual running event, held every end of January in Marrakech. It’s a beautiful flat, fast course that goes through ramparts of the city and along dusty roads lined with palm, orange, and olive trees. The mild January weather is just right for a marathon run. And more than 8,000 runners from all over the world take part in this race.

Marrakech is a city unlike any other, full of history and culture, with beautiful architecture and bright colors. There’s a lot to do to keep you or the non-runner in your life occupied here after the race. 

There you have some of the races in Africa which are well-worth trying. They will not only give you a challenge, but also fabulous memories to take home.

A Few Tips For A Destination Race In Africa

1. Plan for jet lag. Plan to arrive at least 3 or 4 days before your race to give yourself time to adjust.

2. Schedule the race for the beginning of the trip. Even if you’re not planning to run your fastest race ever, you don’t want to wear out your legs sightseeing. The real vacation can start after the run.

3. BYO “fuel.” Airports and planes are not known for well-balanced food options, and once you land, you may not be able to find your preferred protein bars, energy drinks, etc. So come prepared with your own supply.

4. Pack everything important in your carry-on. You don’t want to land and find your race gear has vanished along with your luggage. Carry what you know you’ll need on race day in your hand luggage.

5. Stay hydrated. Airplane air is very dehydrating, reducing blood circulation and heightening jet lag, so keep drinking during your flight (though do remember alcohol causes dehydration!)

6. Plan logistics ahead of time. Figure out in advance how to get to the start of the race, where it ends, and what to do about transport. If you can’t understand the language, get someone at the race expo or hotel to write down some directions.

7. Don’t freak out if things don’t go as planned. Remember you are here to enjoy yourself, so don’t stress if you didn’t get enough sleep, the local food doesn’t agree with you, or the terrain isn’t what you expected. Just appreciate where you are and what you are doing, and remember this will all make for great memories.

8. Look Around You — Last but not least, remember the number one reason to come to Africa to run is the destination itself! So look up, look around you, take it all in, and enjoy the experience.

May I tempt you with a slice of bullfrog, a handful of stink bugs, or perhaps a giant caterpillar? Perhaps you’d like to wash it down with a swig of warm blood? No, this is not an episode of Fear Factor! Fancy yourself a bit of a foodie? Traveling in Africa will introduce you to some truly weird and wonderful foods. Come with an open mind and an empty stomach, and let’s see if you are brave enough to try some of these strange but fantastic local African delicacies.

1. Termites — Zambia, Malawi, Zimbabwe

The rainy season is just about to start here in Zambia. We haven’t had a drop of rain since March. Now it’s November, and we are scanning the skies for clouds and desperately looking for some moisture. With the first few rains, storms will come thousands of what we call here “Inswa,” what you may know as termites.

After the rain, the termites emerge from underground and take to the air. Attracted to the light, they will swarm toward it. If I forget to close the windows tight after the first rains, before I know it, the floor is crawling with inch long termites, who have been attracted to the house lights and flown in the open window. I don’t eat them myself, but my husband says he was perennially hungry at boarding school, in a remote part of Zambia. He and his friends had a special basket to catch the flying termites, and would then sneak into the school kitchen and cook them in the traditional way — pulling off their wings and frying in oil. My husband swears they were delicious.

2. Mopane Worm — Zambia, South Africa, Zimbabwe, Botswana 

Mopane worms (actually caterpillars, from the emperor moth family) are found all over southern Africa including South Africa, Botswana, and Namibia. Here in Zambia where I live, they are a common dish among the Bemba tribe, my local tribe, where they are called “Ifinkubala.” Mopane worms can be eaten as a snack or served as a main meal.

Mopane worms are harvested twice a year, first during the early months of the rainy season and then again at the end of the rains. After harvesting, the caterpillars are squeezed (to remove the gut contents), parboiled, and dried before selling in the market.

3. Chitoum — West Africa, Ivory Coast

If you’re grossed out by Mopane worms, then you’re probably not going to be too keen on this next one either. Chitoum is a mid-day snack eaten mainly in West Africa. It’s a small, dark beetle that is gathered, disemboweled and fried, before being eaten as a dry and crunchy snack. It’s said to taste better than locusts and grasshoppers, which is next on our list, but I guess that’s just down to personal preference!

4. Grasshoppers — Uganda

In Uganda, these jumping insects are called “Nsenene,” where they are traditionally roasted or fried before being spiced. If you’re interested in trying one, catching them involves either a net or a bucket-and-tin contraption. They come out predominantly in April, May, and November.

To prepare this African delicacy, the wings and legs should be plucked off while they are still alive, just before throwing the insects into a frying pan. Grasshoppers produce their own “oil” while being cooked, and you can flavor them with salt, pepper, and your choice of spices. (If pulling off appendages while they’re alive sounds cruel, then freeze them for 40 minutes first, or pull their head off, removing the guts at the same time).

5. Stink Bugs — South Africa

I know, I know, another bug… but once again, this bug is an edible source of goodness. Don’t let the name put you off, you don’t actually taste the “stink,” the bugs are beheaded and squeezed to empty the gland that makes the smell, all before cooking. Once the gland has been emptied, South Africans usually boil the bugs and then sun-dry them, before eating them as snacks. These little critters are high in Vitamin B, so are actually pretty good for you. Some say they taste like a mixture of cinnamon and iodine, I’ll let you be the judge.

6. Giant Bullfrog — Namibia

The next weird and wonderful delicacy on the list is from Namibia. While frogs’ legs may be a delicacy in Europe, in this part of the world and with this particular frog, they don’t stop at just the legs, thighs, and feet — they eat the whole thing! Be warned though, timing is everything when eating this frog, and it all depends on their mating season. If incorrectly prepared or taken before it is mature (croaking), the levels of toxins in the skin can cause Oshiketakata (kidney failure), a burning sensation while peeing, and possibly death!

It should also be pointed out that this species is listed as endangered.

7. Ackee Plant — West Africa

The Ackee plant is a delicacy and traditional fare in West Africa. The plant is actually a fruit, and when eaten prematurely, is poisonous (causing vomiting, hypoglycemia, permanent neurological damage, and even death!). Ackee takes 8 weeks for the fruit to mature fully. When it is ready for consumption it splits open, showing three or four large black seeds. It is high in vitamin A, zinc, essential fatty acids, and protein.

Ackee often replaces eggs at breakfast and is served with fried onion and tomato. Alternatively, the edible part of the fruit is boiled then mixed with fish, chili, and other spices.

(The Ackee plant was exported from Africa to Jamaica in the mid-17th century, and is still enjoyed today by people living in the Caribbean).

8. Ostrich Egg Omelette

This is a dish for omelet lovers to get all “egg-cited” about! Here in Africa, we can make the mother of all omelets — with an ostrich egg. Bearing in mind that an ostrich egg can weigh more than 3 pounds, and is equal to about 24 normal eggs, imagine the size of omelet it can make! This is an omelet best shared with friends and I’m not yolking! An ostrich omelet is best served simply, with butter, salt, pepper, and maybe a little parsley.

9. Biltong — Southern Africa

I titled this list “Weird and Wonderful,” and to be honest, we’ve been focussing a bit too much on the weird thus far. Let me bring your attention to Biltong, which is not so weird but is definitely wonderful. Biltong is a South African specialty (though available all over southern Africa, even the world, now). Biltong is a dried, cured meat, ideally made from good quality cuts of meat, like rump or silverside, seasoned with spices and vinegar and hung out to dry. While biltong is traditionally made from beef, all kinds of meats can be used, including game meats such as ostrich or kudu.

Biltong is very popular in our house, especially with my husband and sons. So popular in fact, when my husband was tiring as I took him climbing up Mt. Kilimanjaro, biltong worked perfectly as a bribe to get him to the top!

Biltong is not dissimilar to beef jerky, though jerky is usually sliced into strips before the cooking/drying process, whereas biltong is air-dried as whole pieces of meat and then sliced. Biltong tends to be softer and less chewy than jerky. 

10. Goats Head — Kenya

Keeping on with meat, let’s talk goats. On auspicious occasions, people in Kenya kill goats and make a variety of dishes from them, ranging from Nyama Choma (barbecue), to Mbuzi Fry (fried goat meat with copious amounts of onions) or even soup. But it’s the goat’s head that makes it onto our list. First, the head is roasted in flames, to burn off the hair and to give it flavor. Then the head is boiled for hours, even days, with people eating the soft meat and drinking the soup. The head is usually opened and its contents, including the brain, eaten.

11. Blood — Tanzania And Kenya

Perhaps you’ve worked up a thirst thinking about all these delicious African dishes just waiting for you to try. If that’s the case then may I offer you a thirst-quenching calabash of cow’s blood?

Starting at a young age, Maasai children are given cow’s blood mixed with their milk. This will be their meal, three times a day until they’re old enough to join older Maasai hunting and gathering. The Maasai use the drinking of cow’s blood as part of many of their traditions, including post circumcision and birthing rituals. It’s also used as a remedy for illness when it is mixed with milk and given to invalids.

To collect the blood, the cow’s jugular is nicked, usually with a spear or an arrow, and a calabash or clay pot is held below the entry point to catch the blood. A mixture of mud or hot ash is then applied to the wound to seal it, and the cows suffer no ill effects.

There you have my round up of dishes to try or perhaps just look at, on your next African holiday.

Africa is a colorful and diverse continent. From its scenery to its wildlife. From its people to its food. African cooking is full of surprises, magical flavors, and the fantastic elements of different cultures — Arab, European, Asian and Black African. The continent’s cuisine is diverse, delicious, and at times decadent. From the humble maize/grain porridges and root vegetables that form the basis of so many diets to grand feasting dishes like tagines, stews, and aromatic curries, African foods offer something for every palate.

Here are my top picks for African foods you should try on your next holiday, the next time you are dining out, or even for the menu at home.

1. Fufu, Ugali, Sadza, Nshima, Posho, Pap, Etc.

This thick porridge is a staple in many households across the continent. It can be made from maize (corn), sorghum, millet, cassava, yams, and more.

Cornmeal in Africa is known as maize meal or mealie meal and is hugely popular in Southern and East Africa. In fact, sub-Saharan Africa consumes 21 percent of the maize produced in the world. What is known as ugali in East Africa, sadza in Zimbabwe, and pap in South Africa is called nshima in Zambia, where I live. To make it, maize meal is boiled with water, and a bit of salt added. It’s then stirred and folded to the desired texture. A quick, cheap, and easy dish. To be honest, nshima is pretty bland and tasteless. It’s usually eaten with a savory stew or sauce made of meat or vegetables, occasionally with sour milk, or fermented and served at breakfast as porridge.

Similar in consistency to the maize meal porridge in East and Southern Africa, fufu (also known as foo-foo, foufou, or foutou) is popular across western and central Africa. Fufu is made from yams, pounded into flour, and then cooked on a stove with hot water. Cooking pounded yam to a smooth, mashed potato-like texture requires quite a bit of arm strength, and once it’s cooked it’s usually served surrounded by stew, soup or sauces.

2. Jollof Rice (West Africa)

Jollof rice is prepared throughout West Africa, though it’s hard to pin it down to a specific country and there’s a fierce rivalry between Nigerians, Senegalese, and Ghanaians as to who makes the best version, each claiming theirs to be the finest. Being one of the most popular western African dishes, jollof rice is something you must try.

Like many popular foods, there is no one way to make it. Typically it’s made with rice, tomatoes, tomato paste, and numerous meats, spices, and vegetables. Jollof rice is usually reserved for festive celebrations, but since it’s so popular and delicious, there’s really no limit as to when it can be made. Some think jollof rice may be the origins of Cajun jambalaya.

Where to taste it: In Nigeria, this spicy, one-pot dish is often served with egusi soup (made with ground melon seeds and bitter leaves), fried plantains, and pounded yam (called iyan or fufu). For authentic jollof rice, egusi soup, and other traditional dishes, Yellow Chili in Lagos Nigeria is highly recommended. 

3. Muamba De Galinha (Angola)

When in Angola, do as the Angolans do, and eat Muamba de Galinha. Otherwise known as Chicken Muamba, this is a spicy, somewhat oily stew made with palm oil or palm butter, garlic, chili, and okra. Being so rich and spicy, Chicken Muamba is a good accompaniment to those traditional African starchy porridges of fufu and ugali. The dish is considered one of Angola’s national food treasures and demonstrates the strong influence of Portuguese cuisine on this former colony.

Variations of Chicken Muamba, such as Poulet Moambé, can be found all over the Congo River region, where it’s usually served with cassava leaves and rice. Another variation, Nyembwe Chicken, is the national dish of Gabon, where it is usually made with palm or macadamia nuts.

Where to taste it: When visiting, Angola head to the busy beach restaurants on Ilha de Luanda, a small island just off Luanda, for some of the best Muamba de Galinha around.

4. Nyama Na Irio (Kenya)

Ask any Kenyan what’s their favorite food, and you’ll usually get the response “Irio!” without much hesitation. This popular dish was initially a Kikuyu staple but has spread throughout Kenya. It’s made of mashed potatoes, peas, beans, corn, and onion and is often served with spiced roasted meat to make a delicious dish called nyama na irio.

Where to taste it: K’Oswe Ranalo Foods in Nairobi is where the locals go to feast on Irio and other traditional dishes. 

5. Koki/Bean Cake (Cameroon)

If you happen to find yourself in central Africa, particularly Cameroon, then do not let this delicious appetizer pass you by! With cowpeas as its primary ingredient, koki is made when cowpeas are mashed, wrapped in banana leaves, and steamed. Koki has a characteristic bright red color and flavor which comes from the red palm oil it is cooked in, as well as the other condiments, such as crayfish, pieces of fish, and chili peppers, that are usually served with it.

6. Pastilla Au Pigeon (Morocco)

Tagines and couscous dishes are well-known Moroccan dishes, but pastilla au pigeon (also known as b’stilla) is one dish you won’t find in your average cookbook. This is a pie made of shredded cooked squab (or chicken, when pigeon proves hard to find), thickened with an egg sauce and interspersed with layers of paper-thin pastry and nutty, spicy filling. It’s a complex and flavorsome feast dish; sweet and savory, substantial and delicate. No grand celebration in Morocco would be complete without pastilla au pigeon, and it’s usually reserved for feasts because it is so labor-intensive to make.

Where to taste it: Pastilla au pigeon can be found on menus throughout Morocco, but for a truly unforgettable gastronomic experience, head to Pepe Nero in Marrakesh. 

7. Dumboy (Liberia)

Dumboy is the national dish of Liberia. To prepare it, fresh cassava is peeled and boiled, and the fiber from the center removed. The cooked roots are then placed in a mortar and beaten with a heavy pestle, before being shaped into balls. This pounding requires quite a lot of experience and skill, so if dumboy is prepared by a novice, it will more than likely be rather lumpy and inedible. Before serving, meat stock or hot pepper soup is poured over the dumboy, as well as some vegetables. A word of warning, the sticky dough adheres to just about anything if it’s not consumed as soon as it’s made.

8. Bobotie (South Africa)

Often referred to as the national dish of South Africa, bobotie is a sweet and spicy dish that consists of curried minced meat, baked with fruit (like raisins) and a creamy, egg-based topping. The origins of bobotie stem apparently from using up the leftovers from the Sunday roast. It’s not my cup of tea at all, but thousands of South Africans would disagree with me!

9. Mandazi (Tanzania)

Mandazi always reminds me of Mt. Kilimanjaro, as it is regularly on the menu when I take climbers up the mountain. Mandazi is an East African version of a doughnut and I love them, particularly at breakfast time. It is typically made with water, sugar, flour, yeast, and milk, with some recipes calling for coconut milk to give them a slightly sweeter taste. Some street vendors add a bit of a spice like cinnamon or nutmeg, but it’s not overbearing. If you are lucky, you’ll get your mandazi topped with grated fresh coconut, coconut flakes, and/or powdered sugar. You can also dip them into various sweet or savory sauces.

10. Piri Piri Chicken (Mozambique)

Mozambique’s cuisine is a heady blend of African, Portuguese, Arab, and Oriental flavors; think lots of fragrant spices, hot piri piri, and creamy coconut sauces, with hints of cashews and peanuts. Seafood is often the first choice for visitors to Mozambique’s capital city, Maputo, but don’t miss the iconic Galinha à Zambeziana, chicken cooked with lime, pepper, garlic, coconut milk, and piri piri sauce. It’s generally known simply as piri piri chicken by tourists and is traditionally served with matapa (cassava leaves cooked in peanut sauce).

Where to taste it: If in Maputo, head to the aptly named Piri Piri, an unpretentious restaurant with an interesting crowd of customers.

11. Bunny Chow (South Africa)

The last on my list is the rather oddly named bunny chow. No one’s quite sure how bunny chow got its name, especially as there are no bunnies involved whatsoever! What I can tell you though, is that this hollowed-out, half a loaf of white bread, filled with a blistering-hot curry, is one of South Africa’s iconic street foods. The curries that fill bunny chows were introduced to South Africa by Indian indentured laborers, brought to South Africa in the 19th century to work on the sugarcane fields.

Where to taste it: Bunny chow is available as takeaways in all major South African cities, but the best bunnies are said to come from Durban, and the best in Durban, I’m told, are at the Britannia Hotel.

It was dark when our plane descended through the clouds and landed on Réunion Island. It was slightly disconcerting arriving after dark. I couldn’t see the beaches, the mountains, or anything that looked remotely tropical. Instead, aside from the humidity, I could very well have arrived in Europe, which technically, I had. Réunion is a tiny little piece of France in the Indian Ocean! I somehow made my way through customs and immigration, collected my bag, and found my taxi, all without speaking a word of English; before setting off into what, for me, was a completely unknown destination.

I’d gone to Réunion Island to take part in Xterra Réunion, an off-road triathlon race, and had done absolutely no research about my destination before I boarded my flight. I’m here to tell you now some of the things I wish I’d known before I’d got there. But first, some basic facts:

1. Location

Réunion Island in the Indian Ocean is an overseas department/region of France. It is located approximately 340 miles east of Madagascar and 109 miles southwest of Mauritius.

2. Population

As of January 2021, Réunion had a population of 858,450.

3. Language

As in the rest of France, the official language of Réunion is French. In addition, a majority of the population speaks Réunion Creole.

4. A Brief History

Little was known about the island, which was uninhabited prior to the arrival of the Portuguese, who landed here in 1513. In the 1640s, the island was occupied by the French, who claimed it as their own, renaming it Ile Bourbon. The island was renamed Réunion in the 18th century, and became prosperous, along with the nearby island of Mauritius, because it was on the shipping routes between Europe and Asia. Sugar plantations, worked by slaves imported from Africa, formed the major sector of the island’s economy. Slavery was abolished on December 20, 1848 (a date celebrated annually on the island), though indentured workers continued to be brought to Réunion from other places, predominantly South India. The island was a French colony until 1946 when it was granted the status of “Overseas Department.” Réunion is now one of the most far-flung parts of the European Union.

5. How To Get There

It isn’t easy to get to Réunion; there are few travel options and most of those are expensive.

One option is to fly from Mauritius; the flight is only 45 minutes. A one-way ticket from Mauritius to Réunion costs around 80 euros (around $93).

Option two would be to take an Indian Ocean cruise. That way you could combine Réunion with Madagascar, Seychelles, and Mauritius, though this would mean you wouldn’t have much time to totally experience the island.

The third option would be to look for a cheap flight. The cheapest is usually via Paris. A one-way ticket can be as little as 150 euros (around $175), which isn’t much for a 12-hour flight!

6. Best Time To Go

The best time to visit Réunion Island is May–November when the weather is generally dry and cool. It starts to get hot and rainy from November–April. Réunion is known for its torrential rainfall, so it’s advisable to avoid the monsoon season.

7. Getting Around

Possibly the most daunting experience of my entire Réunion visit was collecting my rental car on day one! Unaccustomed to driving on what was, for me, the “wrong” (left) side of the road and the “wrong” (left) side of the car, I was nervous as I took possession of the little white Peugeot that was supposed to get me around for the next few days. I don’t have a great reputation with my family for certain aspects of my driving, particularly reverse! While I think their comments about my driving are vastly exaggerated, I was still rather apprehensive when it came to getting behind the wheel. For those of you not used to left-hand drive, be forewarned.

8. What To Eat And Drink

Réunion offers a wide range of exotic food and drink. Eating is one of the favorite Réunionese activities and mealtimes are family occasions. The island is a melting pot of cultures and nationalities. Indian, Chinese, French, Malagasy, and mainland African dishes have all been absorbed into and contributed to the island’s cuisine, making the local food interesting and exotic, but not too spicy or bizarre.

My top suggestions for what to eat and drink on Réunion include:

• A taste of French bakery and sweetness in the shape of baguettes, croissants, pain au chocolat, and macaroons of all flavors and colors
• Poulet bitumine is a deliciously crispy chicken found in little roadside stalls all over the place. The name literally means “tarmac chicken.”
• Chou-chou is originally a South American vegetable (part of the gourd family); it’s best smothered in white sauce and cheese, and then grilled — called chou-chou gratin.
• Rougail is a delicious chili sauce you’ll find on the side of most dishes: a bit bitter, a bit sour, a bit salty, and a lot spicy!
• Carri is a regional specialty, a Creole dish in which Indian spices and local ingredients like meat, poultry, fish, or seafood are simmered together.
• Bourbon, the local beer, is affectionately referred to as the Dodo. It comes in an adorable little “medicine bottle” shape, and is the absolute perfect thing to drink after a busy day.
• Rhum arrange is rum infused with pineapple, litchi, cinnamon, or even orchid flowers; it’s dangerously delicious!
• Ti’ punch is straight rum, some sugar, and a little lime. The first time I tasted this, I thought the barman had made a mistake! I’m not accustomed to drinking a glass of straight rum, but by the end of my visit ti’ punch and I were firm friends.

Things To Do On Réunion Island

Visit An Active Volcano

Located within the Réunion National Park (a UNESCO World Heritage Site), you will find Piton de la Fournaise (The Peak of the Furnace), one of the world’s most active volcanoes. The volcano has had more than 150 recorded eruptions since the 17th century, with the most recent in April 2021.

Piton de la Fournaise is one of Réunion Island’s most popular tourist attractions and about 400,000 people visit every year. It is pretty accessible to all, whatever your age or fitness level. You can drive to the rim of the external crater and simply gaze at the peak in the distance. Or, if you have the time and inclination, you can climb it, starting from the waves lapping at its base in the Indian Ocean, and ultimately reaching its summit, which is often in the clouds.

Go Hiking

A huge part of Réunion’s appeal is found high above sea level, inside the towering volcanic calderas left behind from the island’s violent volcanic history. These calderas, or cirques, offer amazing hiking opportunities and have more than 600 miles of hiking trails.

Piton de Neiges, or snow peak, was formed by the Réunion hot spot and emerged from the ocean about 200,000 million years ago. Now deeply eroded and inactive for the last 20,000 years, it is surrounded by three massive crater valleys: Mafate, Cilaos, and Salazie, all famous for their hiking routes. Of these three, Mafate is the most challenging, as it is completely inaccessible by road. The trails are definitely not for those suffering from vertigo and should not be hiked alone. Fortunately, I was accompanied by Nicolas Cyprien, a local Réunionese guide, who not only knew the way but also filled me in on all kinds of information as we headed off into the wild heart of the island. 

The Beaches

Whilst hiking and the outdoors may be the most popular reasons for visiting the island, you will inevitably end up on the beach at some point in your trip. Réunion has its fair share of idyllic beaches, here are a few spots to get you started:

• Plage de L’Hermitage is Réunion’s most popular beach and gets quite crowded over the weekends. The sand is as white as it gets, the water is crystal clear, and casuarina trees provide some shade. Don’t forget your snorkeling gear.
• Away from the crowds, Plage de la Salines is a perfect stretch of salt and pepper sand, just south of Plage de L’Hermitage. The beach is long, so it’s never hard to find a spot, and you can enjoy views that stretch all the way south to Saint-Leu. There are a few clear patches for swimming, but this is a great place for snorkeling. Sadly, the coral is mostly bleached, but there are lots of tropical fish.
• One of Réunion Island’s finest black sand beaches is Plage de l’Etang Sale, a prime spot for watching the sunset or mixing with the locals.
• Plage des Brisants, also known as surfer’s paradise, is famous for its waves. The beach’s fame does not stop with surfing though, a popular annual film festival is held here, so if you are a movie buff, look out for the announcements.

Pro Tip: A word of caution about swimming. Réunion Island has become so notorious for shark attacks, that swimming and surfing are banned outside the coral lagoon. Eleven people have died in shark attacks since 2011.

Visit St. Gilles

Once you’re done with the beach and are looking for some culture, St. Gilles is the place to be. Situated on the western side of the island, the town is known for its eclectic mix of art and cultural shows. The streets are lined with numerous bars and nightclubs, playing an array of music from jazz, rock, and dance music to traditional local music.

Shop At Saint-Paul Market

Saint-Paul Market runs from Friday morning to Saturday morning — a full 24 hours — and sells some of the most exotic fruits and vegetables you have ever seen. Food is not the only thing sold here though, the market is also famous for art and souvenirs.

Picnic At Langevin Or Trois Bassins

Langevin, a waterfall in the south of the island, is one of Réunion’s best-kept secrets. Alternatively, rent a canoe and head to Trois Bassins on the west coast. These are two of the island’s ultimate picnic spots and are well worth a visit.

So there you have it, my round-up of things to know about Réunion, and what to do while you are there. Have a great visit and enjoy!

The Zambezi, which means “Great River” in the local Tonga language, is a little explored river that evokes mystery and excitement in all who visit. The source of the mighty Zambezi is in remote northwest Zambia. From here it flows through Zambia, Angola, Namibia, and Botswana, then back along the border between Zambia and Zimbabwe, before finally discharging into the Indian Ocean in Mozambique. The river’s beauty attracts tourists from all over the world and provides great opportunities for game viewing, various water sports, and other exciting activities.

As well as being a lifeline for millions of people, the river supports large wildlife populations. Hippos, crocodiles, and birdlife are abundant along most of the calm stretches of the river. Coastal woodlands support many large animals including buffalo, zebras, giraffes, and elephants. The Zambezi also contains several hundred species of fish.

To celebrate this iconic river, I’ve collected a few facts:

1. At 1,677 miles long, the Zambezi is the 4th largest river in Africa.
2. En route to the Indian Ocean, the Zambezi either crosses or forms the boundaries of six countries — Angola, Zambia, Namibia, Botswana, Zimbabwe, and Mozambique.
3. Near Chobe National Park, the river forms the borders of Zambia and Namibia, Zambia and Botswana, and Zambia and Zimbabwe; the world’s only quadripoint. 
4. The Zambezi flows over several waterfalls, the most notable being the breath-taking Victoria Falls — one of the Seven Natural Wonders of the World and a World Heritage Site.
5. The Zambezi has two of Africa’s largest hydroelectric projects. The Kariba Dam/Lake Kariba (the world’s largest manmade lake) in Zimbabwe, and the Cahora Bassa Dam in Mozambique were both constructed to provide power to Zambia and Zimbabwe, and Mozambique and South Africa, respectively.
6. Legend has it the Zambezi River is protected by Nyami Nyami, the river god of the Zambezi Valley. Nyami Nyami and his wife are said to be the god and goddess of the underworld, residing in the Kariba Gorge. During the construction of the Kariba Dam, regular flooding and numerous deaths were attributed to Nyami Nyami’s wrath at being separated from his wife during the construction of the dam wall.
7. Over two million years ago, the Upper Zambezi used to flow through what is now the Makgadikgadi Pans desert in Botswana. Tectonic uplift formed a vast lake causing the river to change direction.
8. The river is home to some of the world’s most thrilling whitewater rafting. Starting just below the Victoria Falls, 24 rapids, with names like “Devil’s Toilet Bowl,” “Ugly Stepsisters” and “Gnashing Jaws of Death,” fill a stretch of river that winds its way through the steep sided Batoka Gorge.
9. The river runs through numerous game reserves and national parks from source to the sea, providing sustenance to a wide range of wildlife, birdlife, and fish.
10. The first non-Africans to reach the Zambezi were Arab traders in the 10th century. They were followed in the 16th century by the Portuguese, hoping to use the river to trade ivory, gold, and slaves.
11. Until the 19th century, the river was believed to flow south from a vast inland sea (that was also thought to be the source of the Nile). Accurate mapping of the Zambezi didn’t take place until Scottish missionary and explorer, David Livingstone, charted most of the river’s course in the 1850s. His map remained the most accurate until the 20th century, when surveys finally traced the Zambezi to its source.

When you mention the Zambezi River, most people think of Victoria Falls, where the massive river forces itself into a few narrow channels and plunges 354 feet to the rocks below. But in fact, the river has three distinct phases in its journey from source to sea and offers a multitude of experiences for travelers. Indeed, the Zambezi runs through most of southern Africa’s top safari destinations!

The Upper River

The Zambezi starts as a tiny burbling spring rising out of the ground, at the base of a fallen tree, in a secluded stretch of marshy wetland and lush forest in the Mwinilunga district of Zambia, close to where the borders of Zambia, Angola, and the Congo meet. This is a small protected forest area, home to nearly 200 bird species and numerous special mammals, including the tree Pangolin, red-tailed monkey, and African palm civet. Within the protected forest, elevated wooden walkways lead to the source and follow the path of the river down the valley for some distance. From here, it flows about 20 miles before entering Angola, where it runs for about 175 miles.

Shortly after re-entering Zambia, the river flows over the Chavuma Falls and enters a broad region of floodplains, the largest of which is the Barotse Plain. If you are seeking wilderness and isolation then Barotseland, Liuwa Plains, and Sioma Ngwezi in western Zambia are the places to be. Try to time your visit to see the annual wildebeest migration in Liuwa Plains.

Every year on the Barotse Plain, as summer gives way to winter, the famous Kuomboka procession makes its way down the Zambezi River. Kuomboka literally means “to get out of water” in the local Lozi language and this annual procession marks the transition of the Litunga (king) from his summer to winter residence, which is located on higher ground, away from the seasonal floodplains. The exact date of the ceremony changes every year, depending on the ebb and flow of the natural world. It’s also kept a secret until just before the procession, to ensure the safety of the king, but usually takes place in the month of April. To witness both the migration and the Kuomboka ceremony I’d suggest staying at Time & Tide’s King Lewanika Lodge.

Leaving the floodplains, the Zambezi enters a stretch of rapids that extends from Ngonye Sioma Falls. These horseshoe shaped falls mark the transition of the Zambezi River from Kalahari sand floodplain to basalt dyke. Rapids stretch from the Sioma Falls to the Katima Mulilo rapids after which, for about 80 miles, the river forms the border between Zambia and a small strip of Namibia. Keen fishermen might like a 5-day fishing safari near Sioma Falls.

Flowing onward, the river passes Botswana, before turning almost due east and forming the frontier between Zambia and Zimbabwe, and then on to Victoria Falls, the world’s largest sheet of falling water and a stunning UNESCO World Heritage Site. Victoria Falls marks the end of the upper course of the Zambezi. Below the falls, a gorge some 60 miles long has been formed by erosion, through which the river descends in a series of rapids. There are countless activities to entertain yourself here, on either the Zambian or Zimbabwean sides of the river. I’ve nervously watched my children both bungee jump off the Victoria Falls bridge and microlight over it. We’ve whitewater rafted as a family, flown over the falls in a helicopter, done countless sunset cruises, gone canoeing, game viewing, fishing, and of course, viewing the falls themselves!

The Middle Stretches

The Zambezi’s middle course extends about 600 miles from Victoria Falls, through Lake Kariba, and onto the eastern end of Lake Cahora Bassa in Mozambique, and continuing to form the boundary between Zambia and Zimbabwe until it crosses the Mozambique border. It is here, just upstream from where the three countries meet, that I’ve recently discovered a hidden gem, Redcliff Zambezi Lodge. This is the perfect spot for the avid fisherman (my husband caught a 10-pound eel and an 11-pound tiger fish in one day). Not being a fisherman myself, I occupied myself with game viewing from the boat and was rewarded with a leopard, several elephants, and numerous other wildlife sightings. 

The middle section of the Zambezi is notable for the two manmade lakes, Kariba and Cahora Bassa. Kariba Dam often gets overlooked by international tourists, but this is a beautiful spot for gorgeous sunsets and exciting fishing, as well as impressive game viewing. I’d recommend a stay at Bumi Hills Safari Lodge. Just upstream of Lake Kariba, the river valley widens and is contained by an escarpment nearly 2,000 feet high. Between the two lakes, the Zambezi heads through the phenomenal game viewing areas of the Lower Zambezi National Park (one of Zambia’s best-kept secrets) and the Mana Pools National Park (a World Heritage Site covering 848 square miles in Zimbabwe). This area is renowned for tiger fishing and canoeing trips, as well as fantastic game viewing. My favorite places to stay here are Anabezi on the Zambian side and Nyamatusi Lodge on the Zimbabwean side.

The Lower Reaches

From the dam at the eastern end of Lake Cahora Bassa, the Zambezi begins its lower course, where it descends from the Central African Plateau to the coastal plains. The hilly country is replaced by flat areas and the river becomes more placid, before fanning out into the wide, flat, marshy Zambezi Delta, a fertile haven for migratory waterbirds and coastal mangroves.

The Zambezi’s 400 miles from Cahora Bassa to the Indian Ocean are navigable, though shallow in many places during the dry season. During the rains, however, streams and tributaries unite into one broad, fast-flowing river. About 100 miles from the sea, the Zambezi receives the drainage from Lake Malawi, through the Shire River, widening it even more.

If you’re looking for a relaxed coastal lifestyle, then head for the mouth of the Zambezi. The river spreads out into a myriad of mangrove-infested channels before meeting the Indian Ocean in a heaving display. Be warned that the mouth of the river is over 60 miles wide, with tidal swings of 13 feet, and there’s a good chance of getting lost if you head into the mangroves without an experienced local guide — even GPS coordinates are no guarantee!

One of the most fascinating rivers in Africa, the Zambezi is not only a major tourist attraction but the life-blood and source of income for millions of people. Traversing a variety of landscapes and overcoming various obstacles along the way, the Zambezi is a true African gem. You could spend a lifetime exploring this river — whether your interests are big game or birds, bushwalking or water sports, and whether your style is hammock or high-adrenaline, this river is the place to go.

Pro Tip

The Zambezi is a destination for all seasons. Game viewing is generally better during the cool, dry months of winter and the fringe seasons (April–October). For birding, you are better off to come during the hot and wet summer months (October–March). Whitewater rafting, on the other hand, is available most of the year, but be aware it can be postponed if conditions are deemed too dangerous. 

If you wish to explore more activities near the Zambezi River and Zambia, visit these articles:

• 7 Best Things To Do In Zambia, According To A Local
• Victoria Falls, Zimbabwe Vs. Livingstone, Zambia: 5 Key Differences
• 10 Best Safari Parks To Visit In Africa

Barry and I left Chefchaouen, the “blue city” in Morocco’s Rif Mountains, early one November morning, and were cycling along a country road on our bikes, heading towards the beach town of Asilah, when I just missed yet another pothole.

I started daydreaming of the Dordogne, the river valley in southern France where we’d taken our first European cycling trip 12 years earlier. We’d punctuate our days with cafe au laits and croissants, well-earned because of all the calories we were burning. Evenings, we’d stay in low-cost municipal campgrounds, often with swimming pools to cool off in — before cycling into the village, often one of “les plus beaux villages de France,” for a lovely dinner. Since we weren’t spending much money otherwise, we treated ourselves most nights to a restaurant meal. As I cycled along the Moroccan road, avoiding ruts and potholes, I remembered the mysterious way the French could turn even a simple bottle of water into a work of art. 

What I’d give to be there now! “No cafes au lait, Chardonnay-anointed dinners, or pretty bottles of water here,” I thought as I eyed the winding road ahead. We had just passed an empty village with no cafes open because it was Ramadan, the Muslim holiday when the faithful fast all day. And once again, Barry and I had not thought ahead to bring enough snacks. No sandwiches, dates, figs, or halvah, that yummy tahini sweet that melts in your mouth. Just one apple each and some water. What were we thinking?

Suddenly, I could see a hill ahead. What’s this? We’re supposed to be going down, not up. And it wasn’t a short hill. It went on and on, curve after curve. By the time I reached the top, panting, I was even more irritable. 

“Barry!” I called several times. He was out of earshot, so I had to race to catch up with him. “We need to talk,” I said. “This is no fun. I’m not enjoying it at all.”

We pulled over, Barry frowning at me. “What’s the matter?” he asked sharply. “Do you want to go back? What are you saying?”

I hedged, his aggressive tone making me nervous. “No, I don’t want to go back,” I said. It was true — I certainly didn’t want to climb the 15 miles back up the road we had just descended. And we hadn’t seen a single bus, so that probably wasn’t an option. I didn’t know what I wanted, except I didn’t want to be seen as a wuss. Why didn’t he ever complain? I wondered, not for the first time. Why was he so frigging stoic? 

I sat down on the ground in the shade of an olive tree. “Bear with me a minute,” I said. Looking at the hills in the distance, I tried to figure out what I needed. “I just want a bit of sympathy. I’m finding the bike ride hard. That’s all.”

“Well, of course it’s hard,” Barry said. “It’s been a long time since we cycled 60 miles in 1 day.”

“Are you finding it hard?”

“Well, since you asked, yes.”

“Why didn’t you say so in the first place, rather than getting so irritated at me? It sure would have helped if I’d known.” 

“I’m a Brit, remember? Mind over matter.”

I chuckled ruefully. My mother-in-law, who I never once saw cry in her 94 years, was famous for saying, “Mind over matter.”

“I just feel so out of shape,” I said, sighing. 

“Out of shape? You?” said Barry. “Have you looked at your calf muscles lately?” 

I’ll admit it: I’m a sucker for flattery, and I love being told I’m strong. After he said that, my fatigue, which must have been mostly mental, not physical, seemed to drift away into the dust.

I got up, climbed onto my bike, and we headed down the road towards Asilah, 45 miles away.

That conversation in Morocco crystallized two simple, but in my experience, often overlooked aspects of communication, which I call “the rule of two E’s,” a concept that applies to many areas of life beyond bike riding. Using these two E’s has helped me in all my human relationships, but especially my marriage.

The First E: Empathy

As soon as Barry agreed that the bike ride was a challenge, I felt better. The situation was still difficult, but I no longer felt alone. Any version of empathy works. “This road sucks!” Or “What’s with this hill? It’s supposed to be downhill all the way.”

We find empathy very helpful when leading a group hike in Guanajuato, the UNESCO World Heritage city in central Mexico where we live part-time. I thought being informal guides would be simple. No way! It’s a challenge balancing the different rhythms and styles of the assorted hikers — particularly when someone complains. 

Once a hiker took me aside during a break and burst into tears. “I can’t do this anymore!” she sniffed. “You’re going way too fast.” Just as I was starting to react defensively, the word “empathy” popped into my head, and I said, “I know what you mean. It’s hard not walking at the right pace. We’ll try to moderate the speed.”

The Second E: Encouragement

When I felt exhausted by the cycling still ahead of us, the mere fact that Barry told me I was strong seemed to renew my strength. It’s great, of course, to affirm ourselves, rather than wait for other people to do so. And indeed, I do praise myself. “You’re strong, Rogers!” I tell myself. “Warrior woman!” But especially when I’m in doubt, I find it means a lot to get a compliment from someone else.

With the hiker in Guanajuato, after I empathized, I said, “You know, I think you’re stronger than you realize.” Like Barry’s comment did with me, that bit of encouragement seemed to buoy her spirits.

I once overheard a couple we know talking about their Spanish. The wife, sounding very discouraged, said she wished she spoke the language better. Then her husband said, “But you have such a good accent.” The perfect response — focusing on her strengths rather than her weaknesses.

That difficult bike ride in Morocco took place 20 years ago. At the time Barry and I had a healthy relationship, but it has become much stronger since; not because offering each other empathy and encouragement is easy. We have to get over our defensiveness first, and that can take time. But we do know now what will bring us together in a conflict. Empathy and encouragement got us to Asilah — and they’ve kept us going ever since. 

For more stories like Louisa’s, be sure to check out the recent articles on our Inspire page:

• Two Countries, Two Friends: How Travel Creates Long-Lasting Bonds
• I Spent Two Months In Belize Solo — Here’s How It Went
• How This Simple Skill Has Enriched My Travel Experiences

Giraffe Manor — the luxury lodge in Nairobi, Kenya, known for its giraffes that wander the property and even poke their heads through open windows — is about to become even more popular with giraffe enthusiasts.

The Safari Collection, which owns Giraffe Manor and three other luxury lodges in Kenya, has opened The Retreat at Giraffe Manor. The Retreat, just a short walk from the Main Manor, has two spa rooms, a sauna, steam room, hot tub, gym, and café. What’s most noteworthy, however, is its nearly 70-foot-long infinity pool, seen below:

View this post on Instagram

A post shared by The Safari Collection (@thesafaricollection)

Guests are able to swim in the pool, lounge on the sundeck, and look out at the giraffe sanctuary. At the same time, the “herd of endangered Rothschild’s giraffes have access to the end of the pool — so you might have a long-legged spectator or two if you’re lucky,” explain The Safari Collection owners Tanya and Mikey Carr-Hartley.

The Retreat

It must be pointed out that The Retreat is not open to the public and it does not allow overnight stays. Guests at Giraffe Manor have access to The Retreat during their stay. The other way to visit The Retreat is if you are enroute to, or from, other The Safari Collection properties.

Here’s how that works: If you are arriving in Nairobi on an early flight and want to relax after a long flight, there is what’s known as “The Retreat Early Bird Package,” which lasts from 6 a.m. to noon. For $250 per person, the package includes a continental breakfast as well as access to the pool and wellness area and complimentary water. 

For those who want to spend the day, there’s a The Retreat Pass, valid from 10 a.m. to 10p.m. This package includes complimentary water, luggage storage, and use of the pool, gym, steam room, sauna, and hot tub. 

Finally, for those who have a whole day to spend and may expect to suffer from jet lag, The Retreat offers day rooms that include beds for napping. Rates for day rooms at The Retreat start at $800 per room — based on double occupancy — and include complimentary water, a selection of soft drinks, a homemade snack, and use of The Retreat’s pool, gym, steam room, sauna, and hot tub. 

Giraffe Manor

Built in 1932 and modeled on a Scottish hunting lodge, Giraffe Manor is “an exclusive boutique hotel” set in 12 acres of private land within 140 acres of indigenous forest in the Nairobi suburb of Lang’ata. As you may already know, the hotel has a resident herd of Rothschild’s giraffes.

In addition to watching the giraffes stroll around the grounds, there are two special events each day. The first is breakfast with the giraffes. 

“Waking up to breakfast with a giraffe must be one of the most incredible and unique experiences anyone can have,” The Safari Collection explains. “Watching them lope across the manor lawns and seeing them peer in through the large windows with their elegant necks gives a real appreciation of just how beautiful and soulful these creatures are.”

The second event is afternoon tea with giraffes. Giraffe Manor guests are invited to enjoy afternoon tea on the terrace — accompanied by a few long-legged friends.

About Those Giraffes

In the 1970’s, the Rothschild’s species of giraffe was in danger of becoming extinct. At one point, it was estimated that there were less than 100 of the giraffes remaining in Kenya.

At that time, Jock and Betty Leslie-Melville owned the manor as a private residence. Their concern for the giraffes led them to create the African Fund for Endangered Wildlife and start a breeding program on the manor grounds to help the endangered animals.

“Their efforts proved successful and, to this day, the manor grounds remain a vital breeding sanctuary which has helped the population of Rothschild’s giraffes grow from roughly 80 to 1,000 in 50 years,” Tanya and Mikey Carr-Hartley explain. “Many of the giraffes that are born here are returned to the wild to repopulate areas where the species has already gone extinct.”

For more on Giraffe Manor, be sure to read Take A Peek Inside Giraffe Manor, The Kenyan Retreat Where You Can Stay With Endangered Giraffes. Be sure to also check out all of our Kenya and wildlife coverage.

This road trip from the thriving city of Marrakesh, over the highest parts of the Atlas mountains just short of the snow line, and down into Quarzazate, the “Gateway to the Desert,” is nothing short of breathtaking. I have done this trip several times, not only to visit astonishing locations of Hollywood movies you probably never knew were actually shot in Morocco, but also because of the incredible landscape. This winding, two-lane road with hair bends and deep drops on both sides the higher you climb, is best done by hiring a private car and driver who most likely will be a Berber and could negotiate the track with his eyes closed. I have to admit, I closed mine a few times when he had to overtake a heavily overloaded truck or bus.

Another famous movie location is situated in the opposite direction, Essaouira on the Atlantic coast. Much loved by Orson Welles, this blue, picturesque fishing town and surfing paradise features in the movies Othello and Alexander. In more recent times, Essaouira was the fictitious Astapor in Games of Thrones. Welles’ statue sits in a square of the town (for some reason missing its nose), so this might be an alternative road trip from Marrakesh that is much less hair-raising as there are no mountains to be crossed.

A movie tidbit you might not know about: not a single scene of Casablanca was filmed in this city, nor anywhere in Morocco for that matter.

Your trip starts in Marrakesh, and you should reserve 2 days to explore the city as there is so much to do and see apart from movie locations. Here they are and the films they feature in.

1. Marrakesh

Not surprisingly, several parts of this most colorful and historic city of Morocco have lent themselves as sets for several movies. Alfred Hitchcock’s suspense movie, The Man Who Knew Too Much (1956), opens with a bus going through the Bab Doukkala Gateway, then goes on to the Bab El Khamis market with more scenes set at the vibrant Jamaa El Fnaa square. Watch the snake charmers, and don’t get lost, because the square is huge. Bab Doukkala is one of 19 gates in the ancient city wall leading to the medina, often used by camel caravans in the past. Bab El Khamis is also a gate that leads to a tiny covered souk selling artisanal carpentry, pottery, and brass. It’s adjacent to a larger flea market which isn’t often visited by tourists. My favorite 5-star hotel in Marrakesh, the legendary Mamounia, is also featured in the movie. Even if you don’t stay there (it’s very expensive) you can buy a day ticket which allows you to use the pool and facilities, visit the lavish gardens, and enter the hotel and bar to view stunning works of art.

Although Sex and the City 2 is set in Abu Dhabi, it was entirely shot in Morocco. Yet again, Marrakesh’s souk is the background to many scenes, and another fabulous hotel is featured: the Amanjena, which is just outside the city and a favorite haunt of the likes of David Beckham.

2. High Atlas

When you have had your fill of Marrakesh, plan your trip to Ouarzazate. Although the distance is only 125 miles, plan for the entire day and set off early in the morning to allow you ample time for stops along the way. Spend the night in Ouarzazate in a hotel which by itself is a movie museum, the fabulous Berbere Palace.

Any reputable hotel in Marrakesh where you might stay will provide you with a private car and driver. I, being a solo woman traveler, have traveled this way on many occasions in Turkey, Jordan, Morocco, and Lebanon. It’s the safest and most comfortable way to get where you want.

The first movie location you come across on your way to the High Atlas is the desert outside Marrakesh where scenes of Alexander (2004) were shot. As the road winds up higher and higher into the mountains, you’ll encounter several boys by the wayside selling sand roses, crystals, and amethysts. They make very pretty souvenirs, but don’t forget to haggle! Signs will also appear that indicate the snow line. Yes, Morocco isn’t all hot desert climate. Even if you travel in the summer, bring a light jacket when you visit the Berber mountain villages, some of which are movie locations too. It can be windy and chilly.

One such village is Taguenzalt, where parts of Babel (2006) were shot. You are now in the southern foothills of the Atlas Mountains, driving above the Valley of the Roses. In the spring the entire valley is in full bloom, and the flowers are picked by local women to be made into perfume, soaps, and other sweet-smelling products.

3. Ait Benhaddou

If you haven’t seen Lawrence of Arabia (1962) yet, you should do so if only to relive your visit to one of the most filmed locations in Morocco: Ait Benhaddou. The ksar, or fortified village, is built along a hill next to the Ounila River and the dark ochre-colored earth, straw, and mud buildings and square towers have lasted for centuries. Ait Benhaddou is a UNESCO World Heritage Site. Apart from Lawrence of Arabia, it has also served as a backdrop to other movies like The Mummy (1999), Gladiator (2000), The Jewel of the Nile (1985), and is the “real life” Yunkai of Game of Thrones. Walking around, you will notice that there is a modern village of the same name connected by a footbridge to the squares and towers of the old ksar.

4. Ouarzazate

Known as the Gateway to the Sahara, Ouarzazate is a busy town dominated by the massive 19th-century Taourirt Kasbah that you can already see from quite a distance away as you descend from the High Atlas. It’s located in the middle of a bare plateau, but there is some greenery and palm trees, not only dry sand and rubble. At the foot of the kasbah stretches the modern town with plenty of street markets. You’ll find Moroccan leather goods, ceramics, and brass and copper objects.

This city is the center of the Moroccan film industry, often referred to as the Moroccan Hollywood.

5. Atlas Film Studios And Movie Museum

Located just 5 miles outside Ouarzazate lies the world’s biggest film studio: Atlas Studios and Movie Museum, covering a mind-boggling 322,000 feet of desert. Opened in 1983, it has served for shooting countless Hollywood movies that, one way or another, required a desert background. You can tour the studios, but reserve a few hours to do so. You are greeted by a prop jet plane used in Jewel of the Nile, and then proceed to visit Egyptian tombs, statues, temples, and much more. All of these sights will look familiar if you are an avid movie buff, albeit a bit run down and dusty.

6. Abandoned Set Of The Hills Have Eyes (2006)

An abandoned movie set from The Hills Have Eyes just outside Ouarzazate is a fitting reminder, a dust-covered ghost set. Out of the desert rises an American-style gas station, with signs creaking in the wind. Littered with rusting car wrecks and an abandoned “diner” with puppets peeking out the windows, broken glass bottles, and soda cans, this is a place that can give you nightmares.

7. Props At The Berbere Palace Hotel

A much nicer movie location trip is to be found in the Berbere Palace Hotel that we have mentioned above and recommended you spend the night. The hotel’s theme is simply “movies,” and the lobby, gardens, rooms, and bungalows are decorated from top to bottom with original props from the movies shot here. You’ll find Cleopatra’s throne, Zira from The Planet of the Apes (though it was not shot in Morocco), photographs, and documents. The rooms are airy and beautiful, and the large swimming pool is much appreciated after a long day of driving through mountains and the desert. For food, try one of the tasty tagines, the Moroccan stew slow-cooked in an earthen pot over an open fire.

Pro Tips

If you have the time and want more stunning movie locations, head further east towards the border with Algeria the next day. You’ll find the endless Erg Chebbi, huge sand dunes bordered in the north by the oasis town of Erfoud. These regions were the locations of the desert scenes in Sex and the City 2 and The Mummy. Make sure your private car is a 4×4, as this is a real desert tour. Don’t bank on crossing into Algeria, because the border is closed. Depending on the route, you might want to visit colorful Zagora. Although it is not a movie location, it is worth a visit because of its green spaces and beautiful, hand-woven Berber rugs, silver and gold jewelry, and leather goods. There is still a road sign indicating the direction and distance to Timbuktu.

Just to be complete, Rabat, Morocco’s capital, isn’t anywhere near the areas we have told you about, but it was the location for most of the action in American Sniper (2014).

The sun is just starting to rise, the sky is turning from grey to pale pink with streaks of yellow and orange, and I am standing shivering on a muddy causeway, surrounded by mist, in the middle of the Bangweulu Swamps in Zambia. I am also surrounded by thousands of the endangered, endemic black lechwe that are found only in Zambia, predominantly in these swamps. 

Why am I up at the crack of dawn? The answer to that is that I am on safari with long-time friend and professional wildlife photographer, Patrick Bentley. Patrick is on assignment to photograph the swamps and their inhabitants for Remote African Safaris and the wildlife conservation NGO African Parks, and my husband and I have come along. I have never been on safari with a professional photographer before and, over the next few days, as I watched Patrick at work, I learned a lot about patience, lighting, angle, subject matter, and more.

So whether you’re shooting on an iPhone or with an enormous zoom lens, let me pass on to you a couple of things I learned from spending some days in the bush with someone who really knows what he is doing with a camera.  

With the privilege of seeing and photographing wildlife in their unspoiled natural environment comes the responsibility of doing so ethically. So let’s start with some general tips that I have picked up over many, many years of going on safari.  

General Wildlife Photography Tips

1. Do Your Research

If you have a particular subject in mind, do your research on that animal. Learn, for example, about its behavior, habitat, and diet. Once you find the animal out in the bush, assess its behavior and take note if your presence is causing it discomfort. If you notice that an animal has stopped feeding, hunting, mating, or has abandoned a den or nest, then it’s time to back off!

2. Respect Their Environment

I understand it’s frustrating when things get in the way of your subject, but you should never alter the natural surroundings in any way. If a branch is in the way, move around it. If an animal is too far away, don’t go off-road to get closer — that is what zoom lenses are for! If out at night, take care with the spotlight. Use infrared filters when shining a light on wildlife, and avoid shining directly in an animal’s eyes, as this can cause temporary blindness. (While a red spotlight may not be ideal for night-time photography, it causes no harm to the animals, and camera settings can be adjusted to compensate for the red light).

3. Don’t Overcrowd Sightings

Animals can feel threatened by too many vehicles. While everyone wants a chance to see some particularly exciting sight, you should never compromise an animal’s comfort to get a photo. If you see too many cars around a sighting, sometimes the best thing to do is move on.

4. Let Sleeping Lions Lie

Sightings in the middle of the day can be tricky to photograph, as animals tend to rest in the shade during the midday heat. While I understand that a photo of a sleeping animal is not all that interesting, animals at rest must be left to do so. Do not throw or do anything to provoke a response or get a more “interesting” shot! Please don’t do what I have seen too many amateur photographers on safari do — whistle or clap or bang the side of their vehicle. By the same token, it’s also unethical to play pre-recorded wildlife sounds to animals or birds. Remember you’re in their home and not a zoo.

5. Respect Fellow Visitors In The Park

Notice other photographers and viewers at a sighting, and show respect by not driving in front of them or pressuring them to move. At the same time, be aware that other people may want to join a sighting, so don’t spend too much time hogging the prime spot.

6. Don’t Feed The Animals

Feeding animals change their behavior and attitude towards humans. While it may be tempting to throw a snack in the direction of a baboon, monkey, or bird to get a good shot, this can lead to problems down the line, and it’s the animals that will end up suffering.

7. Go Slow

Take your time with your subject. Some animals need to adjust to the presence of a safari vehicle, and may only relax after a while. The longer you spend waiting, the better chance you have of getting your shot.

8. Protect Them

After you get home from your safari and are sharing your wildlife photos, it’s important to do so responsibly. Take care when photographing endangered species or those susceptible to poaching. Remove any geo-location tags that poachers could use to locate animals, and remove EXIF (exchangeable image file format) data from photos to ensure that GPS coordinates will not be attached to them.

Beyond The Basics

For the average traveler, professional wildlife photography is not a natural gift, and without care, wildlife shots can end up with all thumbs, shadows, and the sort of photo that needs a magnifying glass to see the subject matter. So, now we’ve covered the basics, let’s get on to some tips to help you capture the amazing scenes you will be seeing on your safari.  

9. Get Out Early And Stay Out Late

Tip one is exactly why I was out at sunrise in the swamps. Wildlife photography is all about the light, particularly the early morning and late afternoon light — this is what photographers call the “golden hour.” To get the perfect shot, you might need to set your alarm early!

10. The Lower The Better

When taking wildlife photos it’s a good idea to be as close to the ground as possible. An “eye to eye” angle gives the image a much more dramatic impact, and helps the right perspective, and shows the dimensions of the animal. Another advantage of shooting at a lower angle is the background of the picture will be what is behind the animal and not what’s below, making whatever you are taking a picture of stand out better.

11. “Look For The Eye”

Portrait photos can be one of your top shots on safari, so a tip here is when the opportunity arises, “look for the eye.” The eye of an animal can depict the animal’s mood, focus, and intent. So when taking a wildlife portrait, see if you can get the eye of your subject sharply in focus; to do this you will need to take control of your camera’s autofocus, making sure you focus on the eye and not the nose, ear, or cheek! Another tip is to look for the “glint” in its eye, this will make for a much better shot than a dark or dull eye.

12. Choose The Correct Shutter Speed

Choosing the correct shutter speed when trying to capture wildlife in action is key! If the shutter speed isn’t high enough, the image will come out blurry. Shutter speed also affects the clarity and sharpness of your photo. Before you go on safari, try playing around with your camera at home, using your pet or passing cars to help you figure out the right shutter speed for moving subjects.

13. Be Prepared For The Perfect Moment

A professional wildlife photographer will often sit waiting for that “perfect moment,” long after other safari vehicles have gotten bored and moved on. Make use of the wait time to take practice shots of the scene and see how they look on your camera screen. You can always delete these afterward, but this gives you the opportunity to adjust your settings so the shot is exactly how you want when the action finally happens.

14. Look For Frames Within The Frame

Consider using environmental elements to frame your subject. This can add an interesting aspect to an image. Something like an overhanging branch or framing vegetation can serve to place the subject in the context of the environment in a creative way.

15. Capturing Moving Subjects

If your subject is moving, it is critical to change your autofocus setting, so read your camera’s manual before you travel. When the time comes, keep your moving subject in the viewfinder and pan with it, trying to keep the focus selector on its head. Keep your finger depressing the shutter button halfway, so your camera’s focus will track your subject’s movement. Every few seconds, remove your finger completely from the shutter button to refocus on your subject.

16. Work With The Environment                               

A lot of people are trying to find that “clean picture,” where there are no branches in the way, no leaves, no shadows. Of course, that crystal clear photograph where the subject is bathed in perfect light is what you are looking for, but conditions are not often perfect. Often, it’s the imperfections that make an image beautiful. Shadows, dust, rain, branches, twigs, and leaves all create atmosphere and emotion in an image.

Hopefully, armed with these tips, you will come home with a “trophy shot” or two from your next safari.

The Best Seasons For Wildlife Photography

When is the best season for wildlife photography? Well, it’s always a good time to be on safari, but certain times are better than others…  

Southern Africa: The best season for wildlife photography in Southern Africa (Zambia, Botswana, Zimbabwe, South Africa) is the dry season, July through October. Game viewing is best from August onward when animals congregate in large herds and grass is shorter allowing for best viewing.

November through December is a great “predator season,” though there’s always a chance of thunderstorms. Being shoulder season, you won’t be paying peak season accommodation rates.

December through March is the wettest season. Many camps are closed, but others stay open. This is the time to see the most birds.

April to May are beautifully clear months with wonderful temperatures. There’s plenty of animals, but the grass can be high, making them difficult to see. This is also a good time for “shoulder season” rates.

East Africa: The game viewing in East Africa is great all year round, particularly in the Maasai Mara and Serengeti regions, where plains are open and wildlife easy to see. If you want the migration, then come February–July in Tanzania and July–September in Kenya. Out of those seasons, you will see fewer people and get better rates. Many camps are closed during the long rains, April through May.

It’s the incredible and varied landscapes of Botswana’s parks and reserves that make this country such a fantastic and rewarding safari destination. In the North, there are the sparkling waterways and emerald floodplains of the Okavango Delta. Dominating the heart of the country is the Central Kalahari Game Reserve, a seldom visited but incredible sandy wilderness. Then there’s Chobe National Park — home to tens of thousands of elephants. I first visited Botswana when I was 21, on a budget overland camping trip. I loved it then and I love it now. As I’ve gotten older (much older), and visited more and more, Botswana has never disappointed.

Let me tell you a little more about this terrific destination, and give you a few tips to help you decide on the best places to go on your Botswana safari. 

Also, if it’s your first time visiting the continent, be sure to check out the best destinations for first time visitors and the best safari parks to visit. 

1. Chobe National Park

Chobe National Park is the second largest park in Botswana and covers four diverse ecosystems, from swamps to floodplains and woodlands to savannahs. The park is home to a wide array of wildlife and birds. But if there’s one thing that really draws the crowds here, it’s the elephants. Chobe boasts around 120,000 elephants, and in my opinion, they are best seen from the water on a sunset cruise. The park takes its name from the Chobe River, a beautiful river that forms the boundary between Botswana and Namibia — with the green wetlands on the Namibian bank contrasting with the dark waters of the river, and the sandbanks of Chobe National Park on the other.

Most people visiting Chobe will do so from Kasane, with its wide range of accommodation options and easy access on the eastern side of the park. Alternatively, Savuti, the very western corner of Chobe, is a year-round destination renowned for large concentrations of game, particularly for big cats (lions, leopards, and cheetahs).

Whilst not technically within Chobe National Park, the Linyanti Wildlife Reserve, located to the west of the park, is a private reserve which caters to the slightly more ‘well-heeled’ adventurous traveler. The concession covers some 308,000 acres, and is fed by the Kwando River, ensuring plenty of wildlife spotting opportunities, especially its many prides of lions. Without a doubt, the place to stay here is Linyanti Bush Camp, where on my last visit, we had lions pursuing buffalo through the camp in the middle of the night, and the same lions competing for the ‘romantic attention’ of a female the following day. It doesn’t really get much better than that!

The best time to visit Chobe is between May and September, when the weather is drier and cooler. Chobe is accessible by car which makes it a little less expensive than some of Botswana’s other parks. There’s a wide variety of accommodation available to suit all budgets.

2. Okavango Delta

The Okavango River cuts through the center of the Kalahari Desert, creating a unique inland water system that gives life to a huge variety of birds and animals. The Delta — declared the thousandth UNESCO world heritage site — forms where the Okavango River meets the Great Plains at the end of the Kalahari Desert. The Okavango, an oasis of islands, wildlife, and lush green vegetation in the middle of the unforgiving Kalahari desert, is the world’s largest inland delta. Every year the delta floods, covering over 6,175 square miles, and this huge expanse of water, studded with emerald-green islands and incredible wildlife, is a once-in-a-lifetime safari destination.

One of the most authentic ways to experience the Delta is by mokoro — a traditional canoe carved from a single large tree. Gliding down a river on a mokoro brings a sense of peace and relaxation little else can match. Plus, especially during peak flood season — which is ironically during the May-October dry season — wildlife is more concentrated on the islands, and from your mokoro, you have the perfect vantage point. It was on my first trip to Botswana that I took a three day mokoro trip into the Okavango Delta, and I loved every minute of it. 

For more deserts to explore on your trip, visit these 10 unique African deserts. 

3. Khwai Concession

Khwai is a 500,000-acre gem on the fringes of the Okavango Delta, sandwiched between Moremi Game Reserve and Chobe National Park. On our last visit there, we found both a hyena den and a wild dog den, both complete with babies — some incredibly special encounters that I will remember forever. Khwai is in fact one of the best places in Botswana to see wild dogs and other predators.

The Khwai Community Concession is owned and run by the local community, with camps and lodges renting the privilege of operating in this amazing place. This means that visitors coming here know that the community directly benefits from their tourist dollars — a concept vital for the survival of any conservation area.

African Bush Camps have two wonderful lodges here to choose from, and depending on your budget and desires, I’d recommend either or both!

4. Tsodilo Hills

Tsodilo Hills, a UNESCO World Heritage Site, appears almost suddenly out of the ground in northwest Kalahari. This is an outdoor art gallery, showcasing more than 4,000 ancient San Bushmen rock paintings, as well as shelters and caves. Over 4,500 cave drawings have been found in over 200 locations, depicting hunting scenes, dancing rituals, and wild animals. Some of the rock art dates back more than 30,000 years and archaeologists believe people have lived in the area for as long as 100,000 years. The San Bushmen believe this sacred area is the site of the creation of man and a resting place for spirits of the dead.

Visitors can expect to hike the three main hills with the assistance of local guides. The best time to visit is in the winter months, as summer can be blisteringly hot.

5. The Makgadikgadi Pans and Nxai Pan National Parks

The name may be a mouthful, but the place has a certain beauty that makes it well worth a visit. And the location, in northeastern Botswana, makes it easy to combine with a visit to Chobe and the Okavango Delta. At over 18,000 square miles, the Makgadikgadi Pans are the largest salt pans in the world. The salt-encrusted pans are flat and arid, and the skyline appears to go on forever. The Makgadikgadi Pans are the remains of a huge lake that dried up thousands of years ago. Wildlife is particularly varied in the dry season, when animals come from miles around to the Boteti River — the only source of water for a considerable distance.

Although technically part of Makgadikgadi Salt Pans, Nxai Pan National Park was created to extend the conservation area, and is a national park and wildlife reserve in its own right. Nxai Pan is 25 square miles of fossil lakebed, with wonderful sand dunes, towering baobab trees, and, of course, the salt pans themselves. During the rainy season from November to April, the lakebed becomes lush and green, playing host to an array of migrating wildlife. If possible, a trip to Nxai Pans should be combined with seeing the longest zebra migration in the world, which spans from Namibia to Nxai Pan, covering over 620 miles. The stylish bush camp Migration Expeditions is an ideal place to experience this.

 6. Kgalagadi Transfrontier Park

Kgalagadi — the first Transfrontier Peace Park on the continent — is shared with Botswana and South Africa. Situated on 14,670 square miles of land, salt pans, sand dunes, and an array of wildlife during the rainy season, this is a wonderful park to visit during the summer months (January–April). Straddling the border between South Africa and Botswana, the park is not easy to get to, especially from the Botswana side. You’ll need a 4×4 and the ability to camp self-sufficiently.

7. Moremi Game Reserve

Voted the best game reserve on the African continent in 2008, Moremi has a lot going for itself. The reserve lies in the eastern Okavango Delta and borders Chobe National Park. This is the only officially protected part of the Okavango Delta (the reserve covers one third of the Okavango Delta). Small but perfectly formed, with a high density and variety of wildlife, Moremi is a haven for birdwatchers — with over 500 species to view. Wild dogs are regularly spotted here, as well as the Big Five, thanks to the re-introduction of both black and white rhinos.

July through October is the best time to visit. There are a number of campsites within the park, particularly sought after by self-drivers, and several lodges and camps can be found just outside the reserve. We had a fantastic, multi-generational camping trip here with family aged 18–75.

8. Central Kalahari Game Reserve

CKGR, as it is usually referred to, is a sandy wilderness punctuated by salt pans, fossilized river beds, and semi-arid grasslands, where black-maned lion and cheetahs stalk grazing herds of springbok and oryx. Wild and amazingly vast, the Central Kalahari Game Reserve is a wilderness of unfathomable open spaces. This is one of the most remote reserves in southern Africa. It is also the second largest reserve in the world; it’s as big as Belgium! CKGR was established in 1961 with the aim of providing the San people with a place to live and preserve their traditions and culture. A mobile safari is the best way to experience this magical place. Island Mobile Safaris runs a really memorable three day trip to CKGR.

People travel from around the world to visit this landlocked country, to see the undeniable beauty of the Okavango Delta, the vast and imposing Kalahari Desert, phenomenal wildlife sightings and knowledgeable guides, the rich history and peacefulness of the country, and of course, for the largest concentration of African elephants in the world. Botswana is a country with so much to offer. This is, without a doubt, a place that will live up to all of your pre-trip expectations.

Editor’s Note: Check out this list of books to read before your first trip to Africa.

Zambia, the warm heart of Africa, is my adopted home and has been for a couple of decades now. I came here on a six-week holiday, not long after my 21st birthday, and now, pushing 50, I’m still here! 

Zambia is a beautiful country, a nation of friendly, hospitable people and incredible natural resources. Wild and relatively unpopulated, Zambia is not as well known as some of her neighbors, but she is, without doubt, one of the best all-around safari destinations in Africa. From remote bush camps to elegant safari lodges, from world-famous walking safaris to adrenaline-filled activities for the whole family. With so much to offer, you may never want to leave — just like me!

Here are my suggestions for places and experiences I believe should be included in a visit to this amazing country.

1. Livingstone And The Victoria Falls

Where better to start a Zambian journey than Livingstone and the famous Victoria Falls. Victoria Falls is the adrenaline capital of Africa: think bungee jumping, white-water rafting, microlight flights, and more. But if all that all sounds a little too much action for you, then perhaps game drives, fishing, sunset river cruises, or shopping in the local markets are more your cup of tea. One activity I would highly recommend is a helicopter flight, known as the “Flight of Angels” over the Falls. Livingstone, the town closest to Victoria Falls on the Zambian side, was named after Scottish explorer and missionary, David Livingstone. Livingstone is a great place for a few days at the start or finish of a safari, and a visit to Victoria Falls is one of the top tourist experiences in the whole of Africa.

My favorite place to stay when visiting Livingstone is Thorntree River Lodge, a beautiful haven on the banks of the Zambezi River, inside the Mosi oa Tunya National Park and upstream of Victoria Falls. For booking your activities, let me suggest Livingstone’s Adventure 

2. Lower Zambezi National Park

After enjoying Livingstone and the spectacle of the Victoria Falls, it’s definitely time for a safari, and there are many places in Zambia where you can do this. Let’s start by heading downstream from falls to the Lower Zambezi National Park. The beauty of the Lower Zambezi lies in its wildness. The park is surrounded by large game management areas, and there are no fences between the two, so animals are free to roam throughout the entire land area. The park lies opposite the famous Mana Pools Reserve in Zimbabwe, so both sides of the river form a huge wildlife sanctuary.

The diversity of animals in the Lower Zambezi might not be as wide as some parks, but there are great opportunities to get up close to the wildlife — herds of elephants, prides of lions, solitary leopards, and packs of wild dogs. The river itself is home to hippos, crocodiles, and the coveted tiger fish. A range of activities are on tap: game viewing drives, canoe trips, walking safaris, and some of the finest tiger fishing in the world (on a catch and release basis).

I love to stay with Anabezi who has three camps to choose from, and some very patient fishing guides! Or if you’re looking for something a little more adventurous, then I’d recommend Tusk & Mane that operates terrific mobile safaris.

3. Kafue National Park

Kafue is Zambia’s oldest and largest national park and has a diversity of wildlife that is probably the most numerous in all of Africa. Lions, leopards, and cheetahs are found here, wild dogs range through the park, and there are more antelope species than anywhere else on the continent. The Kafue River and its tributaries provide opportunities for canoeing and boat safaris. The north of the Kafue National Park is dominated by the Busanga Plains, which floods annually, creating a rich habitat with incredible birdlife and wildlife viewing. Kafue National Park represents 36 percent of Zambia’s national parkland and, when combined with the surrounding game management area, the total adds up to a staggering 9 percent of the country’s entire landmass.

With such a vast area of land to cover, there are obviously many different options for accommodations. For Busanga Plains in the north, I’d recommend Busanga Plains Camp. Another highly recommended place to stay in Kafue is Musekese Camp. When last at Musekese, we had a young male leopard in camp every night. Left behind when his mother went out to hunt and as the rest of the camp slept, this bored youngster would take “cat naps” on the sofa, tap dance along the bar counter, and really “sink his teeth into” the lodge’s library books. 

4. South Luangwa National Park

South Luangwa is the best-known of Zambia’s national parks. Located In the east of Zambia, this is one of the most unspoiled natural habitats in Africa, with some of the highest concentrations of animals on the continent. The area is home to around 60 animal species and over 400 species of birds. South Luangwa is a gem of a national park, with incredible wildlife viewing, excellent guiding, and a range of accommodation options —  from luxury bush camps to sleep-outs under the stars. Nicknamed “Valley of the Leopard,” this is a good place to see that beautiful cat. Hippos abound; The Luangwa River boasts some of the densest hippo populations in all of Africa. South Luangwa also offers excellent walking safaris, providing a unique way to experience and observe the bush. The park is also unusual in that “night drives” are permitted, and these drives offer an amazing opportunity to see some of the park’s nocturnal species by torchlight, at the same time, the game are at their most active.

The main entrance to the park is the Mfuwe Gate. The area here is the busiest part of South Luangwa and an ideal place for less experienced safari visitors to start. The game concentration is higher here, but with that comes a higher concentration of safari vehicles, which at times can get hectic, with drivers and guides all trying to get their clients the best position at lion kills or wild dog sightings. Further north in the park, things are quieter but wilder. I once had the privilege of spending several days on a walking safari here with Deb Title, one of the most expert safari guides in Zambia. With more than 2,500 safari walks under her belt, Deb is an expert at interpreting the sights and sounds of the bush and at understanding, anticipating, and explaining animal behavior. A safari with her is like no other.

If a walking safari and hours on foot each day is not your “thing,” look no further than one of my favorites in the park, the relatively new Shawa Luangwa. Green Safaris, owners of Shawa Luangwa, are pioneers of the silent safari (incredibly quiet solar-powered, electric game drive vehicles), and the company’s operating ethos is firmly grounded in sustainability, conservation, and community development. As a bonus, the staff and guides are incredibly friendly. A once in a lifetime stay at Time and Tide’s luxurious Chinzombo Camp is also highly recommended. 

5. North Luangwa National Park

Heading north from South Luangwa is the little-visited North Luangwa National Park, home to Zambia’s only black rhinos, and some of the highest lion densities in the region. Remote and wild, this park is only accessible by flight, or with someone with good bush driving skills. Walking in North Luangwa is the way to explore this park. With few roads and even fewer people, you are unlikely to see anyone else for the duration of your safari. With only a handful of safari camps, North Luangwa is a great addition to a Zambian visit, especially for anyone wanting to explore the country’s more secret destinations. It’s also home to an elephant stronghold 

Remote Africa Safaris with its fabulous Mwaleshi and Takwela Camps, and unparalleled walking safaris, are the people to talk to for a North Luangwa visit.

6. Bangweulu Wetlands

On the topic of Zambia’s hidden gems, let’s move on to the Bangweulu wetlands. Bangweulu isn’t included on many tourists’ itineraries and getting here isn’t straightforward (the easiest way is by chartered plane). Bangweulu means “where water meets the sky,” which perfectly describes one of Africa’s most extraordinary and important wetlands. This is not a national park, this is a community-owned protected area, home to 50,000 people (predominantly seasonal fishermen) and over 50,000 endemic, magnificent black lechwe antelope. The wetlands are also home to the iconic shoebill, making this a must-visit place for any serious birdwatcher.

Shoebill Island Camp is the perfect place to stay to feel really immersed in this incredible part of Zambia.

7. Liuwa Plain

560 miles from the Bangweulu wetlands, on the other side of Zambia, is the equally remote and off-the-beaten-track Liuwa Plains. Liuwa is a magnificent wilderness of seasonally flooded grass plains and wooded islands. This is home to Africa’s second-largest wildebeest migration, growing lion and cheetah populations, thousands of zebras, and more than 50 hyena clans (the park’s apex predator). Flocks of cranes swirl over the vast savannah. Liuwa is one of Africa’s best-kept secrets. The only way to reach here, without the time and intrepid driving skills, is by charter flight.

Time and Tide’s King Lewanika Camp is the only permanent camp in Liuwa Plain National Park and is the essence of luxury.

And there you have my suggestions for the quintessential Zambian visit.

Pro Tips

I must say that I feel I’ve been a little remiss in not mentioning a couple other of Zambia’s special places, so allow me to give them a fleeting mention here:

Kasanka National Park is home to the largest mammal migration in the world (10,000,000 straw-colored fruit bats). Lake Tanganyika is the longest freshwater lake in the world, as well as its second-oldest, second-largest, and second-deepest (Zambia can only claim 7 percent of Tanganyika’s surface area). Shiwa Ngandu, a grand English-style country house in Northern Zambia, was the lifelong project of Sir Stewart Gore Brown, an Englishman who fell in love with the spot while surveying the Northern Rhodesia and Belgian Congo boundary and started building the house in 1920. Nearby is the beautiful Kapishya Hot Springs. Northern Zambia is home to an array of waterfalls, including Kalambo Falls, Africa’s second-highest single-drop waterfall (725 feet, which is twice the height of Victoria Falls). Lastly, Lusaka, the capital, was my home for several years, but I am going to suggest that as part of a Zambian holiday, Lusaka should be a transit stop only and not somewhere you spend any extended time.

And now, I promise, I’m really done with my recommendations for your Zambian holiday. Perhaps one day, our fortunes will allow us to bump into each other here.

For the last installment in our series about the most colorful cities on each continent, we have reached Africa. And, as if Africa on the whole wasn’t already colorful enough, with its majestic landscapes, animals, and plants, any congregation of people usually results in further riots of color. Gorgeous, bustling, and colorful markets; patterned, bright materials being made into traditional dress; and that typical blue the Berbers wear are just the beginning. Color is all around, and often enough, more distinct pops of color from the local architecture are thrown into the mix.

Here are some great examples reaching from the north of Africa right to the southernmost point, and some in between, including a few islands, to give you a roundup of all the most colorful places and cities on this exciting continent.

I picked my favorite places, some of them cities, others parts of cities, and others natural wonders. All will make your eyes pop and make you want to pack your bags immediately. 

1. Bo Kaap, Cape Town, South Africa

The neighborhood of Bo Kaap is featured in my list of the Most Colorful Cities In The World because not only is it the most colorful place on the continent, but it is also my favorite spot, period. There is so much to love about Cape Town, with color all around, but the old slave neighborhood of Bo Kaap is the best. The history of the quarter is awful, but with a quite literally bright ending: Only freed slaves were allowed to paint their house in a bright color, and the entire neighborhood eventually turned into a rainbow of colors. One of the most Instagram-able places in the city, each and every house tells a story and makes for a great photo. There is also the cuisine in this Malay area, which is as colorful and enjoyable as the architecture. Prepare to spend some time here and bring a camera.

Pro Tip: There is so much history in this neighborhood that it is best to go on a walking tour with a local who can tell you everything, and also take you to sample some of the great food.

2. Chefchaouen, Morocco

Chefchaouen is also one of the most colorful cities in the world, but not because of the myriad of colors, but because all the houses are painted a beautiful blue. This blue town, nicknamed the “Blue Pearl of Morocco,” lies at the edge of the Rif Mountains in the northwest of Morocco, and is a uniquely blue city (as is Jodhpur in India). Visitors come to marvel at the formerly white buildings that have been treated to a blue wash, and legends tell of different reasons as to why the town is blue. Reportedly, it keeps mosquitoes at bay, makes the heat of the sun less fierce, or represents the sky and the sea. But really, it is just pretty.

Pro Tip: You get quite good views across the town from the top of the kasbah, but for the best view taking in the entire blue town, leave through the medina’s east gate, cross the river, and follow the trek up into the mountains until you reach the little white mosque. From there you will really appreciate the splash of blue that is Chefchaouen.

3. Chamarel, Mauritius

Chamarel is a village in the southwest of Mauritius and would be, by itself, quite unremarkable if it wasn’t the gateway to the national parks around it. It’s also famous for its landscape that attracts visitors with its natural beauty, its wildness (perfect for adventure sports and hiking), and the region called Seven Colored Earth. Seven Colored Earth is a GeoPark with some 600 million years of natural history and is famous for, you’ve guessed it, the different hues the earth exhibits here (and it’s not all shades of brown). Here the earth makes a spectacle out of itself by showing off in red, brown, violet, yellow, green, orange, violet, and shades in between, although the actual definition of each color may well vary with whoever is looking at it.

Pro Tip: The best time to really appreciate the different hues is close to sunset, so with the park closing at 5:30 p.m., get there as late as possible and linger until they tell you to leave.

4. Gorée Island, Dakar, Senegal

As so often happens, some of the most picturesque places in the world often hide a terrible history. Gorée Island, off the coast of Dakar in Senegal and the westernmost point of Africa, has a dark slave and colonial history, which is told in the House of Slaves. Due to Gorée’s strategic position as a trading post, the picturesque island with its prettily colored buildings has been fought over by the Europeans since the mid-1400s. The Portuguese, Dutch, English, and eventually the French all vied for control. Today the island is listed as a UNESCO World Heritage site and is a thriving art hub full of artists and markets where you can buy their works. Its colorful art, houses, and markets stand in stark contrast to its dark background.

Pro Tip: Take a short boat trip from Dakar to the island and enjoy a view of the coastline.

5. Pink Lake, Dakar, Senegal

Just down the road lies a superbly colorful spot: The Lac Rose, or “the pink lake.” Pink because of the bacteria that produces red pigment to absorb the sunlight, the lake also has a high salt content, up to 40 percent in places, which makes it comparable to the Dead Sea. During the dry season, it even exceeds the Dead Sea’s saltiness. The salt is harvested by workers along the coast of the lake, but there is also a beach club and restaurant popular with people bathing in the salty lake, as the bacteria are completely harmless to humans. It is the perfect natural pop of color, especially when contrasted against the white of the salt hills piled up alongside the lake.

Pro Tip: Whether you are based in Dakar or in one of the resorts along the coast, many day tours combine the pink lake with a trip to the lovely Bandia Nature Reserve where you can marvel at gigantic baobab trees and a huge selection of African animals living in a protected environment.

6. Antananarivo, Madagascar

Capital of the Indian Ocean island of Madagascar, Antananarivo is a suitable capital for an intriguing and diverse island. This capital does not just deserve an entry into the selection for most colorful places in Africa because of the eclectic and brightly colored houses that crowd the side of the hillsides, but also because Tana (as the capital is conveniently abbreviated to by locals) has managed to bring together the various tribes and ethnic groups of this large island and rule despite and because of the diverse mix. Color in Tana comes from the houses, its art, the markets, the people, the history, its cosmopolitan cuisine, and varied spices.

Pro Tip: You cannot possibly visit the capital without seeing at least some of the island, best explored by tours, if only because of its size.

7. Bathing Boxes, Muizenberg, South Africa

The small town of Muizenberg on the Western Cape in False Bay, some 16 miles from Cape Town, stretches between the mountains, a road following the bay, a small rail track, and the beach. Muizenberg means “Mouse Mountain” in Dutch. It sounds busy, but it is not, and indeed is quite picturesque. What makes Muizenberg more famous than its little restaurants and bustling beach community are the bathing boxes, which are rather colorful. Many communities around the world have them, but they are no longer as popular as they were in the Victorian era, and every remaining example is always worth stopping for. These offer a lovely color splash against the blue water of False Bay.

Pro Tip: Because of the sheltered environment of the bay, the water here is warmer than further south and is ideal for water sports. Why not learn to surf? 

8. Sidi Bou Said, Tunisia

Looking at pictures of Sidi Bou Said in Tunisia, you would think you are looking at Santorini in Greece if you didn’t know any better. White buildings set against the blue Mediterranean, shimmering in the sunlight, and with blue doors throughout, make it a photogenic and instantly relaxing location. The doors are the same blue as those Berber robes and are wooden, but enhanced by wrought-iron décor. Add green branches of Bougainvillea with pink flowers creeping on the houses and you have a colorful place that personifies the beauty of the Mediterranean. This is probably why so many artists and writers visited this place for inspiration: From Flaubert, Chateaubriand, and Simone de Beauvoir, to Matisse and Klee, they all loved this town.

Pro Tip: Stay at the small boutique hotel Bou Fares for the full immersion into Sidi Bou Said’s white and blue experience.

9. Sal Rei, Boa Vista, Cape Verde

Cape Verde, or “the green cape,” is an independent archipelago of around 10 islands in the Atlantic Ocean, roughly 350 miles off the western African coast. Boa Vista, meaning “good view,” is the most easterly island, and its capital Sal Rei, home to half the population of the island (12,000 inhabitants), is a quiet little town. While surrounded by white beaches and the blue ocean, there is also a lovely colorful array of painted houses, particularly down Rua de Bom Sossego. The cobbled street is shaded by trees and lined with low-rise pastel-colored buildings that once again hark back to a colonial past.

Pro Tip: The jury is out on which is the best island in Cape Verde, with each having something special to offer, so why not indulge in some island hopping when there?

At the beginning of 2020, Africa’s tourism industry looked set for another successful year. The continent had the world’s second-fastest-growing tourism industry and was projected to rake in billions of dollars. But when COVID-19 struck, tourists stopped coming and the industry ground to a halt. The hidden side to the lack of tourists was the direct effect their absence had on wildlife and conservation across the continent. Money from safari bookings and national park fees suddenly dried up, and without tourist dollars coming in, money to fund anti-poaching patrols and other conservation activities were in short supply.

Watching all this unfold, two photographers from Austria and the Netherlands decided to get involved. Marion Payr and Pie Aerts joined forces and launched Prints for Wildlife, a fundraiser to support people and wildlife in parks managed by the non-profit organization African Parks, which works in partnership with various African governments.

African Parks was founded in 2000 in response to poor management and lack of funding for protected wildlife areas throughout the continent. African Parks currently manages 19 national parks and protected areas in 11 countries. They protect and manage over 36 million acres in Angola, Benin, Central African Republic, Chad, the Democratic Republic of Congo, Malawi, Mozambique, the Republic of Congo, Rwanda, Zambia, and Zimbabwe. It’s the largest area under conservation by any one NGO in Africa, and African Parks’ goal is to manage 30 parks by 2030.

According to Aerts, photographer and co-founder of Prints for Wildlife, “The key to conservation is putting people at the heart of the solution. This is done through community programs supporting health, education, job security, and sustainable livelihoods. African Parks and their community-first approach to conservation is ensuring that the protected areas under their management are safe places where wildlife and people can flourish. And in safe places, magical things can happen. Therefore, choosing African Parks as our partner for this campaign was a no-brainer.”

Last year, in the inaugural edition of Prints for Wildlife, 100 acclaimed international wildlife photographers from around the world came together, offering their art for sale in an unprecedented fundraiser that supported local communities and wildlife in some of Africa’s most special protected areas. The sale raised over $660,200 USD; selling over 6,500 unique wildlife prints in just 30 days. One hundred percent of the proceeds (after printing and handling) were donated to African Parks, and these critical funds went to support a myriad of projects.

• 108,579 people gained access to healthcare initiatives
• 105 schools were built
• 752 scholarships were funded
• 3,219 full-time staff and 1,064 rangers were employed

And, more specifically, in response to COVID-19, 135,800 people were given access to health awareness campaigns, 65,000 masks were donated, 5,000 liters of soap were distributed, and 630 handwashing stations were installed.

Prints for Wildlife co-founder and photographer Payr said, “Last year’s incredible success of Prints for Wildlife came as a much-needed reminder, that — even in times of crisis — humanity can come together to spread hope and do good for our planet. Wildlife conservation has now found a place in the hearts of people and with the stunning art of all the generous photographers at the walls of thousands of homes across the globe. That’s why we decided it’s time to come back and create even more awareness and joy, while COVID-19 is still putting a lot of pressure on Africa’s conservation efforts.”

While the world is opening up for some, Africa’s tourism industry is still floundering and the revenue it generates remains limited. After the incredible success of last year’s efforts, this year, over 170 wildlife photographers have joined forces with Prints for Wildlife and donated a stunning selection of outstanding prints for sale.

Andrea Heydlauff, African Parks’ chief marketing and communications officer, shared that the organization is “beyond excited to be entering into a second Prints for Wildlife print sale to benefit our work at African Parks.” 

“Prints for Wildlife is a unique endeavor, that sees some of the world’s leading wildlife photographers come together in an inspiring and energetic fashion. They are able to mobilize their own networks and give people the chance to really make a difference by purchasing extraordinary prints while raising significant funds for people and wildlife across Africa,” she said.

Prints for Wildlife is a unique print sale. Only 100 prints of each image will be available to purchase. Each image is just $100 (excluding shipping), and 100 percent of the proceeds (after printing and handling) goes directly to African Parks. Currently, 150 images are available, and new works will be added weekly until the sale closes on August 11.

You can view the print gallery here. We hope you’ll browse the prints for sale and find something you fall in love with, knowing all purchases will help an incredible cause. For more information, visit African Parks’ homepage and follow them on Twitter, Instagram, and Facebook.

Inspired by these beautiful animals and their African homes? Consider all our safari coverage here.

Kenya is an East African country that straddles the equator and is approximately the size of France. The land has several distinct zones, including semi-desert, savannah, moorland, wetlands, and rainforests. In these habitats live over 25,000 species of animals, 1,000 species of birds, and 7,000 species of plants and trees. As such, Kenya is a popular destination for an African Safari in search of the “Big Five”: Cape buffalo, black rhinos, leopards, lions, and elephants.

Recently, I spent two weeks in Kenya. The first week, I lived with a family in Nairobi, and the second week, I went on a six-day safari.

On your first trip to Kenya, there are some “crucial things to know” and some “nice things to know.” From a ban on single-use plastics to where not to take photos, here are the 11 crucial things to know before your first trip to Kenya followed by the five that are nice to know.

1. Kenya Requires A Visa

Apply for your visa at least 30 days in advance of your trip. The application is available online and is quite detailed. For example, you need addresses, phone numbers, and websites for all your accommodations. You also need to provide a travel itinerary, proof of a return air ticket, and a recent color photograph. Kenya’s visa is valid for 3 months from the date of issue.

Check your passport to be sure it is valid for at least 6 months after your trip. Kenya requires at least one clear page in your passport.

I also registered with the U.S. State Department travel site. While in Kenya, I received a notification of a planned demonstration the next day. We chose to avoid that area.

2. Kenya Has A Ban On Single-Use Plastics

Kenya has been a leader on the environmental issue of banning single-use plastics. Prohibited items include plastic bags, water bottles, and straws. Arriving at the Jomo Kenyatta International Airport, your luggage is x-rayed and possibly hand-searched. You can be fined if you have any single-use plastics. I recommend you purchase convenient reusable mesh bags for packing.

2. Carefully Check Your Safari Itinerary

Our 6-day safari included four parks: Amboseli, Aberdare, Lake Nakuru, and Masai Mara. That is far too much driving — there were several days when we were in the vehicle for 6 to 8 hours just to reach one of the parks. I recommend on a 6-day safari to visit two parks and stay at each for 2 to 3 days. Of the four that we visited, I recommend two. These are the places we saw the most animals. My first recommendation is Sarova Mara Game Camp at Masai Mara Game Reserve. The site has 73 tents, a restaurant, a spacious bar and lounge, a swimming pool, and a great gift shop. The food is fabulous! My second recommendation is The Ark at Aberdare National Park, which overlooks a waterhole and salt lick. This location, of course, draws much wildlife to the area. The Ark has four viewing areas and several lounges for supreme viewing opportunities. If you wish, the night guard will announce sightings of unusual animals. 

Pro Tip: Parts of the road from Lake Nakuru to Masai Mara National Reserve are brutal! I would never travel that road again. In places, the road was non-existent, accessible only by four-wheel drive. We were stopped three times by a makeshift roadblock and paid a fee to continue. In other parts, the roadway was under construction, and we traveled on dirt roads alongside. Although the temperature was sweltering in the vehicle, we couldn’t open any windows because of the dust. It was not a pleasant journey! I recommend flying from Nairobi to Masai Mara. 

4. Plan For Your Vaccinations And Anti-Malaria Pills

8 weeks in advance of your departure, check with your health care provider for recommendations for vaccines. My provider recommended six vaccinations based on my age and destination. Three vaccinations were specific to Kenya: typhoid fever, yellow fever, and meningitis.

I was also given a prescription for anti-malaria pills to begin taking a day before entering the country and continue for 2 weeks after leaving.

5. Best Times To Visit Kenya On Safari

Kenya has such a diversity of plants and wildlife partly due to the fact that there are two rainy seasons annually. Although safaris are offered year-round, game viewing is best in the dry winter months from June through August and in the warm months of September through mid-November. “Short rains” begin at the end of November. During the “Long Rains” of March to May, some roads may be impassable.

6. Plan For Protection Against Insects

It would be best if you planned to deal with insects and bugs. Bring insect repellant and use it often. At night, always use the netting around your bed. Several of my friends also purchased mosquito jackets.  

It is also recommended that you wear long sleeves and long pants for protection against mosquitoes.

7. Safety Tip On Safari

One important tip is never to leave the safari vehicle unless you have armed guards. If your hat flies away in the open vehicle, kiss the hat goodbye. For that reason, be sure that your sunhat has an adjustable drawstring to keep it on your head.

8. Where Not To Take Photos

Do not take any photos of government or military buildings. At the least, you may have your camera confiscated, and you could be detained and questioned.

9. You Might Need Portable Power Source For Medical Equipment

One of the safari camps we stayed at shut off all power for 4-6 hours every night. Each tent had a portable flashlight, but power can be critical for medical equipment such as a CPAP machine. You might consider bringing a portable battery.

10. Pack Light & Plan Your Clothing

The safari vehicles have very little space for luggage, and there will probably be six to eight other passengers in the vehicle. Bring a weekend bag or carry-on for the safari. If you are extending your trip, check with the safari company to secure your larger bags for you.

It is best to choose clothing made from natural fibers such as cotton or linen. Avoid clothing made from synthetic fabric as they don’t “breathe,” and you will be uncomfortably hot and sticky. It is also suggested that you wear muted colors or khaki colors as they are less disturbing to the animals. Bring a collapsable large brim hat, sunscreen, and collapsable water bottles. Plan for day-time clothing and night-time clothing. After a long day on safari, once you return to the lodge or camp, it is refreshing to have fresh clothing to change into. Early morning safaris can be chilly, so it is best to dress in layers.

11. Bring Face Masks For Dust

Bring a supply of face masks. The dusty roads and trails will make a face mask a necessity at times. The dust might be difficult for contact lens wearers, so consider bringing along glasses.

Here are five more suggestions for “nice things to know” before your first trip to Kenya.

12. Bring A Good Pair Of Binoculars

Some safari companies provide a few binoculars for folks to share. There were none on my safari. I also prefer to have my own equipment.

13. Bring An Animal Guidebook For Reference

I recommend Wildlife Of East Africa by M.B. Withers and D. Hosking. It was great fun each evening to track all the animals and birds that we had seen.

14. Arriving By Air

I flew through London and spent 3 days there to break up the long flight. I chose to fly the national carrier Kenya Airways. Although the international airport, Jomo Kenyatta International, is a mere 9 miles from Nairobi, traffic in the city can be backed up for miles. Be sure to leave plenty of time to reach your destination.

Also, note that there is no waiting inside the airport on your arrival. All “paths” lead to one route, which puts you immediately outside. Rather than inconvenience my hosts with my early 5 a.m. arrival, I had planned to go to a restaurant for breakfast. I ended up waiting outside for 2 hours. Luckily, it was not raining!

15. Currency

The currency in Kenya is the Kenyan shilling. One shilling equals 100 Kenyan cents. Banks and bureaux de change are plentiful and easy to locate. Your hotel, lodge, or camp may change money; however, the rate may not be the best. 

16. Travel Insurance

I always have insurance whenever I travel. I purchase a yearly plan which is more cost-effective than separate policies for each trip. I look for a policy that covers health requirements and, in case of emergency, medical transportation back home. 

The medical system in Kenya is superb! I had to see a doctor in Nairobi and was surprised to learn that every pharmacy has a doctor on staff. The cost of my doctor consultation and two prescriptions was 650 shillings (approximately $7)!

A wildlife safari in Kenya is an incredible experience. We did see the “Big Five” as well as baboons, monkeys, cheetahs, zebras, giraffes, ostriches, hippos, blue monkeys, hyenas, and gazelles. It was a fantastic experience! I hope these suggestions will help to make your experience a wonderful memory.

It’s March 1898 and British soldier, hunter, and author Lieutenant-Colonel John Henry Patterson has been sent to southeast Kenya’s wild Tsavo district to oversee the construction of a railway bridge over the Tsavo River. By day, the sound of drilling and blasting echoes around the rock cliffs, but at night, when the construction noise has stopped, and the laborers have retired to their mud and grass huts to sleep, the night silence is often shattered by piercing screams. Two male lions, lurking in the darkness, are picking off the workers one by one. These nocturnal hunters will soon be known as the Man-Eaters of Tsavo.

Rumors had been circulating for a while about “killer lions.” Just a few days after Patterson’s arrival, news of missing workers lands on his desk. At first he takes no action, but as the days pass, news of more workers disappearing comes through, and rumors turn to a grim reality. There are a pair of maneless male lions stalking the railway construction workers’ campsite at night, dragging people from their tents as they sleep.

After the incidents in March, there comes a period of calm, with no lion attacks. A few months later though, the killer pair returns and start again, with increasing intensity. The workers attempt to ward off the lions by lighting fires at night and surrounding the camp with thorn fences. But to no avail. The attacks continue on an almost nightly basis. “Hundreds of men fell victims to these savage creatures, whose very jaws were steeped in blood,” writes one railway worker. “Bones, flesh, skin and blood, they devoured all, and left not a trace behind them.”

Patterson was a keen writer and kept a record of the Tsavo lion drama, later publishing it in his book, The Man-Eaters of Tsavo and Other East African Adventures (1907). He records that initially only one lion at a time enters camp to take a victim, but as the weeks and months progress, the pair become bolder and more brazen, both walking into camp together and seizing a victim each. By this stage, the terror became too much. Workers were fleeing, paralyzing work on the railroad. Construction was put on hold until British colonial support arrived in the form of 20 armed men. They set traps and prepared to ambush the lions.

Patterson’s initial attempts to kill the lions are unsuccessful. Using the workers to beat tin cans and drums, he has them advance through the bush, positioning himself behind an anthill in wait. The first lion passes within 45 feet of his position, but his double-barrelled rifle misfired. The noise created by the workers disorients the lion, however, giving Paterson time to shoot again. This time he hits the lion in the hind leg, but still, the lion doesn’t fall. Nightfall comes and Patterson improvises, setting a dead donkey as bait while he perches on a chair to wait. The lion returns. Patterson gets another shot off. The next morning the lion’s carcass was found not far from camp, measuring 9 feet, 8 inches from nose to the tip of its tail. Twenty days later the second lion was found and shot six times over the course of 11 days before it, too, eventually died.

When the story gets out, Patterson becomes an international hero, and with the lions dead the railway is completed just a few months later.

The total number of people the two lions killed during their nine-month reign of terror was never verified. Reports vary from 50 to 150 people. In his book, Patterson claims 135 people were eaten, though he may well have sensationalized the numbers in an effort to help sell his book! The railway company reported 28 dead workers. More than one hundred years later, using chemical analysis of the lions’ hides, Chicago’s Field Museum suggests a more accurate number to be 35 people eaten, 11 by one lion and 24 by the other.

In addition to Patterson’s written account, several movies are based on his tale of the man-eating lions, including The Ghost and the Darkness. The film does contain some inaccuracies (like casting lions with manes!), but it’s still worth watching.

Frequently Asked Questions About The Killer Lions Of Tsavo

1. What Happened To The Lions?

Patterson initially had the two dead lions made into floor rugs for his house, where they remained until 1925, when he sold the skins and skulls to the Field Museum of Natural History in Chicago for $5,000. Taxidermy experts at the museum restored the lions, turning the two rugs into exhibits (but because they had been made into rugs, they ended up much smaller than they were after the restoration). They are still on display there today.

2. Why Were The Lions Maneless?

Maneless male lions are not actually that unusual. There are several hypotheses why. Firstly, the larger and fluffier the mane, the more insulation, which is not ideal in extremely hot climates. Secondly, all that extra hair can prove quite a hindrance to hunting in thorny vegetation.

3. What Motivated The Lions To Target Humans?

The answer seems to be poor dental health. X-rays of the lions’ remains showed they both suffered from dental problems. One had severe dental disease, a broken canine, three lost incisors, and a severe root-tip abscess. These issues were no doubt painful and as a result, researchers believe the lions may have started preying on humans for the simple reason that they were easier to catch and chew. The second lion had less severe injuries but also appears to have killed and eaten less human prey.

Interestingly, the location in question is in an area the local tribe had given the name “place of slaughter,” which was actually a reference to numerous tribal conflicts that had occurred in the area over the years. Given the legacy of the lions, however, the name does seem apropos. The region is now home to two large national parks — Tsavo East and Tsavo West, which you can visit on safari.

Captivated by African wildlife? Consider

• 7 Fantastic Animals To See On Safari
• The 10 Most Dangerous Animals In Africa
• The 6 Greatest Animal Migrations In Africa, And How To Experience Them
  11 Things I Wish I’d Known Before My African Safari
• 12 Stunning Birds To Spot While On Safari

There’s a famous quote that says, “The only man I envy is the man who has not yet been to Africa, for he has so much to look forward to”; how true that is! With 54 countries to choose between and an array of spectacular destinations, each bursting with color, charm, and culture, it can be hard to know where to start when planning your first visit to the world’s second-largest continent. So read on, then pack your bags and ease yourself into it by visiting one of these great destinations for first-timers to Africa.

1. Kruger National Park, South Africa

Kruger is home to 147 mammal species (the most of any African national park), including cheetah, hippo, zebra, giraffe, warthog, baboon, and numerous antelope species. The Big Five (lion, elephant, buffalo, rhino, and leopard) are so abundant here that even a first-time visitor can cross them off their list by lunchtime.

The dry winter season (May to August) is the best time to visit Kruger, as the bush is sparse and animals gravitate to the water holes, making them easier to spot. Temperatures rarely climb above 65 degrees Fahrenheit during the day, and it can be quite chilly at night, so first-timers will have a gentler introduction to the otherwise blistering African climate.

There is an impressive array of affordable, well-equipped rest camps, and for the more luxurious or exclusive experience, there are numerous private lodges both within the park and in the private reserves lining the park’s boundary. For something really special, though, try Kruger Shalati, “The Train on the Bridge.” Permanently stationed on the Selati Bridge above the Sabie River, Kruger Shalati offers luxury accommodation in a re-envisioned train. In the 1920s, the train that carried visitors into Kruger used to park overnight in the exact spot where Kruger Shalati stands.

2. Marrakesh, Morocco

Situated at the foot of the Atlas Mountains, Marrakesh is one of the continent’s most charismatic cities and a riot of color and sound.

Those interested in the culture and history of North Africa will find it in abundance here. The city was founded in 1062, and in the centuries since, a fabulous collection of mosques, palaces, tombs, and museums has grown.

The best way to immerse yourself in the city is to stroll through the original walled medina, a maze of narrow streets surrounded by souks, food markets, and stalls piled high with spices, jeweled slippers, stained-glass lanterns, or lengths of freshly dyed fabric. Stop in the souks for a cup of mint tea or to watch artisans at work, using techniques unchanged for centuries. Djemaa El-Fna Square is the heart of the medina, while Majorelle Gardens offers some respite from the chaos of the city. For the most authentic stay, book a room in a traditional Moroccan riad.

3. Cape Town, South Africa

Frequently voted one of the world’s most beautiful cities, Cape Town is flanked by the ocean on two sides and presided over by the majestic Table Mountain.

There is something for everyone in Cape Town. Art galleries, museums, and concert venues cater to the culture vultures, and the world-class restaurant scene will keep any gourmet smiling. Natural beauty abounds, from the sandy beaches to stunning scenic drives, like the jaw-dropping views along Chapman’s Peak Pass, where mountains tower above you on one side and the Atlantic Ocean drops far below you on the other. Nature and adventure lovers can hike Table Mountain (there’s a cable car for the less energetic), visit the penguins at Boulders Beach, or enjoy the beauty of Kirstenbosch National Botanical Garden and Cape Point. Take a ferry out to Robben Island to see the prison where Nelson Mandela was incarcerated for 18 years, or discover the Islamic culture of the colorful Bo Kaap neighborhood, which was featured in our list of the most colorful cities in the world. For an insight into the apartheid era consider signing up for a township tour. Cape Town is also the perfect base to explore the vineyards of nearby Paarl and Franschhoek.

4. Victoria Falls, Zimbabwe/Zambia

Victoria Falls, one of the Seven Wonders of the Natural World, spans the border between Zimbabwe and Zambia. It is where the Zambezi River plunges over a drop of 354 feet, forming the world’s largest curtain of falling water. Over 165 million gallons flow over the edge every minute during peak flood season. The spray from the Falls can be seen from 30 miles away and is the inspiration for its indigenous name, Mosi-oa-Tunya (The Smoke that Thunders).

The falls are located on the Zambia/Zimbabwe border and can be seen from either country. If visiting from the Zimbabwean side, the winding paths through Victoria Falls National Park take you to a series of viewpoints, each offering magnificent views of the Main Falls. The Zambian side of the falls has fewer viewpoints but does provide the adrenaline-charged opportunity to swim in the Devil’s Pool on the very edge of the falls.

For a comparison of the two experiences, check out Vanessa Chiasson’s article comparing Victoria Falls on the Zimbabwe and Zambia sides.

5. Serengeti National Park, Tanzania

Serengeti National Park, in northern Tanzania, is a UNESCO World Heritage Site and boasts the highest concentration of plains game in Africa. These sprawling grasslands make for those classic safari panoramas, with lone acacia trees silhouetted on the horizon and herds of grazing zebra and antelope. The plentiful herbivores attract large numbers of predators, and the open savannahs make this one of the best destinations for watching lions and cheetahs in action. If you are here between November and July, the Serengeti is center stage for the awe-inspiring Great Migration, when herds of several million wildebeest, zebra, and other antelope gather to graze, mate, and give birth. Before booking your trip though, make sure you check which area of the 5,700-square-mile park will be seeing the most action at the time of your visit. Even if you don’t catch the migration, the Serengeti is a remarkable safari destination. All of the Big Five can be seen here, though to be honest, the rhinos are notoriously difficult to spot!

If you are looking for a place to stay in the Serengeti, may I suggest Nomad Safaris’ Lamai Serengeti?

Editor’s Note: Interested in animal migrations? Sarah has written about how to experience the six best animal migrations in Africa.

6. Okavango Delta, Botswana

The Okavango River bursts its banks at the end of the rainy season (April/May) and flows out across the Kalahari Desert basin, forming a seasonal flood plain. The floodwaters sustain an astonishing array of wildlife in an otherwise normally arid landscape. At its peak, the Delta covers over 8,500 square miles and is a wonderland of lush green plains, forests, and marshy waterways. The most exciting way to explore is in a traditional canoe (mokoro), and the best time to visit is during the annual flood (May to September), as this is when the Delta’s animals are confined to islands created by the floodwaters, making them easier to spot. Highlights include the Big Five and one of the continent’s largest populations of endangered wild dogs. Over 150 different mammal species call the Delta home, and keen bird waters will be rewarded with over 530 species of bird, many of which are endemic.

Try Wilderness Safaris’ Chitabe Camp in the Okavango Delta.

7. Volcanoes National Park, Rwanda

Straddling the border between Uganda and the Democratic Republic of the Congo, Volcanoes National Park covers approximately 60 square miles of the Virunga Mountains. This is the place to come to see mountain gorillas in their natural habitat. There are just over 1,000 mountain gorillas left in the wild, and Volcanoes National Park is home to 10 habituated gorilla troops, meaning these gorillas are sufficiently accustomed to humans to allow for some amazing close encounters. Be aware that these encounters are strictly regulated for the gorilla’s safety, and you, or your travel agent, will need to apply well in advance for a permit.

While this trip is certainly a good one for first-timers in Africa, please note that finding the gorillas entails trekking through the cloud forest, which can be pretty tough going. You will need to be in good shape physically to tackle this adventure.

Volcanoes National Park is home to Karisoke Research Center, where renowned primatologist Dian Fossey conducted her life’s work. Her book “Gorillas in the Mist” appears in my list of the best books to read before your first trip to Africa.

8. The River Nile, Egypt

The Nile River is the longest river in Africa and runs through 11 countries on its journey to the Mediterranean Sea. The most popular destination by far for Nile River cruises is Egypt. An Egyptian Nile River cruise allows you to see many of the country’s incredible ancient sights. Typically, boats ply the stretch of river between Luxor and Aswan, just as traditional feluccas have done for millennia, and top stops include the ancient monuments of Luxor and Karnak, the Valley of the Kings (home of Tutankhamun’s tomb), as well as the temples of Edfu, Philae, and Kom Ombo. The best Nile cruises will have a professional Egyptologist on board, who will be able to tell you the history and mythology of the buildings you pass. You can choose from a myriad of different styled cruises, from charming to luxurious and from classic steamer to modern cruise liners. 

9. Zanzibar, Tanzania

Zanzibar is one of Africa’s top beach destinations. Situated off the coast of Tanzania and surrounded by the warm waters of the Indian Ocean, the island is famous for its beautiful beaches and its fascinating history of spice trading. Zanzibar was also a slave trading post under its Arab rulers, and that influence is still evident today in the architecture of Stone Town. A UNESCO World Heritage Site, Stone Town boasts beautiful traditional houses, narrow alleyways, a Sultan’s palace, and many mosques. Zanzibar is also a scuba diver’s paradise.

One of the reasons I’d suggest Zanzibar is because it combines perfectly with a safari in Tanzania. After an animal-packed safari in the Serengeti or the Ngorongoro Crater, enjoy some blissful beach time, while you recover from those early morning safari wake-up calls.

For a really luxurious visit, treat yourself to a stay at Xanadu Villas, and to experience a stay in one of Stone Towns beautiful traditional old houses, let me suggest Jafferji House

So there you have my take on nine destinations that will offer an unforgettable experience for any African first-timer. 

Africa is home to some wonderful wildlife, but it is also home to many dangerous — and sometimes deadly — animals. Indeed, some of the most dangerous animals on the planet are found in Africa.

Here’s my list of the 10 most dangerous animals on the African continent, based on the annual estimated number of human fatalities.

1. Mosquito

Responsible For An Estimated 1,000,000 Deaths Per Year

It may come as a surprise that the deadliest animal in Africa is also one of the smallest. The tiny mosquito is probably Africa’s most dangerous creature.

African mosquitoes transmit a myriad of potentially fatal diseases — including yellow fever, the Zika virus, the West Nile virus, dengue fever, and malaria — to more than 70 million people every year. For a traveler on safari, the greatest threat a mosquito presents is malaria, one of the deadliest diseases in the world. Malaria is spread by the female Anopheles mosquito, which is most active at dawn and dusk.

The good news is that you can easily prevent mosquito bites by using spray or lotion repellents, wearing light-colored clothing, and sleeping under a mosquito net. Your doctor should also prescribe you medication to take before, during, and after your safari. (There is also a malaria vaccine on the horizon, which is hoped to be able to reduce deaths by up to 75 percent.)

If you are particularly nervous about mosquitoes, it is possible to safari without the threat of malaria; both South Africa and Namibia are predominantly malaria-free destinations.

2. Hippopotamus

Responsible For An Estimated 3,000 Deaths Per Year

While hippos are a pleasure to watch from a distance, let me assure you that they are not as placid as they seem. Despite being vegetarian, hippos are considered the most dangerous terrestrial animals in Africa. Male hippos will fiercely defend their territories, and females can become extremely aggressive if they sense anything getting between them and their young.

Hippos can run at speeds of over 19 miles per hour on land and can weigh over 3,300 pounds, and a male hippo’s canine teeth can exceed 20 inches — so it’s best to keep your distance!

I have a healthy respect for hippos, having had several close encounters while canoeing on the Zambezi River. I also know of a few people who have lost limbs — or even lives — in hippo attacks.

3. African Elephant

Responsible For An Estimated 500 Deaths Per Year

Elephants, the world’s largest land mammals, can be unpredictable. Older bulls and young, inexperienced males in particular can be aggressive, even when not provoked (usually during musth, their sexually active period, when testosterone levels increase). It is also best to steer clear of mothers with young babies, since just like humans, they will protect their young at all costs. An elephant can weigh over 15,000 pounds, which certainly gives it the weight advantage in any encounter you may have. Indeed, most elephant-related human fatalities are caused by trampling or crushing. 

I think it’s worth mentioning here that approximately 100 elephants are killed every day by poachers, and elephants tend to be much more aggressive in areas where poaching occurs.

In my early 20s, I worked near the famous Victoria Falls. I didn’t have a car, and to get to the falls, I would often walk the 7 miles alone. Several times I encountered elephants. Each time I would quickly attempt to conceal myself behind a convenient bush or tree until they moved on. I was never charged or attacked, though I do know of two people who were trampled to death by elephants in exactly the same place several years later.

4. Nile Crocodile

Responsible For An Estimated 300 Deaths Per Year  

Crocodiles, though fascinating to watch, are Africa’s largest freshwater predators. A crocodile will submerge itself in water, with just its nostrils above the surface, waiting for something to come to the water’s edge for a drink, and then, with an incredible burst of speed, will launch upward, clamping its victim in vise-like jaws and dragging it underwater to drown.

Crocodiles boast the strongest bite on the African continent; they are indiscriminate hunters and will attack any animal that comes within reach, including people. Most human fatalities occur when people are washing or collecting water on the riverbank, or when fishermen take their boats in and out of the water. If you stay away from the river’s edge and keep your body (including all your limbs) inside the boat, you should be okay. 

5. Lion

Responsible For An Estimated 250 Deaths Per Year

The lion is one of the world’s top predators, but under normal circumstances it will not target humans. There are instances in which they will, though. Mozambican refugees crossing South Africa’s Kruger National Park at night are quite often attacked and eaten by lions; it’s believed that at least 10 people a year die this way. In Tanzania, it is reported that lions kill up to 70 people a year. The most renowned incident involving man-eating lions happened during the construction of the Kenya–Uganda railroad in 1898, when a pair of male lions began attacking railway workers, killing more than 100 in a nine-month period.

There are only a handful of reports of tourists (or their guides) being killed by lions during a safari. The vast majority of humans killed by lions are locals going about their daily lives on the fringes of African game reserves. 

6. Cape Buffalo

Responsible For An Estimated 200 Deaths Per Year

The Cape buffalo is renowned for its aggressive, unpredictable nature and is without a doubt one of the most dangerous animals in Africa.

Known in Africa as one of the Big Five, the Cape buffalo can weigh up to 1,760 pounds. Bulls are known to weigh up to 2,200 pounds! Cape buffalo usually travel in intimidatingly large herds, but if they are alone and injured, they will stalk and kill humans. Cape buffalo are known to circle back on their victims, trampling or goring them to death with their impressive horns.

On a walking safari in Zambia’s North Luangwa National Park, we came across a herd of over 1,000 buffalo. Our guide instructed us to stand still, and with just a tiny bush to shelter behind, we stood as the huge mob walked around us. After half an hour, the entire herd had passed us by without paying us the slightest attention, but it had been a rather nerve-racking wait. 

7. Great White Shark

Responsible For An Estimated 2 Deaths Per Year

The great white shark strikes fear into many people, but ignore what Hollywood might have you believe — these sharks have no natural instinct to attack humans. Great whites don’t consider humans prey, and they only seem to attack in cases of mistaken identity. Great whites charge their prey at up to 25 miles per hour, take one big bite, and then back off, leaving their prey to bleed to death before eating it. Although these sharks are extremely powerful and capable of massive devastation, attacks on humans are rare. In general, more people are killed by bee stings than sharks. 

8. Rhinoceros

Rhinos are well known for their irritability. They are also extremely shortsighted and won’t hesitate to charge at anything they perceive as a threat. They may have poor eyesight, but their sense of smell is excellent, and the scent of a human can cause a rhino to charge at a person or vehicle. Rhino mothers are very protective of their young and quick to attack anything they consider a danger, so never, ever get between a mother and her baby.

Generally the black rhino is the most aggressive, but both black and white rhinos will charge when threatened. Adult rhinos can weigh up to 6,000 pounds and run at speeds of up to 40 miles per hour, so be sure to keep your wits about you and keep your distance!

9. Puff Adder

While not the most venomous snake in Africa, the puff adder is considered Africa’s deadliest snake, being responsible for perhaps 32,000 human fatalities per year.

The puff adder has excellent camouflage, and instead of fleeing from approaching danger, it will simply lie still. Most attacks occur when people accidentally step on the snake. Because of the snake’s potent venom and long fangs, 20 percent of bites will be fatal if not treated properly.   

10. Black Mamba

The black mamba is another of the deadliest snakes in Africa. These snakes can reach up to 8 feet in length and achieve speeds of up to 12 miles per hour. Mambas are extremely aggressive when cornered and won’t hesitate to attack. Their venom is highly toxic — one bite contains enough toxins to kill 10 people. Without antivenom, death can occur in as little as 7 hours.  

Black mambas are actually not black at all, but rather a brownish-olive color. They get their name from their inky black mouths, which they display when threatened. They have well-developed vision and are both ambush and pursuit predators.

So, there you have it — the 10 most dangerous animals in Africa. It’s worth bearing in mind that while there are some very dangerous animals on this list, many of them — like the lion, buffalo, and hippopotamus — are predominantly confined to national parks and game reserves where, if you follow the basic safety guidelines, they will pose little threat to your safety. In fact, most of the species on this list are currently classified as either vulnerable or threatened and have far more reason to fear humans than we have to fear them. It’s good to be informed, though, and you can avoid most negative interactions by treating these creatures with the respect they deserve.

Encyclopedia Britannica will tell you that animal migration is “the regular, usually seasonal, movement of all or part of an animal population to and from a given area.” Wikipedia concurs, saying “animal migration is the relatively long-distance movement of individual animals, usually on a seasonal basis.” How dull they make it sound! 

I am here to show you that animal migrations in Africa are fascinating. They offer some of the continent’s most incredible wildlife experiences, where thousands, and sometimes millions, of creatures, driven by ancient urges and following inherited mental maps, fearlessly embark on incredible journeys.

I am going to explore with you what I believe are the six most impressive animal migrations in Africa, ranging from millions of flamingos in Kenya to thousands of whales off the coast of South Africa. I’m going to include the well-known Great Wildebeest Migration of East Africa, of course, but did you know there’s a second wildebeest migration each year in Zambia? And speaking of Zambia, the largest mammal migration in the world takes place here, and this is going to be our jumping-off point.

1. Fruit Bat Migration: Kasanka National Park, Zambia

Between October and December each year, about 10 million (more than the entire human population of New York!) straw-colored fruit bats descend on a tiny patch of evergreen swamp forest inside Kasanka National Park in northern Zambia. These fox-faced, yellow-furred fruit bats have a wingspan of 30 inches and are the second-largest fruit bat on the continent (adults can weigh almost 1 pound). The bats come to feast on the wild fruit that appears with the first rains. Scientists are not sure exactly where they spend the rest of the year, though they do know that for some, it is deep in the rainforests of the Congo.

Whilst this experience is not typically at the top of the traditional safari traveler’s bucket list, the spectacle of up to seven million pounds of flying mammals over a three-month period is a spectacle to enthrall every nature lover. Kasanka is the only place in the world where the migration can be witnessed, and viewing the Kasanka bat migration could well prove to be one of your most fruitful wildlife experiences.

Wasa Lodge, located on the shores of the lovely Wasa Lake, is the closest lodge accommodation to see the bats. There is also a seasonal “fly camp” and a number of self-catering campsites.

Editor’s Note: Sarah mentions the straw-colored fruit bat migration (and much more) in 6 Once-In-A-Lifetime Animal Experiences In Africa.

2. The Great Wildebeest Migration: Serengeti, Tanzania

Whilst the bats don’t leave a single footprint behind when they leave, the same cannot be said for the next contenders on our list of greatest animal migrations in Africa.

At the end of the rainy season in East Africa, zebra and blue wildebeest head toward new pastures on a circular migration of 500 miles around the Serengeti. Herds of almost two million, sometimes stretching up to 25 miles long, move across the Serengeti and Masi Mara plains in search of food and water. This is Africa’s most famous migration; in human terms, it would be the same as if every person in Philadelphia or Phoenix packed their bags and all moved, all at once!

Facing multiple dangers from both land predators and crocodiles, the wildebeest and zebra complete a 500-plus mile round trip during the migration. One in six will die from predator attack, thirst, or exhaustion, but a half million new calves will also be born. This is not one event, but rather a year-round loop that never really ends, so there is always something to see. Highlights of the year include the herd crossing the Mara River (July–October) and calving season on the plains of the Ngorongoro Conservation Area (January/February) when all the herds join together in one giant group.

In May, during the long rains, as the herds begin to move northward through the Serengeti and toward the western corridor, staying at either Mwiba Lodge or Kusini Camp in the southern reaches of the Serengeti will give you front-row seats. To witness the herd’s frantic splashing and thrashing as they cross the crocodile-filled Mara River, I’d recommend Nomad Lamai as the place to put you at the heart of an unforgettable wildlife drama.

Editor’s Note: Tanzania’s Serengeti National Park gets top billing in Sarah’s 10 Best Safari Parks To Visit In Africa, but as you can imagine, Africa offers plenty more.

3. Zebra Migration: Southern Okavango To Nxai Pan National Park And Makgadikgadi Pans National Park, Botswana

Whilst the wildebeest in Tanzania may wander on a huge circular journey, in 2012 researchers started to comprehend what is now thought to be the longest linear, land mammal migration in the world; when the plains zebra in Botswana undertake an annual round trip of over 600 miles.

In this lesser-known natural phenomenon, more than 40,000 zebra, driven by thirst, move seasonally in search of greener grazing spots. As the winter dry season begins, they begin to assemble in the salt pans of Nxai and Makgadikgadi before starting their 300-mile journey to the “promised land” of the Boteti River. They will retrace their steps in November when the annual rains begin again. This is an incredibly photogenic migration, with the striped zebras really standing out against the sun-bleached landscape. You can really feel the excitement as the zebra get closer to the Boteti River, and you certainly share their joy when they arrive. If that wasn’t exciting enough, predators lurk, taking full advantage of the easy prey.

Stay at Jack’s Camp in the Makgadikgadi from January to March to see the migration in full swing, or Meno a Kwena from September to October for the best view of the herds at the Boteti River.

4. Wildebeest Migration: Liuwa Plains, Zambia

They might be wildebeest, but this definitely isn’t Tanzania’s Serengeti. Instead, we’re on the golden grasslands of Liuwa Plains National Park in the far western corner of Zambia. Liuwa is home to the continent’s other great (and second-largest) wildebeest migration. Here 40,000 ungulates move north to greener pastures every July, before heading back south as the rains build in late October. The numbers might not be as spectacular as in the Serengeti, but the setting is remote and wild and the experience is definitely one of my favorite African animal migrations. Not to mention that it occurs in my home country; whilst it’s not exactly on my doorstep, it certainly is a lot closer than the other wildebeest migration further north on the continent. The Liuwa Plains wildebeest migration is an incredible natural phenomenon, yet it is scarcely known, which is good news for safari buffs, as it means it doesn’t attract the crowds you are likely to encounter in the East African Masai Mara/Serengeti migration. As a result, for a tourist, the whole experience seems a little more wild and authentic.  

The wildebeest migration follows the rains, and November is usually the best time to see the huge herds grazing. If your budget can stretch to it, I’d suggest you stay at Time + Tide King Lewanika. Otherwise, there are a number of campsites to choose from.

5. Flamingo Migration: Rift Valley, Kenya

Taking a short break from mammals, you may remember the famous scene in the movie Out of Africa where a tiny yellow biplane soars over Lake Manyara with its million or so coral-colored flamingos. If so, you already have an idea just how beautiful the pink wings of flamingos can be when viewed en masse.

Each year, from April to June, tens of thousands of vibrantly colored lesser and greater flamingos fly into Kenya’s Rift Valley lakes to breed, in what is one of the continent’s most under-reported animal migrations. The warm soda lakes of Nakuru and Bogoria have a high mineral content, and the waters are rich in algae and tiny shrimp, causing the flamingos to turn pink (a classic and vivid example of “you are what you eat”). Each lake has large, shallow areas where the flamingos wade, heads turned upside down in their distinctive feeding posture.

The number of flamingos you’ll see at either lake depends on the amount of algae in the lakes at any given time (less algae equals fewer flamingos), but the best months are usually April through June, and I’d recommend staying at either Loldia House (close to Lake Naivasha), or The Cliff (overlooking Lake Nakuru).

Editor’s Note: Intrigued by flamingos and Out of Africa? They come up in Sarah’s 13 Best Books To Read Before Your First Trip To Africa — a worthwhile resource if you’re planning a trip.

6. Southern Right Whale Migration: Hermanus, Western Cape, South Africa

From June through November, if you cast your eyes over the crashing waters of South Africa’s southern coastline, you may just spot another of the continent’s great animal migrations. At least 37 different whale species are found in the waters off South Africa, but during annual whale migration season, Hermanus becomes a whale-watching mecca as hundreds of southern right whales migrate from their summer feeding grounds in the Antarctic to the oceans around the Western Cape. The whales come to breed and to calve and nurse their young, spending up to five months in the area. The total estimated migratory population of southern right whales in the area is 12,000. In season, in excess of 100 are known to frequent the waters close to shore near the town of Hermanus.

Hermanus (particularly Walker Bay) offers some of the best whale watching in the world, either by boat or from the rocky shore, with whales often spotted only meters from the shore. If you miss them in Hermanus, you could also hire a car and drive up the Garden Route (the 500-plus-mile “Whale Route” extends all the way from Cape Town to Plettenberg Bay) and your chances of seeing these magnificent migrating mammals is high.

The whales begin their migration back to the icy waters of the Antarctic in November, a 3,000-mile journey which they do at an average speed of 2.5 miles per hour! Once back at their feeding grounds in the Antarctic, they will spend the summer (December–May) feeding on up to 2,000 pounds of krill and plankton a day before returning to South Africa again the following year.

May I suggest a stay at The Thatch House Boutique Hotel in Hermanus for whale watching with an added “splash” of luxury?

So, there you have my pick of the six greatest African animal migrations. With a bit of luck, perhaps we will bump into one another at one of these incredible places someday.

Given that over one-third of the African continent is covered by desert, you really shouldn’t have too much trouble finding one to explore! From the Mediterranean Sea to South Africa and from the Indian Ocean to the Atlantic Ocean, the deserts of Africa are home to some of the most extreme landscapes and stark conditions on earth as well as some of the most beautiful. While you may be forgiven for thinking that there is plenty of nothing to see in deserts, they actually offer a window into unique environments and cultures, dating back thousands or millions of years, and, surprisingly, in some places, they are also excellent for wildlife viewing.

It is generally accepted that there are 10 unique deserts in Africa, and we are going to tackle them from largest to smallest.

10. Sahara Desert, 3.6 Million Square Miles

Algeria, Chad, Egypt, Eritrea, Libya, Mali, Mauritania, Morocco, Niger, Western Sahara, Sudan, Tunisia

With shifting sands, lost cities, and nomadic tribes, the Sahara is the granddaddy of all deserts. In fact, its size is comparable to that of the entire United States! This is the largest “hot” desert in the world (with temperatures reaching 122 degrees Fahrenheit) and the third largest desert on the planet (smaller only than those of Antarctica and the northern Arctic). The Sahara is around 7 million years old, stretches across 12 countries, and covers vast swathes of North Africa.

This is not one huge uniform desert. The Sahara consists of many regions, each with its own rainfall levels, temperatures, plants, and wildlife. Ergs, hamadas, dry lakes and valleys, gravel plains, sand seas, dunes, volcanic mountains, and stone plateaus all form the terrain of this desert. While most of the Sahara is barren, the desert does support a mix of wildlife, including oryx, gazelle, wild asses, baboons, hyenas, sand foxes, and more than 300 species of bird. There are also around 4 million people that dwell in the Sahara, mostly in Mauritania, Western Sahara, Algeria, Libya, and Egypt. This vast life and diverse cultures all come together in one desert.

From riding a camel and luxury glamping in Morocco to sailing down the Nile in Egypt, there are many ways to experience the Sahara. But let me suggest a visit to one of the most unusual parts, White Desert National Park in Egypt. The White Desert, a small section of Egypt’s vast Western Desert (in turn part of the Sahara), is known for some of the country’s rarest and most incredible geological formations. It has brilliant white sands and impressive chalk rock formations, some looking like large mushrooms, carved out by the wind over millions of years.

9. Kalahari Desert, 350,000 Square Miles

Botswana, Namibia, South Africa

The Sahara may be Africa’s most famous desert. That can tend to mean that the Kalahari, located in the continent’s south, gets relatively little attention. It may not be as expansive or as well-known as its northern cousin, but the Kalahari is impressive in its own right.

The word Kalahari comes from the Tswana words Kgala, meaning great thirst, and Kgalagadi, meaning waterless place. In truth, only parts of the Kalahari can be classified as a “true desert” (receiving less than 10 inches of rain per year). The Kalahari’s annual precipitation (4 to 20 inches) allows for the growth of grasses, thorny shrubs, and acacia trees. The Okavango River runs through the Kalahari, and other non-permanent water sources appear during the rainy season. Because of this access to water, the Kalahari is home to a variety of wildlife, including lions, brown hyenas, meerkats, antelopes, bat-eared foxes, and birds and reptiles. Much of the desert is part of Botswana’s Central Kalahari Game Reserve. 

There are very few places where tourists can spend time with San Bushmen, learning about their traditional lifestyle and culture, and the Kalahari is one of them.

8. Karoo Desert, 155,000 Square Miles

South Africa 

At less than half the size of the Kalahari, let’s examine South Africa’s Karoo. This is a semi-desert, a vast ancient seabed that straddles the midriff of the country. Karoo is a bushman word for dry place, and this desert is known for its low rainfall (around 10 inches annually) and its extremes of heat and cold. Historically the dry and treacherous Karoo provided an almost impenetrable barrier to settlers attempting to move inland from Cape Town.

The Karoo of today is still an arid region with little rainfall and high temperatures. However, an extensive reserve of underground water has been discovered, making farming and livestock-raising possible. Sheep thrive on the assorted succulents, low scrub bush, and grassland, though each sheep requires about 10 acres of grazing to sustain itself.

Two hundred seventy miles from Cape Town, the Karoo is home to some of South Africa’s more creative people; novelists, artists, musicians, sculptors, beer brewers, internet whiz-kids, boutique hoteliers, dynamic young farmers, and eccentrics. If that is your scene, then you might want to check out the AfrikaBurn festival, which features art, costume, performance, music, mutant vehicles, and more. The festival takes place annually in April.

7. Danakil Desert, 52,879 Square Miles

Djibouti, Eritrea, Ethiopia 

The Danakil Desert stretches across northeastern Ethiopia, the coast of southern Eritrea, and northwestern Djibouti. This desert is one of the most extreme environments in Africa, with lava lakes, volcanoes, hot springs, geysers, and some impressive multi-colored salt lakes. Less than one inch of rainfall is recorded here each year, and the Danakil Desert is one of the lowest, driest, and hottest places on earth, with temperatures soaring to 122 degrees Fahrenheit. The Danakil Desert is nearly completely uninhabited, except for a few Afar people engaged in desert salt mining.

A visit to the Danakil Depression is a must if you are in Ethiopia. This is a surreal landscape of vibrant colors, boiling hot waters, choking wafts of sulfurous gases, frequent earth tremors, and several active volcanoes. 

6. Chalbi Desert, 38,610 Square Miles

Kenya

Located in northern Kenya, close to the border of Ethiopia, the Chalbi desert is one of the hottest and most arid places in Kenya. The name comes from the Gabbra dialect, for “bare and salty,” which seems particularly appropriate given that this vast bleached stretch of earth was once part of an extensive lake. The basin occasionally fills with shallow water during heavy rains, and fossilized remains of snail shells and fish vertebrae can be found.

If traveling into the Chalbi Desert, prepare yourself for an eerie landscape of frozen, rocky lava flows, cracked earth, sand, dried clay, and white salt. Even in this desolate location, though, you may see, in the distance, the outlines of ostriches, zebras, oryx, and other desert-adapted animals. At the northern edge of the desert are oases of palm trees, attracting sand grouse, guinea fowls, and other birds. The Gabra people also use the oases to water their camels.

5. Namib Desert, 31,300 Square Miles

Angola, Namibia, And South Africa

While the Sahara is the largest desert in Africa, the Namib is considered the oldest at 80 million years. This is quite possibly the most photographed desert in Africa, with some of the highest dunes on the planet (over 950 feet tall). The Namib stretches along the Atlantic coast of Southern Africa and merges with the Kalahari Desert in the south.

The climate here is extremely arid. The dry Namib winds meet the cold Atlantic Ocean current, forming dense fog. This fog is the main water source for the desert’s plants and animals. The desert houses a variety of animals; jackals, hyenas, gemsboks, a variety of lizards and snakes, and desert-adapted elephants that can go days without water. One of the Namib’s most unusual sights is the Welwitschia, a bizarre-looking plant that grows two long leaves, continuously, throughout its lifetime. It is believed Welwitschias can grow for 1,000 years or more.

A visit to the old diamond mining ghost town of Kolmanskop should be on your itinerary if you visit the Namib Desert.

4. Guban Desert, ~2,700 Square Miles

Somalia

Guban is the Somali word for “burnt land” and is the Indigenous name for northwestern Somaliland, and the Guban Desert is a small coastal desert found here. This sandy, low-lying (less than 330 feet above sea level) desert plain on the coast of the Gulf of Aden is characterized by high temperatures and humidity, little rainfall (about 2 inches annually), and sparse vegetation. The plain is traversed by a system of shallow seasonal streams and is populated mostly by the Dir and Isaaq clans, who raise their camels and goats outside of the Guban, near-permanent wells in the Galgodon Highlands.

Pre-civil war Somalia was a growing tourist spot, but it seems unlikely that many tourists will venture here in the near future.

3. Nyiri Desert, ~270 Square Miles

Kenya

The Nyiri Desert lies in southern Kenya between Amboseli, Tsavo West, and Nairobi National Parks, not far from the border with Tanzania. The desert is in the rain-shadow of Mount Kilimanjaro, which contributes to its extremely low rainfall. There are, however, several large springs that support wildlife, including elephant, giraffe, rhinoceros, lion, and leopard.

Parts of this desert have dense growths of small trees, many of them thorny and some of them poisonous. During the brief rainy season, these trees have green leaves and flowers, but in the dry season, they are bare and entwined by creepers and prickly euphorbias. Baobab trees are found in the Nyiri desert, some as old as 2,000 years, their gray trunks often measuring as much as 10 feet in diameter.

Take the opportunity while you are in the area to climb Kilimanjaro. 

2. Grand Bara Desert, 40 Square Miles

Djibouti 

The Grand Bara and Petit Bara are the remains of dried-up lake beds. They form vast arid plains in the center of Djibouti. The desert is flat and infertile, with no bushes or trees. In spite of this, several species of mammals have adapted to live in the region, including dik-dik, gerenuk, and oryx.

The Grand Bara Desert plays host to the grueling annual Foreign Legion run.

1. Lompoul Desert, 7 Square Miles

Senegal 

Midway between Senegal’s capital, Dakar, and the colonial city of Saint-Louis, the Lompoul Desert is 7 square miles of rolling orange sand dunes beneath a cloudless sky. This is Africa’s smallest desert. Easy access makes this desert a popular tourist destination, with visitors coming to admire the orange sand dunes reminiscent of the Sahara and Namib deserts.

A music festival started in 2009 named Festival du Sahel is held in the desert every year.

So there you have my countdown of Africa’s ten unique deserts, so pack your sunscreen and water bottle and let’s get exploring!

Related Reading:

• How To Experience The Unique Cultures Of African Tribes
• 13 Best Books To Read Before Your First Trip To Africa
• 6 Once-In-A-Lifetime Animal Experiences In Africa
• The Big Five, Small Five, Shy Five, And Ugly Five: What Are They And Where To Find Them

It’s tempting to sum up the differences between Victoria Falls, Zimbabwe, and Livingstone, Zambia, with a few cliches. It’s often said that Victoria Falls is more touristy and Livingstone is more authentic. But when I visited, I found communities that were eager to defy expectations. In “touristy” Victoria Falls, locals sang about politics in the cafes and chatted about economic policy on the drive to the game park. In “authentic” Livingstone, everyone was eager to showcase their sophisticated museums and internationally inspired cuisine. Visitors keen to look beyond the stereotypes will discover warm, welcoming destinations with their own character and plenty to offer.

Here are five key differences between Victoria Falls and Livingstone. 

1. The Victoria Falls Experience

First things first: Which country is better for experiencing Victoria Falls? It’s complicated. But the short answer is that the Zimbabwean side, while farther from the falls, affords much better views. In Zambia, you’ll be much closer to the falls — in some cases, you can even stand in the water! — but the views are limited.

Between February and June, the waterfalls run at full force, and visitors should wear rain jackets. Between July and September, you’ll have the best views, since the water is still strong but not nearly as misty. And when the dry season comes in the fall, the views are great and there’s ample opportunity for different water activities.

In Zambia’s Mosi-oa-Tunya National Park, the Victoria Falls World Heritage National Monument Site offers multiple paths for exploring the falls. One of these is the Eastern Cataract, a walk across a footbridge through the mist of the falls. And, for those with plenty of moxie, there’s also the Devil’s Pool — you can read all about it later in this piece. To see the falls, which are about 7 miles from the town center, you’ll need to catch a taxi. You may also need a guide, depending on what you want to see.

On the Zimbabwean side, Victoria Falls National Park has a gift shop, an excellent cafe, local handicrafts, lots of informational panels, and easy walking paths that offer outstanding views of the falls from all angles. I personally like to arrive early in the morning and stroll when things are quiet and the baboons outnumber the visitors. Later in the day, the cafe is the perfect place to cool off and relax before revisiting your favorite trail. The park is located in the heart of Victoria Falls and is set up so that you can easily explore on your own without a guide. Note that if you’re staying outside the main part of town, you might need a taxi to get there. 

No matter which side you’re on, if you’re visiting the area during the full moon (or just before or after), ask your hotel about a lunar visit to the falls. It’s an experience you don’t want to miss!

2. The Culture

In Victoria Falls, the tiny Jafuta Heritage Centre within the Elephant’s Walk shopping plaza chronicles the cultural heritage of the Zimbabwean people. It showcases jewelry, traditional costumes, and other artifacts. A plus: It’s located next door to Dean’s Cafe, which uses local coffee beans and is well worth a visit. 

Boma in Victoria Falls provides excellent cuisine in addition to a unique cultural experience. You’ll have plenty of opportunities to try local foods (including impala, guinea fowl stew, and crunchy roasted mopane worms) as you enjoy the talents of drummers and dancers.

In Zambia, travelers can visit the Livingstone Museum, the largest and oldest museum in the country. Highlights of its collection include items from the life of David Livingstone, exhibits on modern-day Zambia, a model of an African village, and much more. Admission to this wheelchair-friendly museum costs just $5, an outstanding deal.

Livingstone is also home to the Railway & Gateway Jewish Museum. This hybrid museum chronicles the history of Zambia’s locomotive age as well as the development of Livingstone’s Jewish community. The community traveled to Livingstone in the late 1800s to escape religious persecution in their native Lithuania. They are further remembered in the small Jewish cemetery and synagogue (now a Church of Christ).

3. The Art

Victoria Falls is one of the best destinations for art, handicrafts, and carvings in all of southern Africa. There are gallery-style shops throughout the Elephant’s Walk Shopping and Artist Village and a large curio market out back. Whether you’re looking for a tiny stone hippo that fits in the palm of your hand or an 8-foot wooden giraffe, you’ll find it here. 

While Livingstone doesn’t have quite the same art scene, there’s still lots to see. For instance, I found lovely baskets for sale while dining at Golden Leaf (which serves delicious Indian food). You never know where you might find a piece you love. And if you’re crossing the border on foot (something I did four times during my visit!), you’ll encounter craft vendors set up along the way. If you have an assortment of change from Zambia, Zimbabwe, and Botswana, these border vendors will happily accept it.

4. The Wildlife

It’s all but impossible to visit Victoria Falls and Livingstone and not have an outstanding time viewing wildlife.

On the Zambian side, Mosi-oa-Tunya National Park is home to white rhinoceros. A waking safari through Mosi-oa-Tunya is a thrilling opportunity to observe these highly endangered animals in the wild. 

In Zimbabwe, Zambezi National Park and Hwange National Park are home to numerous species you can appreciate while on a day safari. While there are no rhinos, you’ll see some of the largest elephant populations in Africa, giraffes, buffalo, birds, antelope, and maybe even some big cats.

One of the most popular ways to see wildlife in the area is to go to another country altogether. Chobe National Park in Botswana is just an hour away. Trips usually cost less than $200 and include a breakfast boat ride, a game drive in Chobe, lunch, and more. You’ll see lions, elephants, buffalo, antelope, and even cheetahs on a typical trip.

5. The Opportunities For Adventure 

If you’re a thrill-seeker at heart, you’ll find plenty of adventures on both sides of the border. 

Those who love whitewater rafting won’t be able to resist a trip down the Zambezi River, which forms the border between the two countries. Excursions to explore the Class V rapids depart from The Lookout Cafe in Victoria Falls. There are options for those who want to be active participants as well as for those who prefer to be passengers, hanging on for dear life on the adventure of a lifetime!

The Lookout Cafe is also home to the Wild Horizon headquarters, and, in many ways, it’s home base for all kinds of adventure in the region. From the cafe itself you can go zip-lining. The line stretches 1,394 feet across the gorge above the Zambezi, and you can expect to hit speeds of up to 65 miles per hour. There are also flying fox cable slides (imagine running off the side of a cliff and soaring over the gorge like, well, a flying fox) and a gorge swing (a 230-foot free fall before swaying back and forth under a 300-foot arch).

Incidentally, The Lookout Cafe has great breakfast options and makes lovely lattes, which is exactly the kind of thrill I was seeking while I was there. Watching everyone else on the zip lines was just about as much heart-pounding adventure as I could handle!

Despite these incredible adventures on the Zimbabwean side, Zambia might just be the most adventurous destination of all. That’s because Livingstone is the kickoff point for a trip to Devil’s Pool. The forebodingly named attraction is a natural infinity pool at the very edge of the waterfall, and it’s accessible only from the Zambian side. Between August and January, when water levels are low, experienced guides can bring you across the rocks to the pool. You can swim up to the edge and peer over to see the cascading sheet of water falling several hundred feet to the Zambezi below. If your stomach is fluttering a bit at the very thought of doing this, know that you’re not alone. This is definitely not your everyday travel activity! 

Pro Tip: If you think there’s even a possibility that you’ll visit both Zambia and Zimbabwe, you should ask for a KAZA visa when you arrive. This visa allows for multiple entries into both countries, which is perfect should you want to walk across the Victoria Falls Bridge or take a day trip. The KAZA visa also permits day trips to Botswana, which is ideal for a short visit to Chobe National Park.

It’s easy to visit Africa and yet see nothing of the local customs and cultures. Safaris tend to focus on wildlife, and many travelers don’t get close enough to see a local village or its people, let alone experience some of their cultures or customs.

The African continent has 54 countries and around 1.3 billion people. There are an estimated 3,000 tribes, speaking more than 2,000 different languages, each with its own style, look, and culture. From shaven heads to intricate braids, brightly colored clothing to intricate beaded jewelry, these are just some of the features of diverse African tribes. And just as they look different, they have different traditions, too. To come to Africa without meeting its people is to miss out on a big part of what makes this continent unique.

What Is A Tribe?

Discussing the definition of a “tribe” would doubtless keep a social anthropologist busy for days. Still, it’s commonly understood that a tribe is a community of people who share the same culture, language, traditions, and ideology. Read on to learn a little about a few of the fascinating and different tribes you could visit on your next African journey.

Tribes To Pay A Visit To

San

The hunter-gatherer San people are one of the world’s oldest tribes and probably the first inhabitants of southern Africa. Today their approximately 100,000 descendants are predominantly found in Botswana, Namibia, Angola, and South Africa. San people, also known as Bushmen, are recognizable for the unique clicking sound they make when speaking.

The San’s tracking and hunting skills are renowned, helping them survive the desolate and unforgiving landscapes of southern Africa’s deserts and vast salt pans. Spending some time with them provides insight into their unique culture and skills. They can show you how to make animal traps, find roots and tubers, and even how to make tobacco from zebra dung! Dressed in loincloths, with bows and arrows over slung their shoulders, they lead the way and you follow, and you can’t help but be in awe of their intimate knowledge of the land.

The San were the great artists of southern Africa and were responsible for cave and rock art found across the region, some of which dates back thousands of years. They used pigments made from minerals, ochre, eggs, and blood to paint iconic images of hunters and various animal prey.

Sadly, they are also synonymous with the plight of minorities in Southern Africa, and have been variously hunted, exploited, and pushed off their land. Today the traditional lifestyle of the San Bushmen is restricted to small pockets of land, and their survival and way of life hang in the balance.

Zulu

With a population of around 11 million, the Zulu are the largest tribe in South Africa and one of the largest tribes in Africa.

They are a warrior tribe, originally from East Africa, but who migrated south centuries ago, finding a home in KwaZulu-Natal, South Africa’s Indian Ocean Coast. In the early 19th century, the Zulus, under the leadership of King Shaka, became a formidable empire with a fearsome reputation that is still acknowledged today. Shakaland, a cultural village, which has the largest kraal in Zululand, is also the birthplace of the legendary King Shaka. Here, Zulu traditions and culture are kept alive, with demonstrations of Zulu craft, building skills, pottery, brewing, dancing and music. The Zulu are particularly renowned for their beadwork, with bright colored beads woven into intricate patterns that are highly decorative, functional, and symbolic.

Maasai

The Maasai are arguably the most famous of all the African tribes and live along the Great Rift Valley of Kenya and Tanzania. These homelands are close to many famous game parks, meaning you are bound to come into contact if you venture here on safari. With their red, sarong-like blankets (shuka), pierced ear lobes, and colorful ornaments, you will know when you see a Maasai tribesman! Despite the pressures of the modern world, the Maasai have fought to preserve their way of life. On any east African safari, you are bound to encounter them and some of their famous traditions, including the jumping dance (adamu), and their predilection for spitting and drinking blood.

Adamu is performed as part of initiation rites when young adults become men and eligible bachelors. Accompanied by song, pairs of men take turns to see who can jump the highest, demonstrating their prowess and fitness … he who jumps highest attracts the best bride!

While in Western traditions saliva is a pretty private, personal matter, in Maasai culture it’s considered extremely good luck to be shared! When shaking the hand of an elder, it is important to spit in one’s palm, and to ward off evil spirits, one must spit onto a newborn baby’s head.

Spitting is one thing, but how about drinking blood? Yes, the Maasai drink cow’s blood (often mixed with milk)! (For your peace of mind, let me assure you that the Maasai revere their cattle, and the letting of blood causes no lasting harm.)

Visit a Maasai village to learn their culture and traditions and visit a traditional boma to watch them herding their cattle and making traditional beaded jewelry. Some camps offer guided walks with the Maasai, which are a good opportunity to enjoy the wilderness, watch wildlife, and spend more time with these friendly people.

Himba

The unforgiving, desolate Kunene region of northwest Namibia is home to a resilient people called the Himba. This tribe of hunter-gatherers and pastoralists has successfully maintained their culture and traditional way of life, predominantly because the area they call home is so incredibly remote.

Himba women are famous for their appearance with red-tinged complexions and thick, red hair in elaborate hairstyles. Hair for Himba women signifies age and status, starting with shaved heads for young children, then braids and plaits, and graduating to a leather ornament called an Erembe for women who have had children. The unique color comes from a paste made from butter, ochre, and fat. The paste is known as otjize and is applied daily to skin and hair alike. (The Himba men do not use the paste).

Central to the Himba’s cultural beliefs is Okuruwo, the holy fire, which symbolizes their connection to their ancestors, who are believed to be in direct communication with Mukuru, the Himba god. There is a permanent fire at the center of each village to signify this connection. It is tended to by a fire-keeper from each family.

Spending time in a Himba village is a humbling experience. It gives you a chance to learn about the architecture of their houses, the structure of their community, their survival in an unforgiving landscape, and how to create beautiful and intricate jewelry from iron and shell beads.

Samburu

The Samburu tribe from north and central Kenya are pastoralists, primarily herding cattle, but also goats, sheep, and sometimes camels. The Samburu are closely related to their southern neighbors, the Maasai, but are semi-nomadic, wandering in remote, arid areas. Like their Maasai neighbors, the Samburu diet includes milk and animal blood, while eating meat is reserved for special occasions.

The word Samburu means butterfly and refers to their many colorful adornments. Men wear black or pink robes in the style of a Scottish kilt, along with headdresses, anklets, bracelets, necklaces, and long braids. Women have shaven heads and wear two blue or purple cloths, one around the waist and one around the chest, and adorn their bodies further with ochre, similar to the Himba of Namibia.

What sets the Samburu apart is their gerontocracy. Gerontocracy is a social structure where the elders make all the decisions. The oldest members of the society are the leaders and have the final say in all matters and possess the power to curse younger members of the tribe.

The Samburu are one of the few African tribes that still live according to old traditions and customs, making a unique and interesting visit.

Southern Ndebele

The Southern Ndebele are found in South Africa’s north-eastern provinces, and while they share some language with the Zulu, they have unique culture and beliefs that set them apart from other African ethnic groups.

The Ndebele believe that spells or curses cause illness. To cure illness, a sangoma (traditional healer) battles these forces using traditional herbal medicines and bone throwing. While these traditions are interesting, what truly makes the Southern Ndebele unique is their artistic style. Not just clothing and adornments, but homes, too, are decorated with striking geometric patterns filled in with color.

While traditional Ndebele designs were of muted earth-ochres, tastes have evolved, and modern Ndebele designers use a much more vibrant and vivid palette. One such famous Southern Ndebele artist is Esther Mahlangu, whose designs have appeared around the world, from the tails of British Airways jumbo jets to museums and private art collections. 

Etiquette When Visiting An African Tribe

If you’re interested in finding out more about African tribes and experiencing their way of life, modern-day tourism makes this possible. Many safari companies can include visits to tribal villages in your itinerary. These can be anything from an hour or two visit to an overnight stay and more. If you do decide to experience local African culture in this way, it’s a good idea to follow a few basic etiquette rules:

• Remain aware that you are a guest in someone else’s country, village, and home. Be respectful of everyone and their customs.
• Remember, not everything you encounter will be to your taste, but that is the whole reason we travel.
• Don’t make assumptions about what you see. Ask your guide questions or directly ask your hosts.
• If there’s singing and dancing happening, feel free to join in!
• Ask before taking photos. Most of the time, taking pictures is fine, even expected, but it doesn’t hurt to ask before sticking a lens in someone’s face.
• Different cultures view time differently, so focus on the moment and the people you are with rather than the schedule. People and experiences in the present are more valuable than appointments in the future.
• Keep smiling! If you feel uncomfortable, awkward, or embarrassed, just smile!

We live in an amazing age where global travel is relatively quick and easy. You no longer need to be an anthropologist to visit these incredible African tribes and make memories that will last a lifetime. So don’t just read about rich African cultures — come and experience them!

Related Reading: 

• 13 Best Books To Read Before Your First Trip To Africa
• 8 Amazing Historical Sites To Experience In Africa
• 11 Things I Wish I’d Known Before My African Safari
• 6 Incredible Things To Do On Safari

Africa is beautiful and fascinating. Its sweeping landscapes offer adventurous travelers incredible and diverse safari expeditions and breathtaking natural encounters, but the continent is also slowly being recognized for its impressive historical sites. With 145 World Heritage Sites and numerous places to visit, from ancient ruins to memorials of more recent historical events, there are an array of famous landmarks that deserve your consideration. To help you narrow down your selection to some of the more accessible of these sites, I’ve compiled a list of some of the historical places I would highly recommend adding to your next African itinerary. I guarantee they will leave a lasting impression. Ready to get started? Let’s start from the oldest, and work our way forward. Read on!

1. Olduvai Gorge, Tanzania

Often referred to as the Cradle of Mankind, Olduvai Gorge is the oldest of the historical sites on our list. Olduvai is without a doubt one of the world’s most fascinating and most important archaeological and paleoanthropological sites in the world. Made famous by paleoanthropologists Louis and Mary Leakey, who conducted numerous digs here in the mid-20th century, Olduvai Gorge is renowned for the early hominin fossils discovered here and holds the earliest evidence of the existence of our human ancestors.

The gorge’s remains cover a time span from about 2.1 million to 15,000 years ago and include the fossil remains of more than 60 hominins (human ancestors). Olduvai Gorge provides the most continuous known record of human evolution over the last two million years. It has also produced the longest known archaeological record of the development of stone tools.

Set between the Ngorongoro Crater and Serengeti National Park, Olduvai Gorge is a good stop-off if you’re traveling between the two. A visit to Olduvai Gorge usually focuses on the museum, which overlooks the gorge. Here you have a chance to listen to a short presentation by a resident guide.

Pro Tip: For a small tip (around $10 USD) you can drive down into the gorge itself. This is around a 10-minute drive, and you would typically spend no more than 20 minutes here. You’ll go with a member of the staff, not a guide, but there is an information board at the site.

2. The Pyramids, Egypt

No list of historic sites to visit in Africa would be complete without the pyramids. The most famous of Egypt’s pyramids are those at Giza, on the outskirts of Cairo. For thousands of years these three incongruous, overpowering, and overwhelming triangles of stone have aroused curiosity, thanks to their perfect geometry, fascinating shape, and impressive size.

The pyramids are one of the greatest mysteries and wonders of all time. Scientists still aren’t entirely sure how people, thousands of years ago, were able to amass such huge rocks and create the pyramids, and they are definitely one of the most remarkable structures ever built.

The Giza complex contains three pyramids, all of them tombs for the pharaohs constructed by thousands of workers. Today they stand as a tribute to the power and organization of Ancient Egypt. The Great Pyramid of Khufu is the oldest and largest of the three pyramids in the main Giza complex Built from 2.3 million blocks of stone and weighing six million tons, Khufu’s pyramid truly is great. The second pyramid was built for Pharaoh Khafre, all its treasures have long since been looted, but the pharaoh’s sarcophagus still remains in the burial chamber. Downhill is the Sphinx, ancient guardian of the pyramids, a feline enigma sitting, paws outstretched, its muscular leonine body carved from stone, with a face upon which so many have gazed and wondered. Stripped of their polished limestone, scratched with graffiti, and damaged by earthquakes, the pyramid complex at Giza is still magnificent.

After visiting the pyramids, set aside at least half a day to explore downtown Cairo’s Egyptian Museum. This vast repository is home to more than 120,000 artifacts from Ancient Egypt, including the treasures and gold burial mask of Tutankhamun. Most objects are still on display, although some are in the process of being moved to the Grand Egyptian Museum, Giza, scheduled to open later this year.

Pro Tip: Visit the pyramids in the early morning or late afternoon to avoid the crowds. Follow the road past the pyramids, to reach a plateau for the best panoramic view of the site. Hire a camel or horse-drawn cart to see the pyramids from the desert, but agree on a price before you set off! Beware, the touts and trinket peddlers are mercenary here!

3. Great Zimbabwe Ruins, Zimbabwe

A UNESCO World Heritage Site, Great Zimbabwe is one of the continent’s hidden gems. These extensive granite remains of an ancient, Iron Age city, are found in the southeastern hills of Zimbabwe.

Built between the 11th and 14th centuries, the sprawling ruins at Great Zimbabwe are the largest in Sub-Saharan Africa. The ruined city’s gigantic walls, towers, and edifices display some incredible architecture, and during its heyday, it is believed to have been the economic, political, and religious heart of a great kingdom, although which kingdom is not certain.

Great Zimbabwe is a place of mystery. So much about the largest ancient structure south of the Sahara is still unknown. What is certain, though, is that the level of skill and ingenuity required to construct this mortarless stonework is awe-inspiring. Some of the walls are 20 feet thick and 36 feet high, and the place reverberates with the memories of a lost empire. It’s believed that as many as 20,000 people lived there at one time.

As you walk through its narrow passages and enclosures you really appreciate the phenomenal craftsmanship. Though as you ponder just how important this place once was, you will be left wondering about its puzzling end. Why was a thriving center of power, a kingdom rich from trade in gold and ivory with Asia and the Arab world, abandoned four centuries later? Theories range from drought and overgrazing in the valley rendering the area uninhabitable to the city moving to strengthen links with its trading partners. The mystery remains, and you’re bound to have a few theories of your own once you’ve visited this incredible site.

Pro Tip: There are eight carved soapstone birds (probably representing the Bateleur Eagle or the African Fish Eagle) found in the Great Zimbabwe Ruins, and today these are the national emblem of Zimbabwe. If you take a look at the national flag or coat of arms, you will see it depicted there.

4. Lalibela, Ethiopia

Gazing upon Lalibela’s stone churches for the first time is a moment you will never forget. Famous for the rock-hewn churches, which date back to the late 12th and early 13th centuries, this is a place of twisting tunnels, elaborate architecture, and majestic courtyards.

Located in north-central Ethiopia, the 11 ancient churches of Lalibela are important in the Ethiopian Christian tradition. Notable among the 11 churches are Bete Medhane Alem (the largest church), Bete Golgotha (which contains Emperor Lalibelas tomb), and Bete Maryam (which is noted for its frescoes, still vivid and beautiful centuries after they were built). These churches are still in daily use, and on saints’ days, are packed with worshippers, leaning on prayer sticks or prostrating themselves before the altars, presided over by priests resplendent in gold and red. Services last all night and are accompanied by drumming, chanting, and tolling bells.

Each of these stunning churches, regarded by many as the unofficial Eighth Wonder of the World, was carved, by hand, out of the volcanic rock hills. This is one of the most spectacular historical sites, not just in Africa, but in the world.

Pro Tip: Shoes must be removed before entering any of the churches (socks are fine). Traditionally, women are required to cover their body and hair with a long dress and scarf before entering a church, and while this custom is no longer rigidly imposed, it is respectful to adhere to it.

Editor’s Note: For more on the churches and beyond, consider Sarah’s picks for 10 Amazing Things To Do In Ethiopia.

5. Beit Al-Ajaib, Zanzibar, Tanzania

The Beit al-Ajaib, also known as the House of Wonders, is one of Zanzibar’s best-known historical landmarks. A World Heritage site since 2000, the House of Wonders is found in the waterfront area, where it is not only the largest but also the tallest building in Stone Town. The palace was built in 1883 for Sultan Barghash, on the site of an older palace that was used by Queen Fatuma, who ruled Zanzibar in the 17th Century. Beit al-Ajaib was the first building on Zanzibar to have electric lighting installed, and one of the first in east Africa to have an electric lift (which is how the name House of Wonders came to be bestowed on it by locals). The building survived destruction by bombardment during a failed coup in the 1800s and was used by both the British and Tanzanian governments as political headquarters.

The House of Wonders was converted into a museum, and visitors could explore the grounds (which include a traditional Swahili boat/dhow) or wander the building’s grand halls to view traditional clothing, historic royal portraits, and ancient furniture taken from former sultans’ homes. A visit to the House of Wonders is a window into local culture and the rich history of both the island, the semi-autonomous archipelago, and the entire Swahili coast.

Pro Tip: Having survived for so long, the building has unfortunately not survived restoration! The building was undergoing extensive and expensive renovations when, in December 2020, part of the front of the building collapsed. Work will be undertaken to reconstruct the building, so hopefully, in the not-too-distant future, the interior of the building will be open to visitors again.

6. Kolmanskop, Namibia

Kolmanskop is found in the desert, 9 miles east of the harbor town of Luderitz, which is itself found on one of the least hospitable African coasts. Kolmanskop became one of the richest towns in Africa during a diamond boom in 1910, but 40 years later it had been abandoned, left to become a ghost town in the desert.

Kolmanskop was a small railway station when, in 1908, a railway worker found a shiny stone and took it to his boss. The railway foreman, a hobby mineralogist, had asked his workers to bring him any interesting stones they found. The shiny stone turned out to be a diamond! The discovery didn’t remain a secret for long, and within a few years Kolmanskop had become the richest town of Africa, and one of the richest towns in the world. By 1911 the town had electric power and luxurious stone houses, plus a casino, school, hospital, ice factory (producing ice for fridges), theater, ballroom, sports hall, bowling alley, salt-water swimming pool, and more — all for a population of less than 400!

But by World War I the diamond price had collapsed, and in 1928 more profitable prospecting sites were discovered further south, so mining around Kolmanskop ceased, the town was abandoned, and the desert reclaimed its lost territory, burying the town in shifting sand dunes.

Kolmanskop underwent a bit of an economic boom when the tourism potential of the ghost town was rediscovered. Some houses were dug out of the encroaching sands and restored. They are now open for visitors.

Fun Fact: Interestingly, Kolmanskop Hospital had the first x-ray apparatus in southern Africa, probably installed to check on workers, who might have swallowed diamonds, planning to smuggle them out!

7. The Genocide Museum, Kigali, Rwanda

To embrace the Rwanda of today, you need to understand its painful and complicated past. In 1994, more than one million ethnic Tutsis and moderate Hutus were systematically murdered by their Hutu neighbors over the course of 100 unspeakably brutal days.

The Genocide Memorial is arguably the most important site in the nation’s capital, Kigali. Opened in 2004 to commemorate the 10-year anniversary of the genocide, it remains a place for education and a historical record of that tragedy. The memorial is part museum and part burial ground for more than 250,000 victims. The memorial attempts to explain how the country’s history set the stage for the horrific genocide, what the atrocities looked like, and how the country now strives to unify and rebuild. The interior walls, hung with simple, unframed photos of genocide victims, moved me to tears. Outdoors a memorial garden pays respect to the victims buried here. This is definitely a place that will find you engaging in quiet reflection.

There is also a children’s memorial and an exhibition on the history of genocidal violence around the world. Many of the tour guides who lead visitors through the memorial are themselves survivors of the attacks.

Pro Tip: Guided tours can be booked and excellent audio tours are also available.

8. Robben Island, South Africa

Robben Island is a small island just off the coast of South Africa’s Cape Town. The island was used as a place of imprisonment, banishment, and isolation for about four centuries but is best known for housing South Africa’s anti-apartheid stalwarts, including former President, the late Nelson Mandela, who was imprisoned here for 18 years of his 27-year sentence. The island was first used as a prison in the 17th century, but it’s also served as a leper colony, a military hub, an insane asylum, and a quarantine center. After the end of apartheid, the island was converted into a museum. Visiting the prison’s small cells, which previously held political prisoners during apartheid, is an emotional experience. Robben Island became a World Heritage Site in 1999, and it is a significant reminder of the country’s history and the triumph of the human spirit over adversity, injustice, and suffering.

Pro Tip: Tours to Robben Island run seven days a week, with ferries to the island departing from the V and A Waterfront in Cape Town several times a day. Tours take approximately 3 hours to complete.

So there you have my take on some of the fabulous historical places to visit on your next journey to this incredible continent called Africa. For additional inspiration, consider

• 11 Fantastic Things To Explore In Beautiful Cape Town
• Where To Find Incredible Views In Cape Town
• 5 More Once In A Lifetime Animal Experiences In Africa
• 10 Best Safari Parks To Visit In Africa

All good vacations involve lists such as pre-planning checklists, what-to-pack lists, or perhaps the list you leave behind reminding your neighbor or house-sitter to water the plants and feed the cat. Going on safari in Africa, though, will present you with a whole new range of lists. A good kind of list! Assuming you have got through all those to-do lists at home and actually arrived at your safari destination, prepare yourself for a new kind of list. I’m talking about wildlife checklists, either those handy printed lists some lodges leave in your room, or perhaps just mental lists you have in your head of all the fabulous creatures you are hoping to see. Some of the animals on these lists you will be familiar with, but there may be others that you have quite possibly never even heard of. Read on to prepare yourself!

The Big Five

If you’re planning an African safari or already have one under your belt, you’ll more than likely have heard the term Big Five, one of the most widely used phrases in the safari business. The term Big Five was originally coined by game hunters, who discovered that these animals were some of the hardest and most dangerous animals to hunt on foot. Today, the phrase has come to represent some of the most sought-after safari animal sightings.

The Big Five are the elephant, lion, leopard, buffalo, and rhino, and I’ve written about them in more detail here.

Whilst most people coming to Africa on safari have the Big Five on their radar, the continent has much more than just those majestic five animals to see. In fact, with hundreds of species of mammals, reptiles, insects, and birds calling this continent home, it’s no wonder that some alternative lists of fives have been created!

Next time you are on safari, keep your eye out for Small Five (whose names mimic the Big Five, but whose size is much, much smaller), the Shy Five (who are pretty jolly hard to find given their introverted ways), and the Ugly Five (who frankly, can really only be loved by their mothers!).

The Small Five

While these five animals are not particularly shy, they’re often hard to spot because they are just so small!

Elephant Shrew

Arguably the cutest of the little five, the elephant shrew doesn’t bear much resemblance to its namesake, the elephant, except for its long, mobile snout. Measuring just over 9 inches, the elephant shrew is lightning fast and incredibly agile. There are 15 species of elephant shrew, all with large eyes and ears and powerful back legs, which propel them after their insect prey with a series of super speedy bounds. Elephant shrews are highly territorial animals, usually maintaining a network of trails around their “patch,” which they scent-mark and keep clear of debris on their regular high-speed patrols. Ironically, scientists have discovered that elephant shrews actually share distant evolutionary ancestry with elephants, so perhaps their name is a good fit after all.

Ant Lion

With a name like ant lion, you’d be forgiven for expecting these insects to be large and fierce. They’re not at all! Ant lions are small, winged insects, similar in appearance to dragonflies or lacewings. They get their name from their larvae, whose sickle-like jaws would be rather fearsome if you were an ant! Ant lion larvae build tiny, conical, sandy pit traps into which their unsuspecting prey fall. At the bottom of each trap lurks the larvae, and any ant that tumbles over the edge slips down into its waiting jaws. Once it has sucked the vital fluids from its prey, the ant lion larvae flicks the lifeless exoskeleton out of the pit and buries itself again to lie in wait for its next victim.

Leopard Tortoise

The leopard tortoise’s name conjures up an image of a stalking feline, but to be honest, these slow-moving reptiles’ movements are neither stealthy nor masterful. The leopard part of the name really comes from the black-spots-on-yellow-background pattern on their shells. In truth, these are gentle creatures who snack on plants, with the occasional nibble on a piece of bone for a bit of extra calcium. Whilst it may be slow, the leopard tortoise’s shell gives it tank-like protection, so it has little to fear from predators; though with their slow speed, fire does present a more serious hazard, and it’s not uncommon to find burnt out leopard tortoise shells when out walking in the bush. While many tortoise hatchlings fall prey to a wide variety of predators, those that survive to adulthood can plod on for 50 years or more.

Buffalo Weaver

There are two main kinds of buffalo weavers: red-billed and white-billed, distinguished from each other by, surprise, surprise, the color of their bills. These are rather sociable creatures and build large, untidy, colony-type nests that house numerous birds, a bit like an apartment block. These noisy birds have little in common with their bovine namesakes, aside from their sociable behavior and black coloration. Unlike the vegetarian buffalo, aside from the occasional seeds, buffalo weavers like to dine on grasshoppers, caterpillars, ants, and other similarly appetizing insects.

Rhino Beetle

Rhino beetles get their name from their striking curved horns (sported only by the males). While they may not bear much resemblance to real rhinos, they are nonetheless quite impressive, at least as far as insects go! These are large, robust insects endowed with prodigious strength. Scientists have calculated that a rhino beetle can carry a load 850 times its weight, making it arguably the strongest animal in the world! The males’ horns are, like those of their namesake, used for territorial combat. These are tough little guys, fierce-looking but totally harmless to humans, being neither biters nor stingers. They aren’t terribly efficient flyers, either, due to their size. The only time rhino beetles tend to fight is over the attention of the ladies.

The Shy Five

When looking for the Shy Five, bear in mind, they’re called the shy for a reason! If you’re a very lucky safari-goer, you might just catch a glimpse, but I can guarantee they will be doing their best not to meet you! A couple of places renowned for sightings of these species include South Africa’s Tswalu Kalahari Reserve and Samara Game Reserve.

Porcupines

Cute but prickly, a porcupine’s entire back is covered in sharp, black and white quills that can reach up to 20 inches in length. If threatened, a porcupine will quite simply turn its back on danger and raise its quills, even if the threat is a leopard! A porcupine’s quills are quite loosely attached, and it’s not uncommon to find them embedded in the face of any creature who was unwise enough to try to have a porcupine for dinner (a porcupine’s quills do grow back over time). Being nocturnal, you are most likely to spot one rootling around while you’re out on a night drive.

Bat-Eared Fox

As its name suggests, the bat-eared fox has unusually large ears in proportion to its head and body, quite like those of a bat! Bat-eared foxes are predominantly found in areas where there are plenty of termites and beetles to feast upon. These mainly nocturnal creatures are masters of disguise, and if they feel in danger, they will simply lie down in tall grass or thick bush, where they are perfectly camouflaged. Another reason they’re hard to see is that they’re small, really small, usually only about 12 inches tall and weighing in at 6 to 10 pounds.

Aardvark

Aardvarks are one of the Shy Five’s cutest members, with their long noses and sweet upright ears. With long, tapering tails, arched backs, and coarse grey-brown hair, there’s something sort of kangaroo-like about aardvarks. Being nocturnal, they spend hot African afternoons resting in a tight ball in their cool underground burrows, coming out at night to hunt for termites and other insects.

Meerkat

Meerkats are predominantly desert animals, living in Botswana’s Kalahari Desert, much of the Namib Desert in Namibia and southwestern Angola, and South Africa. Given the trademark standing poses of habituated meerkat troops, some might question their presence on the Shy Five list. Still, with their extraordinarily well-honed senses and their natural environment, meerkats can and will disappear long before any human can think of getting near!

Aardwolf

Aardwolves are nocturnal, solitary foragers, only coming together to mate and rear young. Their name means “earth wolf” in Afrikaans and stems from their supposed dog-like features and diet of termites. Aardwolves are small, usually measuring only about 17 inches in height. They are, in fact, a species of hyena but, unlike their cousins who feature on the Ugly Five list below, their diet consists of termites. An aardwolf can eat up to 300,000 termites in a night!

The Ugly Five

While they might not be the supermodels of the African bush, the creatures on this list certainly make up for it by being interesting and having a certain charm. Allow me to introduce you to some of Africa’s less glamorous animals.

Warthog

When your name includes the word “wart,” you’re destined to be on this list. With bags under the eyes, double sets of tusks, and coarsely haired bodies, warthogs are found throughout Southern Africa, usually in family groups, often rummaging around close to camps or wallowing in the mud at waterholes. While they may be delightful to watch, trotting around, tail in the air like a radio antenna, or kneeling on the ground snuffling about for food, don’t be fooled by their cuteness. They can be vicious if challenged, and their tusks can inflict a serious, potentially lethal, wound.

Wildebeest

Wildebeest look like they were made up of the leftovers after all the other safari animals were complete. They may have the head of an ox, the mane of a horse, and the horns of a buffalo, but really, they’re an antelope. Wildebeest are characterized by long black manes, shaggy beards of hair hanging from their throats and necks, and short, curved horns. Ugly or not, if you’re lucky enough to see a migrating herd of wildebeest, which can number into the thousands, it’s a pretty spectacular sight!

Vulture

As scavengers, the vultures’ role in cleaning up the carcasses of dead animals leaves a bit to be desired, and they do get a bit of a bad rap, mostly because of their rather bloodthirsty, scavenging habits. See a flock of vultures circling high up above the African bush, and you can be sure there’s a kill below.

Marabou Stork

There is no sugar-coating it — the marabou stork is an eye-sore, with its scabby pink face, featherless head, and bulbous throat sac. Another of their less endearing traits is their habit of excreting over themselves in an attempt to keep themselves cool, giving their legs a permanent, sickly tinge of greyish white. These birds are carnivores, eating anything from dead animal carcasses to fish and even other birds. They also feed on carcasses alongside other scavengers, such as vultures and hyenas. The marabou’s appearance and somewhat unbecoming habits have earned it the nickname of “the undertaker bird.”

Hyena

Hyenas are my favorite of the African animals, but even I have to admit that while baby hyenas definitely have a touch of cuteness about them, it doesn’t take long for them to grow up and lose that appeal! With their sloped backs, somewhat aggressive looks, and distinctive eerie laugh, the hyena easily fits into this list of misfits and ugly animals.

So now you know who they all are, you can add them to your “Things to Spot” list next time you are on safari.

Related Reading:

• The Ultimate Guide To Planning Your First African Safari
• 9 Things To Know Before Booking A Long Safari
• 12 Stunning Birds To Spot While On Safari
• 7 Fantastic Animals To See On Safari And The Best Places To Find Them
• 5 More Once-In-A-Lifetime Animal Experiences In Africa

If you like to travel, you’ve probably seen all kinds of waterfalls — from the world-renowned Niagara Falls to the fleeting, spectacular so-called Firefall in Yosemite National Park. Chances are, however, that you haven’t seen an underwater waterfall.

An underwater waterfall? Yes. Well, sort of. Off the coast of a small island in the Indian Ocean, there is — what appears to be — a waterfall submerged in the ocean itself.

The Underwater Waterfall

The Republic of Mauritius is an island nation approximately 1,200 miles southeast of Africa. The republic has a population of 1.3 million, most of whom are of Indian descent. The rest of the people are of Creole, Chinese, French, English, and South African descent, CNN explains. The country’s official language is English.

Mauritius is situated on an ocean shelf that rises up from the ocean floor. From the island’s shore, there is a gradual slope leading out to a sudden 2.5-mile drop to the ocean floor, a Culture Trip article explains.

The “waterfall” is actually an optical illusion formed by sand and silt deposits sliding down the slope and then dropping into the abyss. As the CNN article explains, the “sand and silt on the ocean floor run off in a way that makes it look like they’re pouring down a waterfall — or like the entire island is being sucked down a vast drain.”

It’s difficult to see the underwater waterfall from the shore. To truly see what appears to be the flowing water, you need to be above the water, looking down. The good news is that tourists are welcome and helicopter tours are available to help them see the spectacular effect.

Other Attractions

Let’s be honest: Traveling at least 9,000 miles is a long way to see one thing — no matter how cool it is. Fortunately, Mauritius has a number of other attractions that make it an island paradise.

Pereybere Beach

For example, Pereybere Beach, the island’s website explains, is recommended for family swimming because it’s “a quiet place with a calm sea,” so it’s ideal for inexperienced swimmers. Note that although nudism is prohibited at the beach, topless sunbathing is allowed.

Le Morne Cultural Landscape

The waterfall illusion occurs off the coast of the Le Morne Cultural Landscape, marked by a basaltic monolith that sits at the end of the Le Morne Brabant peninsula. The site is a UNESCO World Heritage Site because it was used “as a shelter by runaway slaves, maroons, through the 18th and early years of the 19th centuries,” the World Heritage Site listing explains.

Black River Gorges National Park

Finally, no trip to Mauritius would be complete without visiting the 17,000-acre Black River Gorges National Park, made up of “rolling hills, deep valleys, spectacular waterfalls, and unparalleled beauty of flora and fauna.” While visiting the park, you can visit Alexandra Waterfall and even hike to Black River Peak — the island’s highest point.

Know Before You Go

Mauritius is currently closed to non-citizens. It is expected that limited travel will be allowed from April 15 to May 31, when the country will re-open, depending on current COVID-19 conditions. More travel information may be found here.

Taken away by waterfalls? Consider:

• How To Experience This Incredible Illuminated Waterfall Deep In An Underground Cave
• Exploring Bankhead National Forest: The Land Of 1,000 Waterfalls
• What It’s Like To Experience Yosemite’s Incredible Firefall In Person

There are many reasons to visit Casablanca. Many come for religious reasons, others for the beaches, and of course, some feel the romantic pull of the movie Casablanca, and want to see the town for themselves (even though the film was actually shot in the U.S.).

Located in western Morocco on the Atlantic Ocean, Casablanca is the largest city in Morocco and is considered its economic and business center. The city is a mix of modern cosmopolitan buildings and old historic downtown.

Why We Visited Casablanca

A friend of mine was born in Casablanca. She had never returned to her birthplace, and when a group of us were discussing a European cruise, she mentioned her desire to visit. As we planned the trip, we looked at cruises that had ports of call in Casablanca. We were excited to see another country and continent.

Planning Our Trip to Casablanca

I was aware Casablanca was not a town where you wanted to wander around alone from the research I had done. Experts recommended safety in small groups and taking cruise-approved tours.

Our group of seven all had different ideas of how to spend our time in Casablanca. Three of us signed up for one of the tours that would take us to see the highlights of Casablanca, and the other four chose to visit the medina and wander around the town on their own as a small group.

Our Time In Casablanca

Our tour gave us a panoramic ride through the streets and squares of Casablanca with stops at the most famous and popular tourist destinations. Our first stop was the Mosque of Hassan II, then a drive through the Medina for a glimpse of routine life in the city, Habous Quarters as a shopping stop, and our final stop was a tour of the Place Mohamed V to view the governmental buildings.

Mosque Of Hassan II

Our excursion’s highlight was a visit to the magnificent Mosque of Hassan II, the second largest mosque in the Islamic world after Mecca. It is the main tourist attraction in the city.

The mosque dominates the shoreline cityscape. An immense building, the prayer hall accommodates up to 25,000 people, and another 80,000 can gather in the courtyard (it has a retractable roof). It is the only mosque in the city that non-Muslims are permitted to visit.

The mosque interior is intricately decorated with the exquisite work of over 10,000 master artisans from Morocco. A treasure trove of artistry and craftsmanship, you can view cedar carpentry, stucco moldings, and zellij tile work. Touring the building alone is worth a visit to Casablanca.

Medina

The Old Medina in Casablanca consists of various alleyways that seem like a maze full of Moroccan tradespeople selling meats, seafood, vegetables, baked goods, candles, fabrics, spices, and everyday goods.

You can immerse yourself in the city’s authentic traditional Moroccan culture with whitewashed buildings and, in some places, what resemble rundown shacks beside art deco-style facades for a taste of authentic residential life.

Habous Quarters

A calmer, newer, and cleaner alternative to the Old Medina is the Quartier Habous or New Medina. It is a planned district built in the style of a traditional Medina. We wandered along the cobbled streets to shop for traditional Moroccan crafts that included quality Berber jewelry, beaded slippers, Moorish lamps, and sacks of spices during our stop.

I enjoyed photographing the fruits, flowers, and things in the market.

Place Mohamed V

Home to many important official buildings, Place Mohamad V is the central plaza of Casablanca, and the square has beautiful gardens and a central fountain. All of the buildings showcase a neo-Moorish style.

What I Liked And Disliked

I felt very safe during our entire well-organized tour. We were transported from place to place by bus, and there were times I looked out at the congested traffic and thanked my lucky stars I was not driving.

The Mosque of Hassan II is gorgeous. It is beautiful inside and out. The grounds and building are impeccably groomed. Everything inside is polished and shined.

I didn’t enjoy shopping in the stores. You could tell the people working were paid according to their sales. They followed you wherever you went and tried to sell you everything you glanced at.

I wanted to ride a camel while I was in Africa, and I did not get that opportunity, so that was disappointing, but it gives me something to look forward to on our next visit.

Happy Surprises

The beauty and quality of some of the goods in the New Medina were amazing. Beautiful rugs, tablecloths, other artistic cloth products, and the spices were delightful.

The quality and variety of the fresh fruit sold at open markets were impressive. I loved seeing the colorful fresh flowers in the markets.

I Was Shocked

I sort of expected a glamorous town after all the movie hype (even though the movie was filmed in the States). But aside from the Mosque and a few government buildings, it was not glamorous or flashy.

The traffic in the old city was horrid. Cars two inches from the next one, cutting in and out of traffic jams. Our tour guide said, “People shouldn’t buy cars in Morocco, and if they do they should make sure they have three things: good tires, good brakes, and good luck!” As I looked out the bus window, I thought it was so true.

In the Old Medina, I was surprised by boxes sitting along the street in front of shops. Both unpacked delivery boxes and trash boxes blocked the view of many of the businesses.

And the electrical wiring from house to house, business to business, was another surprising feature. Let’s just say their wiring would never, ever pass code here in the U.S.

Another very shocking detail was the number of homes that had satellite dishes on their roofs. Almost everywhere you looked, there was a dish. Some of the houses were old and rundown but had a modern Satellite dish on their roofs.

What I Would Do Differently On My Next Visit

If I visit Casablanca again, I would love to tour the city at night. The different lights and colors would be spectacular.

If I return during the day, I would venture a bit inland to Marrakech. It is about a three-hour drive from the port of Casablanca and supposedly full of activity.

Travel Tips

Consider traveling in spring or fall to avoid inflated prices and large crowds. We visited in October, and the weather was delightful.

Non-Muslim visitors to Morocco should remember to dress conservatively with their knees and shoulders covered. (You will not be permitted into the mosque if they are not.)

If you visit because you enjoyed the movie Casablanca, visit Rick’s Cafe in the Old Medina. It is a recreation of the gin joint from the movie. For more Moroccan inspiration, consider

• 8 Must-Visit UNESCO Sites In Morocco
• 9 Hidden Secrets In Morocco’s Sahara Desert
• A Photographer’s Paradise: 14 Best Places To Capture In Morocco